As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 4, 2017

 

Registration No. 333-_____

 

 

 

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE

SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

New York 6712 13-4042724
(State or other jurisdiction of (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Classification Code Number) Identification Number)

 

99 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10016

(212) 365-6700
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

Mark R. DeFazio

President and Chief Executive Officer

99 Park Avenue

New York, New York 10016

(212) 365-6700
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)

 

Copies to:

 

Gary A. Lax, Esq.

Richard D. Truesdell, Jr., Esq.

Luse Gorman, PC

Shane Tintle, Esq.

5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780

Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP

Washington, D.C. 20015

450 Lexington Avenue

 (202) 274-2000

New York, New York 10017

 

(212) 450-4000

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ¨

 

If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer ¨   Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer x   Smaller reporting company ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Emerging growth company x

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be registered   Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)(2)
    Amount of
registration fee
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share   $ 100,000,000     $ 12,450  

 

(1) Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Includes the aggregate offering price of additional shares that the underwriter has the option to purchase. 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED [●] , 2017

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

________ Shares of Common Stock

 

This is the initial public offering of common stock by Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., the holding company for Metropolitan Commercial Bank, a New York state- chartered commercial bank headquartered in New York, New York. The estimated initial public offering price is between $      and $      per share.

 

We are offering       shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are offering        shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sales of shares by the selling stockholders.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no established public market for our common stock. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ MCB ”.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company disclosure standards.

 

Investing in our common stock involves risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of this prospectus to read about factors you should consider before investing in our common stock.

 

    Per Share     Total  
Initial public offering price   $     $  
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)   $     $  
Proceeds to us, before expenses   $     $  
Proceeds to the selling stockholders, before expenses   $     $  

 

(1) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain FINRA-related expenses. See “Underwriting” for a description of all compensation payable to the underwriters .

 

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to an additional              shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Neither the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The shares of our common stock in this offering are not savings accounts, deposits or other obligations of any bank and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our common stock against payment on or about [ ], 2017.

 

J.P Morgan

  Keefe, Bruyette & Woods
     A Stifel Company

  Piper Jaffray  

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SUMMARY

1
RISK FACTORS 14
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 37
USE OF PROCEEDS 39
CAPITALIZATION 40
DILUTION 41
DIVIDEND POLICY 43
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA 44
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 46
BUSINESS 75
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION 92
MANAGEMENT 103
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 109
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 113
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS 114
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK 116
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE 120
CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK 122
UNDERWRITING 125
LEGAL MATTERS 135
EXPERTS 135
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 135
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

 

 

 

About This Prospectus

 

Neither we, the selling stockholders, nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares of common stock offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

For investors outside of the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

Unless we state otherwise or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to “we,” “our,” “us” or “the Company” refer to Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., a New York corporation, and its subsidiary Metropolitan Commercial Bank, which we sometimes refer to as “Metropolitan Commercial Bank,” “the Bank” or “our Bank.”

 

  i    

 

 

Market and Industry Data

 

Within this prospectus, we reference certain market, industry and demographic data and other statistical information. We have obtained this data and information from various independent, third party industry sources and publications. Nothing in the data or information used or derived from third party sources should be construed as advice. Some data and other information are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys and independent sources. We believe that these external sources and estimates are reliable, but have not independently verified them. Statements as to our market position are based on market data currently available to us. Although we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the economic, employment, industry and other market data presented herein, these estimates involve inherent risks and uncertainties and are based on assumptions that are subject to change.

 

  ii    

 

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

 

· we may present as few as two years of audited financial statements and two years of related management discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;

 

· we are exempt from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on management's assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

 

· we are permitted to provide reduced disclosure regarding our executive compensation arrangements pursuant to the rules applicable to smaller reporting companies, which means we do not have to include a compensation discussion and analysis and certain other disclosures regarding our executive compensation ; and 

 

· we are not required to hold non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements .

 

In addition to the relief described above, the JOBS Act permits us an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards affecting public companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period, which means that our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of public companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards on a non-delayed basis.

 

In this prospectus we have elected to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements relating to executive compensation, and in the future we may take advantage of any or all of these exemptions for so long as we remain an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more, (ii) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  iii    

 

 

SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

Our Company

 

We are a bank holding company headquartered in New York, New York and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). Through our wholly owned bank subsidiary, Metropolitan Commercial Bank, we provide a broad range of business, commercial and retail banking products and services to small businesses, middle-market enterprises, public entities and affluent individuals in the New York metropolitan area. Our founding members, including our Chief Executive Officer Mark DeFazio, recognized a need in the New York metropolitan area for a solutions oriented, relationship bank focused on middle market companies and real estate entrepreneurs who require loans of $2–20 million, a size often overlooked or deprioritized by larger financial institutions. Metropolitan Commercial Bank was established in 1999 with the goal of helping these underserved clients build and sustain wealth. Our motto, “The Entrepreneurial Bank,” is a reflection of our aspiration to develop a middle-market bank that shares the same entrepreneurial spirit of our clients. By combining the high-touch service and relationship-based focus of a community bank with the extensive suite of financial products and services offered by our largest competitors, we believe that we are well-positioned to continue to capitalize on the significant growth opportunities available in the New York metropolitan area. In addition to traditional commercial banking products, we offer cash management and retail banking services. We also serve as an issuing bank for debit card programs nationwide. These activities, together with our five strategically located banking centers, generate a stable source of low cost core deposits and a diverse loan portfolio with attractive risk-adjusted yields. As of June 30, 2017, our assets, loans, deposits and stockholders’ equity totaled $1.6 billion, $1.3 billion, $1.3 billion and $115 million, respectively.

 

We are focused on organically growing and expanding our position in the New York metropolitan area. Through our experienced team of commercial relationship managers and our integrated, client-centric approach, we have successfully demonstrated our ability to consistently grow market share by deepening existing client relationships and continually expanding our client base through referrals. We have grown our diversified loan portfolio at a 31% CAGR since 2013, with the majority of growth sourced from our Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”) and Commercial and Industrial (“C&I”) portfolios. Since initiating our transition to a core-funded institution with the opening of our first banking center in 2005 , we have maintained a goal of converting many of our commercial lending clients into full retail relationship banking clients. This focus has enabled us to complement our strong loan growth with a deposit CAGR of 33% since 2013, which compares very favorably to the 9% deposit CAGR achieved by banks in the same local markets in which we operate. This deposit growth has been fueled primarily by low cost core deposits (deposits, excluding certificates of deposit), which now represent approximately 94.4% of total deposits as of June 30, 2017. Our deposits are primarily derived from three sources: our existing lending relationships, non-borrowing clients that are usually sourced through our banking centers and our debit card issuing business. This diversified approach provides us with a low cost core deposit base that is more than 50% non-interest bearing and has a total cost of deposits of 0.50% as of June 30, 2017. Given the size of the market in which we operate and our differentiated approach to client service, we believe there is significant opportunity to continue our loan and deposit growth trajectory.

 

As a bank holding company, we are subject to the supervision of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”). We are required to file with the FRB reports and other information regarding our business operations and the business operations of our subsidiaries. As a state-chartered bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the New York State Department of Financial Services (“NYSDFS”) and by the FRB as its primary federal regulator.

 

  1  

 

 

Our Products and Services

 

We provide a comprehensive set of commercial and retail banking products and services customized to meet the needs of our clients. We also serve as an issuing bank for debit card programs nationwide.

 

Lending Products and Services:

 

We offer a broad range of lending products, primarily focused on CRE and C&I.

 

Our CRE products include acquisition loans, income-producing property financing, renovation loans, owner occupied, leasehold mortgages, construction loans, and lines of credit, retail, office, hospitality, multifamily, mixed use, warehouse and distribution, and specialty use properties. Our target clientele is New York metropolitan area real estate entrepreneurs with a net worth in excess of $5 million.

 

Our C&I products consist primarily of working capital lines of credit secured by accounts receivable and/or inventory of the borrower and by personal guarantees of the borrower’s principals, equipment leases, medical receivables-based loans, and trade finance, including letters of credit. Our commercial lending team has broad and deep expertise in middle market businesses in diverse industries including healthcare, especially nursing homes, manufacturing, trade and professional services. Our target commercial borrowers are middle market businesses in the New York metropolitan area with annual revenues below $200 million.

 

We have focused on lending to our CRE and C&I clients since our inception in 1999. In addition to lending to these clients, our client centric approach enables us to deepen our relationships through our treasury management and deposit products.

 

Retail Product and Services

 

Our retail banking services consist of a private banking-like experience for our retail depositors, combining high touch personal service with an array of products common among our largest competitors, such as checking, savings, and online banking products.

 

We also serve as an issuing bank for debit card programs nationwide. The Bank’s debit card issuing business offers a transparent, cost-effective alternative to cash and checks for governments, businesses, and individuals. Our products include general purpose reloadable (“GPR”), payroll, corporate, incentive, commission, rebates, and gift cards. We are one of the few U.S. banks that can issue debit cards for third party program managers and there is a high bar for entry due to the rigorous risk management and compliance requirements.

 

Our Market Area

 

Our primary market consists of New York City, specifically Manhattan and the outer boroughs. Approximately 91% of our outstanding loan portfolio was to entities located within the broader New York-Newark-Jersey City, NY-NJ-PA Metropolitan Statistical Area (the “New York MSA”) as of June 30, 2017, while all deposits (excluding those associated with the debit card issuing business) are based in the New York MSA. This market is well-diversified and represents the largest market for middle market businesses in the country (defined as businesses with between $5 million and $200 million in annual revenue). Middle-market businesses have changed in type, but not in substance, in recent decades following a commercial trend out of manufacturing and into services. Unlike other MSAs, this has been to the advantage of the middle-market business community in the New York metropolitan area, which has continued to grow at a better than average pace relative to other metropolitan regions in the United States.

 

  2  

 

 

  New York MSA employment by industry

  Middle market businesses by MSA
     
     
Source: Bureau of Labor Statistics; Dun & Bradstreet OneSource, as of June 30, 2017  

 

The New York MSA is also the largest market for deposits with $1.6 trillion of total deposits, 2.1 times larger than the next-largest MSA. Total deposits in the New York MSA have increased at a compound annual growth rate of 8% over the last five years. We operate five banking centers strategically located within close proximity to our target clients. We have three banking centers in midtown Manhattan, one banking center in Brooklyn, New York, and one banking center in Great Neck, Long Island. Our 99 Park Avenue banking center, adjacent to our headquarters, is located at the center of one of the largest markets for bank deposits in the New York MSA given the abundance of corporate and high net worth clients. Our Manhattan banking centers are centrally located in the heart of neighborhoods strongly identified with specific business sectors with which we have strong existing relationships. Our Brooklyn banking center is on an active commercial strip in the Boro Park neighborhood, which is home to many small and medium-sized businesses, and where several important existing lending clients live and work. Our newest banking center in Great Neck, Long Island represents a natural extension of our efforts to establish a physical footprint in areas where many of our existing and prospective commercial clients are located, and also serves as a central hub for philanthropic and community events. By the first quarter of 2018, we expect to open our sixth banking center on the Upper East Side of Manhattan, which is a market we have long sought to enter given the abundance of commercial clients and high net worth entrepreneurs.

 

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and provide us with the necessary foundation to successfully execute on our business strategy.

 

Uniquely positioned in the attractive, vibrant New York City market. The New York MSA is the largest banking market in the country with a remarkable concentration of commercial and high net worth clients. It has proven itself as an economically attractive and stable market. During the “Great Recession” it did not suffer a downturn as severe as other metropolitan markets across the U.S. and recovered more quickly. Our charge-offs as a percent of average loans were limited to 0.50% at the height of the financial crisis. The New York commercial real estate market has historically outperformed other large markets across the country, and continues to demonstrate strength and stability. We have meaningful market concentration in the New York MSA and as a result are highly exposed to the New York City economy.

 

  3  

 

 

Market demographics

 

 

We believe our accessibility, tailored product offerings, and differentiated execution create a unique opportunity to distinguish ourselves in the market to our target clients, who we believe are under-served by today’s global financial services industry. Establishing banking centers in close proximity to a “critical mass” of our clients has advanced our ability to retain and grow core deposits, provided opportunities to deepen our client relationships, and enhanced our franchise value. As a result, each of our five banking centers achieved break-even profitability within the first full year of operations.

 

The ten largest financial institutions hold greater than 75% deposit share in the New York MSA while at the same time there is a scarcity of commercial banks our size (as illustrated in the table below). We believe the combination of our differentiated business model and unique position in the market has contributed meaningfully to our ability to generate outsized deposit growth and positions us well to capitalize on continued growth opportunities in the future.

 

 

Source: SNL Financial; dollar amounts in billions

Note: Deposit data as of June 30, 2016; For comparability of branch size, excludes deposits in excess of $10 billion in any given branch

 

Differentiated business model focused on client relationships. We pride ourselves on our excellent service, business-to-business orientation, and flat management structure, which together allow us to make timely lending decisions and provide differentiated execution. Our relationship managers and tellers are encouraged to get to know their customers, greet them by name, and take responsibility for personally answering their inquiries about products and services. The majority of our lending business is generated through principal to principal contacts and referrals, which contributes to a responsiveness to client requests that stands out in the marketplace. Our commercial lenders possess broad expertise across a diverse range of middle market businesses and have developed specialized expertise in commercial real estate, healthcare, manufacturing, import/export and services industries. All staff members, from management to tellers, are versed in our product and service offerings and are trained to be able to make recommendations or referrals in the interests of our clients.

 

We have funded a large portion of our loan growth with low cost deposits by converting our lending clients into full retail relationships and expanding our non-borrowing deposit relationships through our banking centers. Our retail banking philosophy of building our customer base one client at a time has enabled us to create the experience of a traditional relationship bank, where the customer knows the branch manager’s name and in turn is greeted by name at the door. We combine this personalized approach with all the technology and conveniences expected of a truly 21 st century financial institution.

 

We also supplement our commercial and retail banking franchise with our debit card issuing program, which is an additional source of low cost deposits and fee income. We are one of the few U.S. banks that can issue debit cards to third-party program managers. Our history as a debit card issuer has provided us with insights into the needs and preferences of our clients, and we believe these insights have differentiated us in the market. We have made substantial investments in our technology infrastructure and compliance program to minimize risks associated with our debit card issuing business. While we believe that appropriate safeguards are in place, certain operational, regulatory and competitive risks remain for this business.

 

  4  

 

 

Demonstrated loan growth driven by differentiated service. We have demonstrated our ability to generate robust loan growth and capture additional share in our market. We are able to accomplish this due to our deep client relationships and client development efforts. The majority of our growth comes from existing clients and by referrals; we especially focus on centers of influence in our communities, such as law firms or accounting practices, which are a key source of referrals. As of June 30, 2017, 83% of the loan portfolio was self-originated. Further, we believe our entrepreneurial spirit and market knowledge position us to take advantage of growth opportunities not commonly available to other institutions.

 

Loan Composition

 

 

Disciplined underwriting and enterprise risk management. We have developed underwriting and credit risk management processes tailored to each of our products and industry verticals, allowing us to construct a diversified asset portfolio. We believe that our industry experience and product knowledge has allowed us to develop processes, procedures and infrastructure in connection with offering specialized products that enable us to appropriately identify and mitigate the risks associated with these products and services. As a result, we were able to avoid all losses within the commercial real estate portfolio between June 1999 and December 2008. Losses within the commercial real estate portfolio peaked at 0.35% of the portfolio in 2010 and have been de minimus since 2014. Our track record of success is attributed to our insight into the New York metropolitan area, our focus on proactive credit risk management, and the desire to build a banking institution that will be respected for years to come. We believe our commercial real estate portfolio is fundamentally different relative to banks that experienced heavy losses during the financial crisis. Key differences include market insight among our borrowers and lenders, a well-diversified portfolio, and a lack of speculation. As a result, we believe we are positioned to continue to perform well in the current credit environment. Although we performed well during the recent recession relative to other banks, our performance may still be negatively impacted. For instance, exposure to New York City commercial real estate leaves us particularly exposed to the local real estate market.

 

Diverse commercial real estate portfolio   Commercial real estate composition by region
     
     

 

 

As of June 30, 2017

 

Diverse commercial loan portfolio

 

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2017

 

Losses in the commercial portfolio increased in 2016 as a result of a $5.1 million one-time charge off related to the taxi medallion portfolio; however, our exposure to taxi medallions stands at only $3.7 million as of June 30, 2017, and credit performance in the commercial portfolio is expected to normalize.

 

  5  

 

 

Charge-offs as a % of average loans  

 

 

The banking industry is highly regulated. As a bank holding company, we are subject to extensive examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by various federal and state agencies that govern almost all aspects of our operations. Our business can be meaningfully impacted as a result of new or existing regulation. Commercial real estate loan concentration is an area that has experienced heightened regulatory focus. Banks are required to establish written policies for these loans and banks with concentrations in excess of certain thresholds must employ heightened risk management practices. Although we believe that our policies and procedures for commercial real estate loans meet or exceed regulatory requirements and expectations, this business is subject to regulatory risk.

Core deposit funding. Since we opened our first banking center in 2005 , we have developed a strong deposit franchise supported by a high level of core deposits and non-interest bearing deposits. As of June 30, 2017, core deposits (deposits, excluding certificates of deposit) comprised 94.4% of total deposits, while non-interest bearing deposits made up more than 50% of total deposits. Our loan and deposit portfolios have a symbiotic relationship whereby the conversion of commercial borrowing clients into full retail relationship banking clients fuels an expanded deposit base to fund additional commercial loans. Our strategy of funding with core deposits differentiates us from our competitors who often rely more heavily on wholesale funding or brokered deposits. Our wholesale funding and brokered deposits represent 13% of our assets as compared to 20% for our competitors as of June 30, 2017. As a result of our stable base of core deposits we expect to be able to support our clients throughout economic cycles.

 

Deposit composition

 

 

Total cost of deposits  

 

 

Well positioned for rising rate environment due to proactive asset / liability management . Over the last several years, in anticipation of moving into a rising rate environment, we have actively increased the amount of floating-rate loans in our real estate loan portfolio, and reduced the amount of multi-year fixed-rate loans. Our average loan maturity is now only 35 months. As of June 30, 2017, approximately 39% of our total loan portfolio was floating-rate. We currently fund the majority of our existing loan portfolio with core deposits. As a result of our structural asset sensitivity we expect our net interest income to increase 11.4% for a 200bps increase in the yield curve.

 

Interest-earning assets / interest-bearing liabilities      

 

 

Scalable operating model. We have invested heavily over the last several years in people and infrastructure to enhance and expand our capabilities so we can provide a full range of commercial and retail financial services to our clients. These investments include building and staffing our five existing retail banking centers, developing a full range of transaction services such as business online banking, merchant processing, and mobile banking and creating customized software for our specialized industry verticals. We believe that as a result of these investments, we have the operating leverage to support our future growth without causing our noninterest expenses to incrementally increase by a corresponding amount.

 

  6  

 

 

Experienced management team . Our leadership team consists of senior managers with an average of over 25 years of experience in the banking and non-banking financial services industries. All of our senior management team has deep expertise in the New York City metropolitan market and most have experience working at larger financial institutions. We believe the experience, relationships, and entrepreneurial culture of our management team as well as our Board of Directors have been and will continue to be key drivers of our growth. Our key leadership team includes:

 

· Mark R. DeFazio, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director . Mark R. DeFazio is a founding member of Metropolitan Commercial Bank. Since its inception, he has served as the Bank’s President. In 2002, he was elevated by the Board of Directors to Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. DeFazio started his banking career in 1982. His first banking position was with Richmond County Savings Bank on Staten Island, where he held several positions in areas such as operations, auditing and real estate lending. Prior to starting with Metropolitan Commercial Bank, Mr. DeFazio was employed by Israel Discount Bank for 13 years. His last position at Israel Discount Bank was Senior Vice President and Head of Commercial Real Estate .

 

· Sangeeta Kishore, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer . Sangeeta Kishore joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on June 13, 2016. Ms. Kishore brings over 13 years of banking experience with expertise in finance, banking operations, risk management, and strategic planning. Prior to joining Metropolitan, Ms. Kishore served as the Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Senior Risk Officer at Kish Bancorp, Inc. starting in 2011.

 

· Nick Rosenberg, Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer . Nick Rosenberg joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank and has served as its Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since July 2002. Prior to joining Metropolitan Commercial Bank, Mr. Rosenberg served as the Technology Director of PDT Limited, Manchester, United Kingdom.

 

· Michael Guarino, Senior Vice President and Legal Counsel. Michael Guarino joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank in 2008 after 13 years at Israel Discount Bank, where he served, among other capacities, as a compliance officer, an AML-BSA officer, risk management liaison, CRA officer, and Assistant Secretary. Prior to Israel Discount, Mr. Guarino served for ten years in various compliance and legal capacities at First Fidelity/First Union Bank of New Jersey, and before that for eight years as Assistant Treasurer and a Legal Analyst at Chase Manhattan Bank.

 

· Karen Rojeski, Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Risk Officer . Karen Rojeski serves as Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer at Metropolitan Commercial Bank. Ms. Rojeski has over 25 years commercial banking experience including assignments in workout and non-performing commercial and commercial real estate loans.

 

· David Lowery, First Vice President and Head of Commercial Real Estate . David Lowery joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank in September 2015. Prior to joining Metropolitan Commercial Bank, Mr. Lowery held the position of Vice President, Senior Relationship Manager in the Commercial Real Estate Group at M&T Bank in New York.

 

· Matthew McNeill, First Vice President and Head of Commercial Lending . Matthew McNeill joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank in August 2013. Prior to joining Metropolitan Commercial Bank, Mr. McNeill held the position of Vice President, Senior Business Relationship Manager at HSBC Bank in New York.

 

· Laura Capra, Senior Vice President, Retail Banking . Laura Capra joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank in October 2012. Prior to joining Metropolitan Commercial Bank, Ms. Capra held the position of SVP Regional Executive of Sovereign Bank. At Sovereign, Ms. Capra was directly responsible for building Sovereign’s retail banking presence in New York City, which ultimately consisted of 18 retail branches.

 

  7  

 

 

Our Business Strategy

 

Our strategy is to continue to build a relationship-oriented commercial bank through organically growing our existing client relationships and developing new long-term clients. We focus on New York metropolitan area middle-market businesses with annual revenue of $200 million or less and New York metropolitan area real estate entrepreneurs with a net worth of $5 million or more. We look to originate and service CRE and C&I loans of between $2 million and $20 million, which we believe is generally an under-served segment of the market. As we grow, we plan to continue our success in converting many of our lending clients into full retail relationships. Our top 100 clients have an average net worth of nearly $150 million and average liquidity of nearly $14 million, which we believe represents a meaningful opportunity to deepen our relationships.

 

We differentiate ourselves in the marketplace by offering excellent service, competitive products, innovative solutions, a relatively flat management structure giving clients access to senior management, and an ability to make lending decisions in a timely manner combined with guarantee of execution. Our lending team has developed industry expertise that enables us to better understand our clients’ businesses and differentiates us from other banks in our market. We believe we are positioned in a market area offering us significant growth opportunities on which we can capitalize.

 

On-Going Relationships and Tailored Products. Everything we do, from the people we recruit, to the retail locations we choose, to the products we offer, is optimized toward the goal of helping our clients build and sustain wealth. We believe our focus on our clients in all aspects of their business, including our cash management solutions as well as lending to support business growth, positions us to be able to provide a host of services our clients need now and will continue to need as they grow their businesses. We have the flexibility and commitment to create solutions tailored to the needs of each client. For example, we entered the healthcare lending space in 2001 and methodically built out processes, procedures, and customized infrastructure to support our clients in this vertical. We intend to continue leveraging the quality of our team, our existing relationships and our client-centered approach to further grow our tailored banking solutions, build deeper relationships and increase penetration in our market area. Additionally, we are always working to improve our team by attracting and developing individuals that embody our spirit as “The Entrepreneurial Bank.” This ensures that we continue to meet our high standard of excellence, which drives relationships and loan growth.

 

Strong Core Deposit Franchise. The strength of our deposit franchise comes from the long-standing relationships we have with our clients and the strong ties we have in our market area. We provide our commercial clients with convenient solutions such as remote deposit capture and business online banking. We expect to continue our success of converting our lending clients into full retail clients. We also plan to strategically expand our retail presence. By the first quarter of 2018, we expect to open our sixth banking center on the Upper East Side of Manhattan, which is a market we have long sought to enter given the abundance of commercial clients and high net worth entrepreneurs. We will also carefully consider further expansion of our banking center network.

 

Our debit card issuing business is the other major source of our core deposit base. We expect the debit card issuing business to continue to be a source of low cost deposits, and as our partners grow their own customer bases we expect to benefit as their debit card issuer. Additionally we expect to continue to add new clients to our program. Our debit card issuing business brings a source of fee income in addition to low cost deposits.

 

Debit card deposit growth

 

 

Scalable operating model. We have invested significantly in our bankers, infrastructure and technology in recent years, which we believe has created a scalable platform that will support future growth. Our bankers and banking centers continue to scale in size, and we believe there is capacity to grow our business without making significant additional investments, which we expect will improve operating efficiencies over time. As a result of the investments we made in previous years, our efficiency ratio has fallen to 57% for the six months ended June 30, 2017, which we believe will continue to improve with additional scale.

 

  8  

 

 

Risk Factors

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision in our common stock. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. These risks include the following:

 

· Because we intend to continue to increase our commercial loans, our credit risk may increase;
· A substantial portion of our loan portfolio consists of multifamily real estate loans and commercial real estate loans, which have a higher degree of risk than other types of loans;
· A large portion of our loan portfolio is unseasoned. Errors in judging the collectability of our unseasoned loans may lead to additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, which would reduce our profits;
· As a business operating in the financial services industry, our business and operations may be adversely affected in numerous and complex ways by weak economic conditions;
· A substantial majority of our loans and operations are in New York, and therefore our business is particularly vulnerable to a downturn in the New York City economy;
· Changes in card network fees could impact our operations;
· Changes in card network rules or standards could adversely affect our business;
· Our business could suffer if there is a decline in the use of debit cards as a payment mechanism or if there are adverse developments with respect to the financial services industry in general;
· We operate in a highly competitive industry and face significant competition from other financial institutions and financial services providers, which may decrease our growth or profits;
· We rely heavily on our executive management team and other key employees, and we could be adversely affected by the unexpected loss of their services;
· A lack of liquidity could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations;
· We have lower lending limits and different lending risks than certain of our larger, more diversified competitors;
· We face risks related to our operational, technological and organizational infrastructure;
· A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair our liquidity, disrupt our businesses, result in the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause financial losses;
· Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be adversely affected by the highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and accounting principles, or changes in any of them; and
· An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the public offering price, or at all.

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive offices are located at 99 Park Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10016, and our telephone number is (212) 659-0600. Our principal website is www.metropolitanbankny.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

 

  9  

 

 

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us          shares
   
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders        shares
   
Underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares          shares from us
   
Common stock outstanding after completion of this offering         shares (or        shares if the underwriters exercise their purchase option in full).
   
Use of proceeds We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses, will be approximately $         million (or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based on an assumed public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds that we receive from this offering to support the growth in Metropolitan Commercial Bank’s loan portfolio, including the possibility of making larger loans due to the increased lending limits, to finance potential strategic acquisitions to the extent such opportunities arise and for other general corporate purposes, which could include other growth initiatives. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”
   
Dividend policy We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of directors and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, regulatory and contractual restrictions, our business strategy and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. See “Dividend Policy.”
   
Listing and trading symbol We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ MCB .”
   
Risk factors See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

 

________________

 

  10  

 

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus relating to the number of shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering is based on 4,633,012 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2017 and:

 

· assumes no exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase up to            additional shares of common stock from us;

 

· excludes 276,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $19.97 per share (276,500 shares of which are currently exercisable) as of June 30, 2017;

 

· excludes 823,122 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance in connection with restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, and stock options available for issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2017; and

 

· excludes 272,636 shares of our Class B Preferred Stock that are not convertible by the holder, but are convertible on a one-for-one basis into shares of our common stock under certain circumstances. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

  11  

 

 

Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data

 

The following table sets forth summary historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods shown. The summary financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 has been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, has been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and includes all normal and recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation. Operating results for prior periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. The information should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Risk Factors,” “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
    (In thousands)  
                   
Selected Financial Condition Data:                        
                         
Total assets   $ 1,586,774     $ 1,220,301     $ 964,788  
Cash and cash equivalents     227,553       82,931       65,647  
Investment securities available for sale     35,610       37,329       47,467  
Investment securities held to maturity     5,968       6,500       4,974  
Loans, net     1,271,244       1,042,731       810,356  
Premises and equipment, net     5,744       5,035       4,640  
FRB stock, at cost     3,904       3,239       2,384  
FHLB stock, at cost     4,362       4,349       5,022  
Accrued interest receivable     3,059       2,735       2,301  
Goodwill     9,733       9,733       9,733  
Other assets     19,597       25,719       12,264  
Total liabilities     1,471,795       1,110,810       888,836  
Deposits     1,329,298       993,780       766,039  
Borrowed funds     73,802       78,418       96,147  
Trust preferred securities     20,620       20,620       20,620  
Subordinated notes , net of issuance cost     24,453              
Other liabilities     23,622       17,992       6,030  
Total equity     114,979       109,491       75,952  

 

    For the Six months ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2017     2016     2016     2015  
    (In thousands)  
Selected Income Statement Data:                                
                                 
Interest and dividend income   $ 26,490     $ 20,900     $ 44,155     $ 32,682  
Interest expense     3,941       3,079       6,089       5,260  
Net interest income     22,549       17,821       38,066       27,422  
Provision for loan losses     2,360       1,810       8,060       2,015  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     20,189       16,011       30,006       25,407  
Noninterest income     2,818       2,815       5,423       4,498  
Noninterest expense     14,376       12,905       27,371       23,077  
Income before income tax expense     8,631       5,921       8,058       6,828  
Income tax expense     3,431       2,406       3,045       2,559  
Net income   $ 5,200     $ 3,515     $ 5,013     $ 4,269  

 

  12  

 

 

    At or For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
    At or For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2017     2016     2016     2015  
                         
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:                                
                                 
Performance Ratios: (1)                                
Return on average assets     0.78 %     0.67 %     0.46 %     0.50 %
Return on average equity     9.26 %     9.07 %     5.56 %     6.21 %
Return on average tangible equity (5)     10.14 %     10.39 %     6.23 %     7.23 %
Interest rate spread (2)     3.50 %     3.47 %     3.53 %     3.33 %
Net interest margin (3)     3.54 %     3.50 %     3.57 %     3.36 %
Efficiency ratio (4)     56.67 %     62.54 %     62.94 %     72.29 %
Non-interest expense to average total assets     2.16 %     2.45 %     2.49 %     2.71 %
Average interest-earning assets to average
interest-bearing liabilities
    173.68 %     153.41 %     158.07 %     140.95 %
Average equity to average total assets     8.42 %     7.36 %     8.22 %     8.06 %
                                 
Asset Quality Ratios:                                
Non-performing assets to total assets     0.29 %     0.25 %     0.30 %     0.22 %
Non-performing loans to total loans     0.36 %     0.29 %     0.35 %     0.25 %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans     304.47 %     427.24 %     322.82 %     478.38 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans     1.09 %     1.23 %     1.12 %     1.21 %
                                 
Capital Ratios:                                
Tangible equity to tangible assets (5)     6.67 %     6.33 %     8.24 %     6.93 %
Company regulatory capital ratios:                                
Tier 1 leverage     8.91 %     8.14 %     10.49 %     9.34 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital     9.62 %     9.57 %     11.32 %     10.93 %
Total risk-based capital     12.63 %     10.82 %     12.45 %     11.98 %
Common equity tier 1 capital     7.67 %     9.15 %     10.80 %     10.44 %
Bank regulatory capital ratios:                                
Tier 1 leverage     10.21 %     8.19 %     10.41 %     9.26 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital     11.29 %     9.62 %     11.25 %     10.83 %
Total risk-based capital     12.38 %     10.87 %     12.38 %     12.08 %
Common equity tier 1 capital     11.29 %     9.62 %     11.25 %     10.83 %
                                 
Other Data:                                
Number of full service offices     5       5       5       5  

 

 

(1) Annualized for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.
(2) Represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the year.
(3) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the year.
(4) The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(5) Return on average tangible equity and tangible equity to tangible assets are non-GAAP financial measures. The Company believes that the disclosure of these measures may be helpful for those investors who seek to evaluate our income and equity without giving effect to goodwill. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. The following table provides a reconciliation of return on average tangible equity and tangible equity to tangible assets to the most comparable measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

   

For the Six months ended

June 30,

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2016     2015  
    (In thousands)  
Return on average tangible equity:                                
                                 
Net income   $ 5,200     $ 3,515     $ 5,013     $ 4,269  
                                 
Average equity     112,247       77,496       90,206       68,749  
Less: Average goodwill     9,733       9,733       9,733       9,733  
Average tangible equity     102,514       67,763       80,473       59,016  
                                 
Return on average tangible equity     10.14 %     10.37 %     6.23 %     7.23 %
                                 
Tangible equity to tangible assets:                                
                                 
Total equity     114,979       78,906       109,491       75,952  
Less: Goodwill     9,733       9,733       9,733       9,733  
Tangible equity     105,246       69,173       99,757       66,219  
                                 
Total assets     1,586,774       1,102,917       1,220,301       964,788  
Less: Goodwill     9,733       9,733       9,733       9,733  
Tangible assets     1,577,041       1,093,184       1,210,568       955,055  
                                 
Tangible equity to tangible assets     6.67 %     6.33 %     8.24 %     6.93 %

 

  13  

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe the events described below are the risks that are material to us as of the date of this prospectus. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be materially and adversely affected. In such an event, the value of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements, estimates and projections that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements, estimates and projections as a result of specific factors, including the risk factors described below.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Because we intend to continue to increase our commercial loans, our credit risk may increase.

 

At June 30, 2017, our commercial loans totaled $332 million, or 25.8% of our total loans. We intend to increase our originations of commercial loans, including working capital lines of credit, equipment financing, healthcare and medical receivables, documentary letters of credit and standby letters of credit. These loans generally have more risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and commercial loans secured by real estate. Since repayment of commercial loans depends on the successful management and operation of the borrower’s businesses, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the local and national economy. In addition, commercial loans generally have a larger average size as compared with other loans such as residential loans, and the collateral for commercial loans is generally less readily-marketable. Our plans to increase our origination of these loans could result in a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. An adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan or a commercial real estate loan.

 

A substantial portion of our loan portfolio consists of multifamily real estate loans and commercial real estate loans, which have a higher degree of risk than other types of loans.

 

At June 30, 2017, we had $179.2 million of multifamily loans and $670 million of commercial real estate loans. Multifamily and commercial real estate loans represented 66% of our total loan portfolio at June 30, 2017.

 

Multifamily and commercial real estate loans are often larger and involve greater risks than other types of loans. Because payments on such loans are often dependent on the successful operation or development of the property or business involved, repayment of such loans is often more sensitive than other types of loans to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the general business climate and economy. Accordingly, a downturn in the real estate market and a challenging business and economic environment may increase our risk related to multifamily and commercial real estate loans. Unlike residential mortgage loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrowers' ability to make repayment from their employment and other income and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, multifamily and commercial real estate loans typically are made on the basis of the borrowers' ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the commercial venture. If the cash flow from business operations is reduced, the borrower's ability to repay the loan may be impaired. In addition, due to the larger average size of each multifamily and commercial real estate loan as compared with other loans such as residential loans, as well as collateral that is generally less readily-marketable, losses incurred on a small number of multifamily and commercial real estate loans could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

In recent years, commercial real estate markets have been experiencing substantial growth, and increased competitive pressures have contributed significantly to historically low capitalization rates and rising property values. Commercial real estate prices, according to many U.S. commercial real estate indices, are currently above the 2007 peak levels that contributed to the financial crisis. In addition, we are exposed to the New York commercial real estate market in particular. If the local economy, and particularly the real estate market, declines, the rates of delinquencies, defaults, foreclosures, bankruptcies and losses in our loan portfolio would likely increase. A failure to adequately implement enhanced risk management policies, procedures and controls could adversely affect our ability to increase this portfolio going forward and could result in an increased rate of delinquencies in, and increased losses, from this portfolio. At June 30, 2017, non-performing commercial real estate mortgage loans totaled $841,000, or 0.1% of our total portfolio of commercial real estate mortgage loans.

 

  14  

 

 

In addition, commercial real estate loan concentration is an area that has experienced heightened regulatory focus. Under joint guidance entitled “Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” (the “CRE Guidance”) issued by the FRB, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), banks with holdings of commercial real estate, land development, construction, and certain multi-family loans in excess of certain thresholds must employ heightened risk management practices. These loans are also subject to written policies that are required by applicable regulations and that establish certain limits and standards. See “Supervision and Regulation—Lending Standards and Guidance.” Any limitations on our commercial real estate, multi-family or construction lending, as a result of our need to comply with applicable regulations, regulatory guidance or supervisory expectations or otherwise, could have an adverse impact on our net interest income and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

A large portion of our loan portfolio is unseasoned. Errors in judging the collectability of our unseasoned loans may lead to additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, which would reduce our profits.

Our net loan portfolio has grown 102.8%, during the 30-month period ended June 30, 2017. At June 30, 2017, commercial real estate, commercial and industrial, and multifamily loans made up 52.1%, 25.8% and 13.9% of our loan portfolio, respectively. At that same date, the average age of our commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and multifamily loans was 2.5 years, 1.5 years and 1 year, respectively. It is difficult to assess the future performance of our loan portfolio due to the recent origination of many of our loans. As a result, we may experience more non-performing and delinquent loans than we have anticipated, which would adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We must maintain and follow high loan underwriting standards to grow safely.

 

Our ability to grow our assets safely depends on maintaining disciplined and prudent underwriting standards and ensuring that our relationship managers and lending personnel follow those standards. The weakening of these standards for any reason, such as to seek higher yielding loans, or a lack of discipline or diligence by our employees in underwriting and monitoring loans, may result in loan defaults, foreclosures and additional charge-offs and may necessitate that we significantly increase our allowance for loan losses, any of which could adversely affect our net income. As a result, our business, results of operations, financial condition or future prospects could be adversely affected.

 

As a business operating in the financial services industry, our business and operations may be adversely affected in numerous and complex ways by weak economic conditions.

 

Our business and operations, which primarily consist of lending money to customers in the form of loans, borrowing money from customers in the form of deposits and investing in securities, are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States. If the U.S. economy weakens, our growth and profitability from our lending, deposit and investment operations could be constrained. Uncertainty about the federal fiscal policymaking process, the medium and long-term fiscal outlook of the federal government, and future tax rates is a concern for businesses, consumers and investors in the United States. In addition, economic conditions in foreign countries, including uncertainty over the stability of the euro currency, could affect the stability of global financial markets, which could hinder U.S. economic growth. Weak economic conditions are characterized by deflation, fluctuations in debt and equity capital markets, a lack of liquidity and/or depressed prices in the secondary market for mortgage loans, increased delinquencies on mortgage, consumer and commercial loans, residential and commercial real estate price declines and lower home sales and commercial activity. The current economic environment is also characterized by interest rates at near historically low levels, which impacts our ability to attract deposits and to generate attractive earnings through our investment portfolio. All of these factors are detrimental to our business, and the interplay between these factors can be complex and unpredictable. Our business is also significantly affected by monetary and related policies of the U.S. federal government and its agencies. Changes in any of these policies are influenced by macroeconomic conditions and other factors that are beyond our control. Adverse economic conditions and government policy responses to such conditions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

A substantial majority of our loans and operations are in New York, and therefore our business is particularly vulnerable to a downturn in the New York City economy.

 

Unlike larger financial institutions that are more geographically diversified, a large portion of our business is concentrated primarily in the state of New York, and in New York City in particular. As of June 30, 2017, 91% of our loan portfolio was in New York MSA and our loan portfolio had concentrations of 75% in New York City. If the local economy, and particularly the real estate market, declines, the rates of delinquencies, defaults, foreclosures, bankruptcies and losses in our loan portfolio would likely increase. As a result of this lack of diversification in our loan portfolio, a downturn in the local economy generally and real estate market specifically could significantly reduce our profitability and growth and adversely affect our financial condition.

 

  15  

 

 

Interest rate shifts may reduce net interest income and otherwise negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The majority of our banking assets are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Like most financial institutions, our earnings and cash flows depend to a great extent upon the level of our net interest income, or the difference between the interest income we earn on loans, investments and other interest earning assets, and the interest we pay on interest bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Changes in interest rates can increase or decrease our net interest income, because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes.

 

When interest bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest earning assets in a period, an increase in interest rates could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest earning assets mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income. Additionally, an increase in interest rates may, among other things, reduce the demand for loans and our ability to originate loans and decrease loan repayment rates. A decrease in the general level of interest rates may affect us through, among other things, increased prepayments on our loan portfolio and increased competition for deposits. Accordingly, changes in the level of market interest rates affect our net yield on interest earning assets, loan origination volume and our overall results. Although our asset-liability management strategy is designed to control and mitigate exposure to the risks related to changes in market interest rates, those rates are affected by many factors outside of our control, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, deflation, recession, changes in unemployment, the money supply, international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets.

 

Our smaller size makes it more difficult for us to compete.

 

Our smaller size makes it more difficult to compete with other financial institutions which are generally larger and can more easily afford to invest in the marketing and technologies needed to attract and retain customers. Because our principal source of income is the net interest income we earn on our loans and investments after deducting interest paid on deposits and other sources of funds, our ability to generate the revenues needed to cover our expenses and finance such investments is limited by the size of our loan and investment portfolios. In addition, we compete with many larger financial institutions and other financial companies who operate in the cash management solutions business. Accordingly, we are not always able to offer new products and services as quickly as our competitors. Our lower earnings also make it more difficult to offer competitive salaries and benefits. As a smaller institution, we are also disproportionately affected by the continually increasing costs of compliance with new banking and other regulations.

 

We may not be able to grow, and if we do we may have difficulty managing that growth.

 

Our business strategy is to continue to grow our assets and expand our operations, including through potential strategic acquisitions . While we continue to explore acquisition opportunities as they arise, there are no plans or arrangements to make any acquisitions in the near future. One of our current growth initiatives is our plan to open our sixth banking center on the Upper East Side of Manhattan in the first quarter of 2018 and we expect to consider new strategic retail banking centers in areas where existing client relationships can be strengthened . Our ability to grow depends, in part, upon our ability to expand our market share, successfully attract core deposits, and to identify loan and investment opportunities as well as opportunities to generate fee-based income. We can provide no assurance that we will be successful in increasing the volume of our loans and deposits at acceptable levels and upon terms acceptable to us. We also can provide no assurance that we will be successful in expanding our operations organically or through strategic acquisition while managing the costs and implementation risks associated with this growth strategy.

 

We expect to continue to experience growth in the number of our employees and customers and the scope of our operations, but we may not be able to sustain our historical rate of growth or continue to grow our business at all. Our success will depend upon the ability of our officers and key employees to continue to implement and improve our operational and other systems, to manage multiple, concurrent customer relationships, and to hire, train and manage our employees. In the event that we are unable to perform all these tasks and meet these challenges effectively, including continuing to attract core deposits, our operations, and consequently our earnings, could be adversely impacted.

 

  16  

 

 

Any future acquisitions will subject us to a variety of risks, including execution risks, failure to realize anticipated transaction benefits, and failure to overcome integration risks, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability.

 

We plan to grow our businesses organically. Although we do not currently have any plans, arrangements or understandings to make any acquisitions in the near-term, from time to time in the future we may consider acquisition opportunities that we believe support our businesses and enhance our profitability. In the event that we do pursue acquisitions, we may have difficulty executing on acquisitions and may not realize the anticipated benefits of any transaction we complete. Any of the foregoing matters could materially and adversely affect us.

 

Generally, any acquisition of target financial institutions, branches or other banking assets by us will require approval by, and cooperation from, a number of governmental regulatory agencies, possibly including the FRB, NYSDFS, and the FDIC. Such regulators could deny our application, which would restrict our growth, or the regulatory approvals may not be granted on terms that are acceptable to us. For example, we could be required to sell branches as a condition to receiving regulatory approvals, and such a condition may not be acceptable to us or may reduce the benefit of an acquisition.

 

As to any acquisition that we complete, we may fail to realize some or all of the anticipated transaction benefits if the integration process takes longer or is more costly than expected or otherwise fails to meet our expectations.

 

In addition, acquisition activities could be material to our business and involve a number of risks, including the following:

 

· incurring time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in our attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;

 

· using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets;

 

· projected results may vary significantly from actual results;

 

· intense competition from other banking organizations and other inquirers for acquisitions;

 

· potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of banks and businesses we acquire;

 

· unexpected asset quality problems;

 

· the time and expense required to integrate the operations and personnel of the combined businesses;

 

· experiencing higher operating expenses relative to operating income from the new operations;

 

· creating an adverse short-term effect on our results of operations;

 

· losing key employees and customers as a result of an acquisition that is poorly received;

 

· significant problems relating to the conversion of the financial and customer data of the entity;

 

  17  

 

 

· integration of acquired customers into our financial and customer product systems;

 

· risk of assuming businesses with internal control deficiencies; or

 

· risks of impairment to goodwill or other than temporary impairment of investment securities.

 

Depending on the condition of any institution or assets or liabilities that we may acquire, that acquisition may, at least in the near term, adversely affect our capital and earnings and, if not successfully integrated with our organization, may continue to have such effects over a longer period. We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with potential acquisitions, and any acquisition we may consider will be subject to prior regulatory approval. Also, acquisitions may involve the payment of a premium over book and market values and, therefore, some dilution of our book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future transaction. Our inability to overcome these risks could have a material adverse effect on our profitability, return on equity and return on assets, our ability to implement our business strategy and enhance stockholder value, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Changes in card network fees could impact our operations.

 

From time to time, the card networks increase the fees (known as interchange fees) that they charge to acquirers and that we charge to our merchants. It is possible that competitive pressures will result in us absorbing a portion of such increases in the future, which would increase our costs, reduce our profit margin and adversely affect our business and financial condition. In addition, the card networks require certain capital requirements. An increase in the required capital level would further limit our use of capital for other purposes.

 

Changes in card network rules or standards could adversely affect our business.

 

In order to provide our debit card and cash management solutions, we are members of the Visa and MasterCard networks. As such, we are subject to card network rules that could subject us to a variety of fines or penalties that may be assessed on us. The termination of our membership or any changes in card network rules or standards, including interpretation and implementation of existing rules or standards, could increase the cost of operating our merchant servicer business or limit our ability to provide debit card and cash management solutions to or through our customers, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business could suffer if there is a decline in the use of debit cards as a payment mechanism or if there are adverse developments with respect to the financial services industry in general.

 

As the financial services industry evolves, consumers may find debit financial services to be less attractive than traditional or other financial services. Consumers might not use debit card financial services for any number of reasons, including the general perception of our industry. If consumers do not continue or increase their usage of debit cards, including making changes in the way debit cards are loaded, our operating revenues and debit card deposits may remain at current levels or decline. Any projected growth for the industry may not occur or may occur more slowly than estimated. If consumer acceptance of debit financial services does not continue to develop or develops more slowly than expected or if there is a shift in the mix of payment forms, such as cash, credit cards, traditional debit cards and debit cards, away from our products and services, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

 

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.

 

Employee errors and employee and customer misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.

 

  18  

 

 

We maintain a system of internal controls and insurance coverage to mitigate against operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud. If our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If the allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, earnings could decrease.

 

Loan customers may not repay their loans according to the terms of their loans, and the collateral securing the payment of their loans may be insufficient to assure repayment. We may experience significant credit losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. Various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loan portfolio are made, including the creditworthiness of borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, management reviews the loans and the loss and delinquency experience and evaluates economic conditions.

 

At June 30, 2017, our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans, net of unearned income, was 1.09%. The determination of the appropriate level of allowance is subject to judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which are subject to material changes. If assumptions prove to be incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not cover probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio at the date of the financial statements. Significant additions to the allowance would materially decrease net income. Non-performing loans may increase and non-performing or delinquent loans may adversely affect future performance. We had $4.6 million in non-performing loans at June 30, 2017. In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review the allowance for loan losses, the policies and procedures we use to determine the level of the allowance and the value attributed to nonperforming loans or to real estate acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. Any significant increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory agencies could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. See “Risk Factors—The FASB has recently issued an accounting standard update that will result in a significant change in how we recognize credit losses and may have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.”

 

Changes in the valuation of our securities portfolio could hurt our profits and reduce our stockholders’ equity.

 

Our securities portfolio may be impacted by fluctuations in market value, potentially reducing accumulated other comprehensive income and/or earnings. Fluctuations in market value may be caused by changes in market interest rates, lower market prices for securities and limited investor demand. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment on a quarterly basis, with more frequent evaluation for selected issues. In analyzing a debt issuer’s financial condition, management considers whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, industry analysts’ reports and, to a lesser extent given the relatively insignificant levels of depreciation in our debt portfolio, spread differentials between the effective rates on instruments in the portfolio compared to risk-free rates. In analyzing an equity issuer’s financial condition, management considers industry analysts’ reports, financial performance and projected target prices of investment analysts within a one-year time frame. If this evaluation shows impairment to the actual or projected cash flows associated with one or more securities, a potential loss to earnings may occur. Changes in interest rates can also have an adverse effect on our financial condition, as our available-for-sale securities are reported at their estimated fair value, and therefore are impacted by fluctuations in interest rates. We increase or decrease our stockholders’ equity by the amount of change in the estimated fair value of the available-for-sale securities, net of taxes. Declines in market value could result in other-than-temporary impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our net income and capital levels. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Securities Portfolio.”

 

  19  

 

 

We may not be able to adequately measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio, which could adversely affect our profitability.

 

As a part of the products and services that we offer, we make commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. The principal economic risk associated with each class of loans is the creditworthiness of the borrower, which is affected by the strength of the relevant business market segment, local market conditions, and general economic conditions. Additional factors related to the credit quality of commercial loans include the quality of the management of the business and the borrower’s ability both to properly evaluate changes in the supply and demand characteristics affecting our market for products and services, and to effectively respond to those changes. Additional factors related to the credit quality of commercial real estate loans include tenant vacancy rates and the quality of management of the property. A failure to effectively measure and limit the credit risk associated with our loan portfolio could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Changes in economic conditions could cause an increase in delinquencies and nonperforming assets, including loan charge-offs, which could depress our net income and growth.

 

Our loan portfolio includes many real estate secured loans, demand for which may decrease during economic downturns as a result of, among other things, an increase in unemployment, a decrease in real estate values and, a slowdown in housing. If we see negative economic conditions develop in the United States as a whole or our New York market, we could experience higher delinquencies and loan charge-offs, which would reduce our net income and adversely affect our financial condition. Furthermore, to the extent that real estate collateral is obtained through foreclosure, the costs of holding and marketing the real estate collateral, as well as the ultimate values obtained from disposition, could reduce our earnings and adversely affect our financial condition.

 

We operate in a highly competitive industry and face significant competition from other financial institutions and financial services providers, which may decrease our growth or profits.

 

Consumer and commercial banking as well as cash management solutions are highly competitive industries. Our market area contains not only a large number of community and regional banks, but also a significant presence of the country’s largest commercial banks. We compete with other state and national financial institutions, as well as savings and loan associations, savings banks, and credit unions, for deposits and loans. In addition, we compete with financial intermediaries, such as consumer finance companies, specialty finance companies, commercial finance companies, mortgage banking companies, insurance companies, securities firms, mutual funds, and several government agencies, as well as major retailers, all actively engaged in providing various types of loans and other financial services, including cash management solutions. We also face significant competition from many larger institutions. Some of these competitors may have a long history of successful operations nationally as well as in our market area and greater ties to businesses and more expansive banking relationships, as well as more established depositor bases, fewer regulatory constraints, and lower cost structures than we do. Competitors with greater resources may possess an advantage through their ability to maintain numerous banking locations in more convenient sites, to conduct more extensive promotional and advertising campaigns, or to operate a more developed technology platform. Due to their size, many competitors may offer a broader range of products and services, as well as better pricing for certain products and services than we can offer. For example, in the current low interest rate environment, competitors with lower costs of capital may solicit our customers to refinance their loans with a lower interest rate. Further, increased competition among financial services companies due to the recent consolidation of certain competing financial institutions may adversely affect our ability to market our products and services. Technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for banks and specifically finance companies to compete in our market area and for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks.

 

The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of legislative, regulatory, and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms, and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency and underwriting), and merchant banking.

 

  20  

 

 

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including:

 

· our ability to develop, maintain, and build upon long-term customer relationships based on quality service and market knowledge;

 

· our ability to attract and retain qualified employees to operate our business effectively;

 

· our ability to expand our market position;

 

· the scope, relevance, and pricing of products and services that we offer to meet customer needs and demands;

 

· customer satisfaction with our level of service; and

 

· industry and general economic trends.

 

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

We rely heavily on our executive management team and other key employees, and we could be adversely affected by the unexpected loss of their services.

 

Our success depends in large part on the performance of our key personnel, as well as on our ability to attract, motivate and retain highly qualified senior and middle management and other skilled employees. Competition for employees is intense, and the process of locating key personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to execute our business plan may be lengthy. We may not be successful in retaining our key employees, and the unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business because of their skills, knowledge of our primary markets, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. If the services of any of our key personnel should become unavailable for any reason, we may not be able to identify and hire qualified persons on terms acceptable to us, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

 

Further, our ability to retain key officers and employees may be impacted by legislation and regulation affecting the financial services industry. In 2016, the FRB and several other federal financial regulators revised and re-proposed rules to implement Section 956 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) . Section 956 directed regulators to jointly prescribe regulations or guidelines prohibiting incentive-based payment arrangements, or any feature of any such arrangement, at covered financial institutions, which includes a bank or bank holding company with $1 billion or more in assets, such as the Company and the Bank, that encourage inappropriate risks by providing excessive compensation or that could lead to a material financial loss. Further, the rule imposes enhanced risk management controls and governance and internal policy and procedure requirements with respect to incentive compensation. Accordingly, we may be at a disadvantage to offer competitive compensation compared to other financial institutions (as referenced above) or companies in other industries, which may not be subject to the same requirements.

 

A lack of liquidity could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Liquidity is essential to our business. We rely on our ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of our loans to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to fund our operations. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our most important source of funds is deposits. Deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return tradeoff, which are strongly influenced by such external factors as the direction of interest rates, whether actual or perceived; local and national economic conditions’ and competition for deposits in the markets we serve. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments such as money market funds, we would lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income. Any changes we make to the rates offered on our deposit products to remain competitive with other financial institutions may also adversely affect our profitability and liquidity. Further, the demand for the deposit products we offer may be reduced due to a variety of factors such as demographic patterns, changes in customer preferences, reductions in consumers’ disposable income, the monetary policy of the FRB, regulatory actions that decrease customer access to particular products or the availability of competing products.

 

  21  

 

 

Other primary sources of funds consist of cash flows from operations, maturities and sales of investment securities, and proceeds from the issuance and sale of our equity securities to investors. Additional liquidity is provided by the ability to borrow from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. We also may borrow funds from third-party lenders, such as other financial institutions. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities, or on terms that are acceptable to us, could be impaired by factors that affect us directly or the financial services industry or economy in general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry. Our access to funding sources could also be affected by a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in our markets or by one or more adverse regulatory actions against us.

 

Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, or to fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business, and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

 

We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring, and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers, and caring about our customers. If our reputation is negatively affected, by the actions of our employees or otherwise, our business and, therefore, our operating results may be materially adversely affected. Further, negative public opinion can expose us to litigation and regulatory action as we seek to implement our growth strategy, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We have lower lending limits and different lending risks than certain of our larger, more diversified competitors.

 

We are a community banking institution that provides banking services to the local communities in the market areas in which we operate. Our ability to diversify our economic risks is limited by our own local markets and economies. We lend primarily to individuals and to small and medium-sized businesses, which may expose us to greater lending risks than those of banks that lend to larger, better-capitalized businesses with longer operating histories. In addition, our legally mandated lending limits are lower than those of certain of our competitors that have more capital than we do. As a result of our size, at June 30, 2017, our legal lending limit was $24 million. Our lower lending limits may discourage borrowers with lending needs that exceed our limits from doing business with us. We may try to serve such borrowers by selling loan participations to other financial institutions; however, this strategy may not succeed.

 

We face risks related to our operational, technological and organizational infrastructure.

 

Our ability to grow and compete is dependent on our ability to build or acquire the necessary operational and technological infrastructure and to manage the cost of that infrastructure as we expand. Similar to other large corporations, operational risk can manifest itself in many ways, such as errors related to failed or inadequate processes, faulty or disabled computer systems, fraud by employees or outside persons and exposure to external events. As discussed below, we are dependent on our operational infrastructure to help manage these risks. In addition, we are heavily dependent on the strength and capability of our technology systems which we use both to interface with our customers and to manage our internal financial and other systems. Our ability to develop and deliver new products that meet the needs of our existing customers and attract new ones depends on the functionality of our technology systems. Additionally, our ability to run our business in compliance with applicable laws and regulations is dependent on these infrastructures.

 

  22  

 

 

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. Our future success will depend in part upon our ability to address the needs of our clients by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy client demands for convenience as well as to provide secure electronic environments and create additional efficiencies in our operations as we continue to grow and expand our market area. We continuously monitor our operational and technological capabilities and make modifications and improvements when we believe it will be cost effective to do so. In some instances, we may build and maintain these capabilities ourselves. In connection with implementing new operational and technology enhancements or products in the future, we may experience certain operational challenges (e.g. human error, system error, incompatibility, etc.) which could result in us not fully realizing the anticipated benefits from such new technology or require us to incur significant costs to remedy any such challenges in a timely manner. Many of our larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in operational and technological infrastructure and have invested significantly more than us in operational and technological infrastructure. As a result, they may be able to offer additional or more convenient products compared to those that we will be able to provide, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. Accordingly, we may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing such products and services to our clients, which could impair our growth and profitability.

 

We also outsource some of our operational and technological infrastructure, including modifications and improvements to these systems, to third parties. Specifically, we depend on third parties to provide our core systems processing, essential web hosting and other internet systems, deposit processing and other processing services. In connection with our debit card and cash management solutions business, we rely on various third parties to provide processing and clearing and settlement services to us in connection with card transactions. If these third-party service providers experience difficulties, fail to comply with banking regulations or terminate their services and we are unable to replace them with other service providers, our operations could be interrupted. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected, perhaps materially. Even if we are able to replace them, it may be at a higher cost to us, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We also face risk from the integration of new infrastructure platforms and/or new third party providers of such platforms into its existing businesses.

 

A failure in our operational systems or infrastructure, or those of third parties, could impair our liquidity, disrupt our businesses, result in the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, damage our reputation and cause financial losses.

 

Our business, and in particular, our debit card and cash management solutions business, is partially dependent on our ability to process and monitor, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions, many of which are highly complex, across numerous and diverse markets. These transactions, as well as the information technology services we provide to clients, often must adhere to client-specific guidelines, as well as legal and regulatory standards. Due to the breadth of our client base and our geographical reach, developing and maintaining our operational systems and infrastructure is challenging, particularly as a result of rapidly evolving legal and regulatory requirements and technological shifts. Our financial, accounting, data processing or other operating systems and facilities, and, as discussed above, those of the third-party service providers upon which we depend, may fail to operate properly or become disabled as a result of events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, such as a spike in transaction volume, cyber-attack or other unforeseen catastrophic events, which may adversely affect our ability to process these transactions or provide services.

 

  23  

 

 

The occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other sensitive business and consumer information on our computer systems and networks and third party providers. Under various federal and state laws, we are responsible for safeguarding such information. For example, our business is subject to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act which, among other things: (i) imposes certain limitations on our ability to share nonpublic personal information about our customers with nonaffiliated third parties; (ii) requires that we provide certain disclosures to customers about our information collection, sharing and security practices and afford customers the right to “opt out” of any information sharing by us with nonaffiliated third parties (with certain exceptions); and (iii) requires that we develop, implement and maintain a written comprehensive information security program containing appropriate safeguards based on our size and complexity, the nature and scope of our activities, and the sensitivity of customer information we process, as well as plans for responding to data security breaches. Ensuring that our collection, use, transfer and storage of personal information complies with all applicable laws and regulations can increase our costs.

 

Although we take protective measures to maintain the confidentiality, integrity and availability of information across all geographic and product lines, and endeavor to modify these protective measures as circumstances warrant, the nature of the threats continues to evolve. As a result, our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, loss or destruction of data (including confidential client information), account takeovers, unavailability of service, computer viruses or other malicious code, cyber-attacks and other events that could have an adverse security impact. Despite the defensive measures we take to manage our internal technological and operational infrastructure, these threats may originate externally from third parties such as foreign governments, organized crime and other hackers, and outsource or infrastructure-support providers and application developers, or may originate internally from within our organization. Furthermore, we may not be able to ensure that all of our clients, suppliers, counterparties and other third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of the information that they exchange with us, particularly where such information is transmitted by electronic means. Given the increasingly high volume of our transactions, certain errors may be repeated or compounded before they can be discovered and rectified. In addition, the increasing reliance on technology systems and networks and the occurrence and potential adverse impact of attacks on such systems and networks, both generally and in the financial services industry, have enhanced government and regulatory scrutiny of the measures taken by companies to protect against cyber-security threats. In particular, NYSDFS implemented heightened cybersecurity regulations in March, 2017. As these threats, and government and regulatory oversight of associated risks, continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to enhance or expand upon the security measures we currently maintain.

 

In particular, information pertaining to us and our customers is maintained, and transactions are executed, on the networks and systems of us, our customers and certain of our third-party partners, such as our online banking or reporting systems. The secure maintenance and transmission of confidential information, as well as execution of transactions over these systems, are essential to protect us and our customers against fraud and security breaches and to maintain our clients' confidence. While we have not experienced any such breaches of information security, such breaches may occur through intentional or unintentional acts by those having access or gaining access to our systems or our customers' or counterparties' confidential information, including employees. In addition, increases in criminal activity levels and sophistication, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries, vulnerabilities in third-party technologies (including browsers and operating systems) or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the technology, processes and controls that we use to prevent fraudulent transactions and to protect data about us, our customers and underlying transactions, as well as the technology used by our customers to access our systems. We cannot be certain that the security measures we or processors have in place to protect this sensitive data will be successful or sufficient to protect against all current and emerging threats designed to breach our systems or those of processors. Although we have developed, and continue to invest in, systems and processes that are designed to detect and prevent security breaches and cyber-attacks and periodically test our security, a breach of our systems, or those of processors, could result in losses to us or our customers; loss of business and/or customers; damage to our reputation; the incurrence of additional expenses (including the cost of notification to consumers, credit monitoring and forensics, and fees and fines imposed by the card networks); disruption to our business; our inability to grow our online services or other businesses; additional regulatory scrutiny or penalties; or our exposure to civil litigation and possible financial liability — any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  24  

 

 

If our enterprise risk management framework is not effective at mitigating risk and loss to us, we could suffer unexpected losses and our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Our enterprise risk management framework seeks to achieve an appropriate balance between risk and return, which is critical to optimizing stockholder value. We have established processes and procedures intended to identify, measure, monitor, report and analyze the types of risk to which we are subject, including credit, liquidity, operational, regulatory compliance and reputational. However, as with any risk management framework, there are inherent limitations to our risk management strategies as there may exist, or develop in the future, risks that we have not appropriately anticipated or identified. If our risk management framework proves ineffective, we could suffer unexpected losses and our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

 

Changes in accounting standards could materially impact our financial statements.

 

From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board or the SEC may change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. Such changes may result in us being subject to new or changing accounting and reporting standards. In addition, the bodies that interpret the accounting standards (such as banking regulators, outside auditors or management) may change their interpretations or positions on how these standards should be applied. These changes may be beyond our control, can be hard to predict, and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retrospectively, or apply an existing standard differently, also retrospectively, in each case resulting in our needing to revise or restate prior period financial statements.

 

We could be subject to environmental risks and associated costs on our foreclosed real estate assets, which could materially and adversely affect us.

 

A material portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of loans collateralized by real estate. There is a risk that hazardous or toxic waste could be discovered on the properties that secure our loans. If we acquire such properties as a result of foreclosure, we could be held responsible for the cost of cleaning up or removing this waste, and this cost could exceed the value of the underlying properties and materially and adversely affect us.

 

Risks Related to Our Industry and Regulation

 

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be adversely affected by the highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and accounting principles, or changes in any of them.

 

As a bank holding company, we are subject to extensive examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by various federal and state agencies that govern almost all aspects of our operations. These laws and regulations are not intended to protect our stockholders. Rather, these laws and regulations are intended to protect customers, depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) and the overall financial stability of the U.S. These laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which we can engage, limit the dividend or distributions that Metropolitan Commercial Bank can pay to us, restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee our debt, and impose certain specific accounting requirements on us that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in our capital than generally accepted accounting principles would require. Compliance with these laws and regulations is difficult and costly, and changes to these laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure follows good faith effort or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, the commencement of informal or formal enforcement actions against us, and other negative consequences, including reputational damage, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, capital base and the price of our securities. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive.

 

  25  

 

 

Likewise, the Company operates in an environment that imposes income taxes on its operations at both the federal and state levels to varying degrees. Strategies and operating routines have been implemented to minimize the impact of these taxes. Consequently, any change in tax legislation could significantly alter the effectiveness of these strategies.

 

The net deferred tax asset reported on the Company’s balance sheet generally represents the tax benefit of future deductions from taxable income for items that have already been recognized for financial reporting purposes. The bulk of these deferred tax assets consists of deferred loan loss deductions, deferred compensation deductions and unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities. The net deferred tax asset is measured by applying currently-enacted income tax rates to the accounting period during which the tax benefit is expected to be realized. As of June 30, 2017, the Company’s net deferred tax asset was $5.1 million.

 

The President of the United States and some members of Congress have announced plans to introduce legislation that would lower the federal corporate income tax rate from its current level of 35%. If this tax rate reduction is enacted, it will result in an immediate impairment of the recorded net deferred tax asset because the future tax benefit of these deferrals would need to be re-measured for the impact of the lower tax rate. Any such impairment would be recorded as a charge to the Company’s earnings and would be recognized in the quarter during which the lower rate is enacted.

 

Federal and state regulators periodically examine our business, and we may be required to remediate adverse examination findings.

 

The FRB and the NYSDFS, periodically examine our business, including our compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a federal banking agency were to determine that our financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against our officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate our deposit insurance and place us into receivership or conservatorship. If we become subject to any regulatory actions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects.

 

Legislative and regulatory actions taken now or in the future may increase our costs and impact our business, governance structure, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We operate in a highly regulated industry with multiple regulators and are subject to a changing regulatory environment. The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, imposed higher capital requirements on bank holding companies; changed the base for FDIC insurance assessments to a bank's average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, rather than upon its deposit base; permanently raised the current standard deposit insurance limit to $250,000; and expanded the FDIC's authority to raise insurance premiums. The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) as an independent entity within the FRB, which has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit products, debit cards, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards and contains provisions on mortgage-related matters, such as steering incentives, determinations as to a borrower's ability to repay and prepayment penalties. Although the applicability of certain elements of the Dodd-Frank Act is limited to institutions with more than $10 billion in assets, there can be no guarantee that such applicability will not be extended in the future or that regulators or other third parties will not seek to impose such requirements on institutions with less than $10 billion in assets, such as Metropolitan Commercial Bank.

 

  26  

 

 

Compliance with the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations has and will continue to result in additional operating and compliance costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

 

While most of the changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act that impact the Company have been implemented or are expected to follow a known trajectory, new changes under the Trump administration, including their nature, timing and impact, cannot yet be determined with any degree of certainty. Federal and state regulatory agencies also frequently adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner in which existing regulations are applied. Certain aspects of current or proposed regulatory or legislative changes to laws applicable to the financial industry, if enacted or adopted, may impact the profitability of our business activities, require more oversight or change certain of our business practices, including the ability to offer new products, obtain financing, attract deposits, make loans and achieve satisfactory interest spreads and could expose us to additional costs, including increased compliance costs. These changes also may require us to invest significant management attention and resources to make any necessary changes to operations to comply and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

New and future rulemaking from the CFPB may have a material effect on our operations and operating costs.

 

The CFPB has the authority to issue new consumer finance regulations and is authorized, individually or jointly with bank regulatory agencies, to conduct investigations to determine whether any person is, or has, engaged in conduct that violates new and existing consumer financial laws or regulations. However, because Metropolitan Commercial Bank has less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, the FRB and NYSDFS, not the CFPB, are responsible for examining and supervising the bank’s compliance with these consumer protection laws and regulations. In addition, in accordance with a memorandum of understanding entered into between the CFPB and U.S. Department of Justice, the two agencies have agreed to coordinate efforts related to enforcing the fair lending laws, which includes information sharing and conducting joint investigations, and have done so on a number of occasions.

 

In addition, the CFPB has issued a final rule on arbitration that, among other things, prohibits class action waivers in certain consumer financial services contracts. The rule, scheduled to become effective on September 18, 2017, will apply to contracts entered into on or after March 19, 2018 (and will not apply to prior contracts with class action waivers or arbitration agreements unless such accounts or debts are sold after that date). This rule could increase the likelihood that we become subject to class action litigation concerning consumer banking products and services and could result in increased litigation costs.

 

  27  

 

 

As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and recent rulemaking, we are subject to more stringent capital requirements.

 

In July 2013, the U.S. federal banking authorities approved new regulatory capital rules implementing the Basel III regulatory capital reforms effecting certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The new regulatory capital requirements are generally applicable to all U.S. banks as well as to bank and saving and loan holding companies, other than “small bank holding companies” (generally bank holding companies with consolidated assets of less than $1.0 billion). The new regulatory capital rules not only increase most of the required minimum regulatory capital ratios, but also introduce a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio and the concept of a capital conservation buffer. The new regulatory capital rules also expand the current definition of capital by establishing additional criteria that capital instruments must meet to be considered additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital. In order to be a “well-capitalized” depository institution under the new regime, an institution must maintain a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or more; a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8% or more; a total capital ratio of 10% or more; and a leverage ratio of 5% or more. In order to be a “well-capitalized” BHC, an institution must maintain a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% or more; and a total capital ratio of 10% or more. Banks and BHCs must also maintain a capital conservation buffer consisting of common equity Tier 1 capital. The new regulatory capital rules became effective as applied to Metropolitan Commercial Bank on January 1, 2015 with a phase-in period that generally extends through January 1, 2019 for certain of the changes. Previously, as a BHC with less than $1 billion in consolidated assets, the Company was not subject to consolidated capital requirements. During the course of 2016, the Company’s consolidated assets exceeded $1 billion and, as a result, the Company is now subject to capital requirements with a phase-in period that generally extends through January 1, 2019 for certain of the changes, as discussed above.

 

We may need to raise additional capital in the future to provide us with sufficient capital resources and liquidity to meet the regulatory requirements, our commitments and business needs, which could include the possibility of financing acquisitions. Our ability to raise additional capital depends on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the banking industry, market conditions and governmental activities, and our financial condition and performance. The failure to meet applicable regulatory capital requirements, including the minimum capital requirements established by the FRB, could result in one or more of our regulators placing limitations or conditions on our activities, including our growth initiatives, or restricting the commencement of new activities, and could affect customer and investor confidence, our costs of funds and FDIC insurance costs, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock, our ability to make acquisitions, and our business, results of operations and financial conditions, generally.

 

We are subject to the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material penalties.

 

The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. With respect to Metropolitan Commercial Bank, the NYSDFS, FRB, the United States Department of Justice and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity and restrictions on expansion. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The FASB has recently issued an accounting standard update that will result in a significant change in how we recognize credit losses and may have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued an accounting standard update, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” which replaces the current “incurred loss” model for recognizing credit losses with an “expected loss” model referred to as the Current Expected Credit Loss ("CECL") model. Under the CECL model, we will be required to present certain financial assets carried at amortized cost, such as loans held for investment and held-to-maturity debt securities, at the net amount expected to be collected. The measurement of expected credit losses is to be based on information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This measurement will take place at the time the financial asset is first added to the balance sheet and periodically thereafter. This differs significantly from the “incurred loss” model required under current generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), which delays recognition until it is probable a loss has been incurred. Accordingly, we expect that the adoption of the CECL model will materially affect how we determine our allowance for loan losses and could require us to significantly increase our allowance. Moreover, the CECL model may create more volatility in the level of our allowance for loan losses. If we are required to materially increase our level of allowance for loan losses for any reason, such increase could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

  28  

 

 

The new CECL standard will become effective for us for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact the CECL model will have on our accounting, but we expect to recognize a one-time cumulative-effect adjustment to our allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective, consistent with regulatory expectations set forth in interagency guidance issued at the end of 2016. We cannot yet determine the magnitude of any such one-time cumulative adjustment or of the overall impact of the new standard on our financial condition or results of operations.

 

FDIC deposit insurance assessments may continue to materially increase in the future, which would have an adverse effect on earnings.

 

As an institution the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, our subsidiary, Metropolitan Commercial Bank, is assessed a quarterly deposit insurance premium. Failed banks nationwide have significantly depleted the insurance fund and reduced the ratio of reserves to insured deposits. The FDIC has adopted a Deposit Insurance Fund Restoration Plan, which requires the FDIC’s DIF to attain a 1.35% reserve ratio by September 30, 2020. As a result of this requirement, Metropolitan Commercial Bank could be required to pay significantly higher premiums or additional special assessments, which would adversely affect its earnings, thereby reducing the availability of funds to pay dividends to us.

 

Monetary policies and regulations of the FRB could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the FRB. An important function of the FRB is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the FRB to implement these objectives are open market purchases and sales of U.S. government securities, adjustments of the discount rate and changes in banks' reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

 

The monetary policies and regulations of the FRB have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon our business, financial condition and results of operations cannot be predicted.

 

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the federal Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”) and other anti-money laundering and counter terrorist financing statutes and regulations.

 

The BSA, the USA PATRIOT Act and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among others, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering compliance program and to file reports such as suspicious activity reports and currency transaction reports. Our products and services, including our debit card issuing business, are subject to an increasingly strict set of legal and regulatory requirements intended to protect consumers and to help detect and prevent money laundering, terrorist financing and other illicit activities. We are required to comply with these and other anti-money laundering requirements. The federal banking agencies and the U.S. Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network are authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements and have recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts against banks and other financial services providers with the U.S. Department of Justice, Drug Enforcement Administration and Internal Revenue Service. We are also subject to increased scrutiny of compliance with the regulations administered and enforced by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control. If we violate these laws and regulations, or our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we would be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions, which may include restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our acquisition plans.

 

Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

 

  29  

 

 

The FRB may require us to commit capital resources to support Metropolitan Commercial Bank.

 

Federal law requires that a bank holding company act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary bank and to commit resources to support such subsidiary bank. Under the “source of strength” doctrine, the FRB may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to a subsidiary bank. A capital injection may be required at times when the holding company may not have the resources to provide it and therefore may be required to borrow the funds or raise capital. Any loans by a holding company to its subsidiary banks are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and to certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the institution's general unsecured creditors, including the holders of its note obligations. Thus, any borrowing that must be done by the Company to make a required capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We could be adversely affected by the soundness of other financial institutions and other third parties we rely on.

 

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional customers. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when our collateral cannot be foreclosed upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due. Furthermore, successful operation of our debit card and cash management solutions business depends on the soundness of third party processors, clearing agents and others that we rely on to conduct our merchant business. Any losses resulting from such third parties could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and counterparties.

 

In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions with our existing and potential customers and counterparties, we may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of our existing and potential customers and counterparties, including financial statements and other financial information. We also may rely on representations of our existing and potential customers and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. In deciding whether to extend credit, we may rely upon our existing and potential customers’ representations that their respective financial statements conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the customer. We also may rely on customer and counterparty representations and certifications, or other auditors’ reports, with respect to the business and financial condition of our existing and potential customers and counterparties. Our financial condition, results of operations, financial reporting and reputation could be negatively affected if we rely on materially misleading, false, incomplete, inaccurate or fraudulent information provided by us by or on behalf of our existing or potential customers or counterparties.

 

  30  

 

 

Our accounting estimates and risk management processes and controls rely on analytical and forecasting techniques and models and assumptions, which may not accurately predict future events.

 

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. Our management must exercise judgment in selecting and applying many of these accounting policies and methods so they comply with GAAP and reflect management's judgment of the most appropriate manner to report our financial condition and results. In some cases, management must select the accounting policy or method to apply from two or more alternatives, any of which may be reasonable under the circumstances, yet which may result in our reporting materially different results than would have been reported under a different alternative.

 

Certain accounting policies are critical to presenting our financial condition and results of operations. They require management to make difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are uncertain. Materially different amounts could be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions or estimates. These critical accounting policies include the allowance for loan losses and income taxes. Because of the uncertainty of estimates involved in these matters, we may be required to do one or more of the following: significantly increase the allowance for loan losses or sustain loan losses that are significantly higher than the reserve provided; reduce the carrying value of an asset measured at fair value; or significantly increase our accrued tax liability. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations".

 

Our internal controls, disclosure controls, processes and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures are based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable (not absolute) assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of our controls, processes and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls, processes and procedures could necessitate changes in those controls, processes and procedures, which may increase our compliance costs, divert management attention from our business or subject us to regulatory actions and increased regulatory scrutiny. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

Risks Related to the Offering and an Investment in Our Common Stock

 

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, and you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the public offering price, or at all.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market for shares of our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling your shares of common stock at an attractive price, or at all. The public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the public offering price or at any other price or at the time that you would like to sell. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our common stock and may impair our ability to expand our business by using our common stock as consideration in an acquisition.

 

The price of our common stock could be volatile following this offering.

 

The market price of our common stock following this offering may be volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in price in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. These factors include, among other things:

 

· general economic conditions and overall market fluctuations;

 

· actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

 

· changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles;

 

  31  

 

 

· the public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

· changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts following our stock, or the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

 

· changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;

 

· the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies;

 

· the trading volume of our common stock;

 

· new technology used, or services offered, by competitors;

 

· changes in business, legal or regulatory conditions, or other developments affecting the financial services industry, participants in our industry, and publicity regarding our business or any of our significant customers or competitors; and

 

· future sales of our common stock by us, directors, executives and significant stockholders.

 

The realization of any of the risks described in this “Risk Factors” section could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and cause the value of your investment to decline. In addition, the stock market experiences extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These types of broad market fluctuations may adversely affect investor confidence and could affect the trading price of our common stock over the short, medium or long term, regardless of our actual performance. If the market price of our common stock reaches an elevated level following this offering, it may materially and rapidly decline. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, stockholders have often instituted securities class action litigation. If we were to be involved in a class action lawsuit, we could incur substantial costs and it could divert the attention of senior management and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our management will have broad discretion as to the use of proceeds from this offering, and we may not use the proceeds effectively.

 

We are not required to apply any portion of the net proceeds of this offering for any particular purpose. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion as to the application of the net proceeds of this offering and could use them for purposes other than those contemplated at the time of this offering. At June 30, 2017, our total stockholders’ equity was $115 million and our total return on average common equity was 9.26% for the six months ended June 30, 2017. We expect our total stockholders’ equity to be $[ · ] million upon completion of the offering, based on the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A portion of the proceeds from this offering are expected to be used to provide additional capital as a cushion against minimum regulatory capital requirements, which may tend to reduce our return on equity as opposed to if such proceeds were used for further growth. Our stockholders may not agree with the manner in which our management chooses to allocate and invest the net proceeds. We may not be successful in using the net proceeds from this offering to increase our profitability or market value and we cannot predict whether the proceeds will be invested to yield a favorable return.

 

The reduced disclosures and relief from certain other significant disclosure requirements that are available to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that apply to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” These exemptions include the following:

 

  32  

 

 

· not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

· less extensive disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

· exemptions from the requirements to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

In addition, even if we comply with the greater obligations of public companies that are not emerging growth companies immediately after this offering, we may avail ourselves of the reduced requirements applicable to emerging growth companies from time to time in the future, so long as we are an emerging growth company.

 

We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, though we may cease to be an emerging growth company earlier under certain circumstances, including if, before the end of such five years, we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC (which depends on, among other things, having a market value of common stock held by non-affiliates in excess of $700 million). Investors and securities analysts may find it more difficult to evaluate our common stock because we will rely on one or more of these exemptions. If, as a result, some investors find our common stock less attractive, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, which could result in a reductions and greater volatility in the prices of our common stock.

 

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention, which may divert from our business operations.

 

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange Act, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition with the SEC. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. As a result, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We anticipate that these costs will materially increase our general and administrative expenses. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management's attention from implementing our strategic plan, which could prevent us from successfully implementing our growth initiatives and improving our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain temporary exemptions from various reporting requirements, including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and an exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation from our auditors on management's assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. When these exemptions cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them.

 

We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs. For example, when evaluating our internal controls over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In addition, if we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We cannot be certain as to the timing of completion of our evaluation, testing and any remediation actions or the impact of the same on our operations. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue an adverse opinion due to ineffective internal controls over financial reporting, and we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. As a result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

 

  33  

 

 

You will incur immediate dilution as a result of this offering.

 

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the net tangible book value per share immediately following consummation of this offering. As a result, you will incur immediate dilution of $      per share representing the difference between the offering price of $      , the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our adjusted net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2017 of $      per share of common stock. This represents       % dilution from the midpoint of the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Accordingly, if we were to be liquidated at our book value immediately following this offering, you would not receive the full amount of your investment. See section titled “Dilution” for additional information.

 

We have not historically declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and we do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Consequently, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment in the foreseeable future is if the price of our common stock appreciates.

 

The holders of our common stock will receive dividends if and when declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds. Our board of directors has not declared a dividend on our common stock since our inception. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, regulatory restrictions, and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

Our principal business operations are conducted through our subsidiary, Metropolitan Commercial Bank. Cash available to pay dividends to our stockholders is derived primarily, if not entirely, from dividends paid by Metropolitan Commercial Bank to us. The ability of Metropolitan Commercial Bank to pay dividends to us, as well as our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders, will continue to be subject to, and limited by, certain legal and regulatory restrictions. Further, any lenders making loans to us may impose financial covenants that may be more restrictive with respect to dividend payments than the regulatory requirements.

 

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they do publish such reports but issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common stock, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock could be affected by whether equity research analysts publish research or reports about us and our business. We cannot predict at this time whether any research analysts will publish research and reports on us and our common stock. If one or more equity analysts do cover us and our common stock and publish research reports about us, the price of our stock could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business.

 

If any of the analysts who elect to cover us downgrades our stock, our stock price could decline rapidly. If any of these analysts ceases coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our common stock price or trading volume to decline and our common stock to be less liquid.

 

If a substantial number of shares become available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our common stock could decline.

 

If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. The perception in the public market that our existing stockholders might sell shares of common stock could also depress our market price. Upon completion of this offering, we will have            shares of our common stock outstanding, or            shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. Our directors, executive officers, the selling stockholders and certain additional other holders of our common stock will be subject to the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting” and the Rule 144 holding period requirements described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” After all of the lock-up periods have expired and the holding periods have elapsed,            additional shares of our outstanding common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market. In addition, the underwriters may, at any time and without notice, release all or a portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements. The market price of shares of our common stock may drop significantly when the restrictions on resale by our existing stockholders lapse. A decline in the price of shares of our common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities and could result in a decline in the value of the shares of our common stock purchased in this offering.

 

  34  

 

 

Following the completion of this offering, we also intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the         shares of our common stock that have been reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, as described further under “Executive Compensation—Incentive Compensation Plans.” Accordingly, subject to certain vesting requirements, shares registered under that registration statement will be available for sale in the open market immediately by persons other than our executive officers and directors and immediately after the lock-up agreements expire by our executive officers and directors.

 

In addition, one of our stockholders, Endicott Opportunity Partners IV, L.P., has piggyback registration rights pursuant to a registration rights agreement with respect to the shares of our common stock and shares of our Class B Preferred Stock that it owns. As of the date of this prospectus, Endicott Opportunity Partners IV, L.P. owned 441,650 shares of our common stock, and 272,636 shares of our Class B Preferred Stock. Following our initial public offering, to the extent the holder of our Class B Preferred Shares remains a holder of our common stock or our Class B Preferred Shares, it may exercise its “piggyback” registration rights in connection with future offerings of our common stock, other than registration statements filed on Forms S-4 or S-8.

 

Our directors and executive officers beneficially own a significant portion of our common stock and have substantial influence over us.

 

Our directors and executive officers, as a group, beneficially owned approximately 10.83% of our outstanding common stock as of June 30, 2017. As a result of this level of ownership, our directors and executive officers have the ability, by taking coordinated action, to exercise significant influence over our affairs and policies. The interests of our directors and executive officers may not be consistent with your interests as a stockholder. This influence may also have the effect of delaying or preventing changes of control or changes in management, or limiting the ability of our other stockholders to approve transactions that they may deem to be in the best interests of our Company.

 

A future issuance of stock could dilute the value of our common stock.

 

We may sell additional shares of common stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares, in subsequent public or private offerings. Upon completion of this offering, there will be            shares of our common stock issued and outstanding. Those shares outstanding do not include the potential issuance, as of June 30, 2017, of 276,500 shares of our common stock subject to issuance upon exercise of outstanding stock options under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or 823,122 additional shares of our common stock that were reserved for issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan at June 30, 2017. Future issuance of any new shares could cause further dilution in the value of our outstanding shares of common stock. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares, or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of shares of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares issued in connection with an acquisition), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock.

 

Our common stock is subordinate to our existing and future indebtedness and preferred stock.

 

Shares of our common stock are equity interests and do not constitute indebtedness. As such, our common stock ranks junior to all our customer deposits and indebtedness, and other non-equity claims on us, with respect to assets available to satisfy claims. Additionally, holders of common stock are subject to the prior liquidation rights of the holders of our Class B Preferred Stock and may be subject to the prior dividend and liquidation rights of other series of preferred stock we may issue in the future.

 

  35  

 

 

Provisions in our charter documents, New York law and federal law may have an anti-takeover effect, and there are substantial regulatory limitations on changes of control of bank holding companies.

 

Provisions of our charter documents, the New York Business Corporation Law, or the NYBCL, and federal banking law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be perceived to be beneficial by our stockholders. These provisions include:

 

· staggered terms for directors, who may be removed from office only for cause;

 

· a provision that any special meeting of our stockholders may be called by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary and must be called by the President or the Secretary upon receipt by either of them of the written request of holders of at least 25% of our shares entitled to vote; and

 

· the ability for our board of directors, without stockholder approval, to issue our preferred stock and to determine the terms of such preferred stock.

 

Furthermore, with certain limited exceptions, federal regulations prohibit a person or company or a group of persons deemed to be “acting in concert” from, directly or indirectly, acquiring more than 10% (5% if the acquirer is a bank holding company) of any class of our voting stock or obtaining the ability to control in any manner the election of a majority of our directors or otherwise direct the management or policies of our company without prior notice or application to and the approval of the FRB. Accordingly, prospective investors need to be aware of and comply with these requirements, if applicable, in connection with any purchase of shares of our common stock. Moreover, the combination of these provisions effectively inhibits certain mergers or other business combinations, which, in turn, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is not guaranteed by the FDIC, so you could lose some or all of your investment.

 

An investment in our common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss or guaranteed by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. An investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described herein. As a result, if you acquire our common stock, you could lose some or all of your investment.

 

  36  

 

 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, future events and our financial performance. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “may,” “might,” “should,” “could,” “predict,” “potential,” “believe,” “expect,” “attribute,” “continue,” “will,” “anticipate,” “seek,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “projection,” “goal,” “target,” “outlook,” “aim,” “would,” “annualized” and “outlook,” or the negative version of those words or other comparable words or phrases of a future or forward-looking nature. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, management's beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control. Accordingly, we caution you that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions, estimates and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

 

The following factors, among others, including those listed under the heading “Risk Factors,” could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:

 

· adverse changes in the financial industry, securities, credit and national local real estate markets (including real estate values);

 

· risks related to a high concentration of loans secured by real estate located in our market area;

 

· our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;

 

· significant increases in our loan losses, including as a result of our inability to resolve classified and non-performing assets or reduce risks associated with our loans, and management’s assumptions in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

 

· interest rate fluctuations, which could have an adverse effect on our profitability;

 

· external economic and/or market factors, such as changes in monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the interest rate policies of the FRB, inflation or deflation, changes in the demand for loans, and fluctuations in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits, which may have an adverse impact on our financial condition;

 

· continued or increasing competition from other financial institutions, credit unions, and non-bank financial services companies, many of which are subject to different regulations than we are;

 

· credit risks of lending activities, including changes in the level and trend of loan delinquencies and write-offs and in our allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses;

 

· heightened regulatory focus on commercial real estate concentration and related limits that have been, or may in the future be, imposed by regulators;

 

· our ability to attract and maintain deposits and our success in introducing new financial products;

 

· our ability to effectively manage risks related to our cash management solutions business;

 

· our ability to leverage the professional and personal relationships of our board members and advisory board members;

 

  37  

 

 

· fluctuations in the demand for loans;

 

· risks related to any future acquisitions, including exposure to potential asset and credit quality risks and unknown or contingent liabilities, the time and costs of integrating systems, procedures and personnel, the need for capital to finance such transactions, our ability to obtain required regulatory approvals and possible failures in realizing the anticipated benefits from acquisitions;

 

· technological changes that may be more difficult or expensive than expected;

 

· the impact of any potential strategic transactions;

 

· changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;

 

· declines in the yield on our assets resulting from the current low interest rate environment;

 

· changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

· loan delinquencies and changes in the underlying cash flows of our borrowers;

 

· the impairment of our investment securities;

 

· our ability to control costs and expenses, particularly those associated with operating as a publicly traded company;

 

· the failure to identify and address cyber-security risks, fraud or security breaches of computer systems on which we depend;

 

· political instability;

 

· acts of war or terrorism;

 

· competition and innovation with respect to financial products and services by banks, financial institutions and non-traditional providers, including retail businesses and technology companies;

 

· changes in our organization and management and our ability to retain or expand our management team and our board of directors, as necessary;

 

· the costs and effects of legal, compliance and regulatory actions, changes and developments, including the initiation and resolution of legal proceedings, regulatory or other governmental inquiries or investigations, and/or the results of regulatory examinations and reviews;

 

· the ability of key third-party service providers to perform their obligations to us; and

 

· other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and operational factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services described elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with other cautionary statements that are included in this prospectus. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual results may differ materially from what we anticipate. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New risks and uncertainties arise from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict those events or how they may affect us. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

 

  38  

 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

Assuming a public offering price of $       per share, which is the mid-point of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock by us will be approximately $      million (or approximately $      million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us), after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the per share public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us of this offering by approximately $       million (or approximately $      million if the underwriters elect to exercise their purchase option in full), after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses.

 

We intend to use the net proceeds of the offering to support the growth in Metropolitan Commercial Bank’s loan portfolio, including the possibility of making larger loans due to our increased legal lending limit . Solely for illustrative purposes, if we contributed the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock of $___ million to Metropolitan Commercial Bank, exclusive of the exercise of the option by the underwriters, to support Metropolitan Commercial Bank’s growth in its loan portfolio, the legal lending limit would increase to $____. We may also use the net proceeds to finance potential strategic acquisitions to the extent such opportunities arise and for other general corporate purposes, which could include other growth initiatives. We have no current plans, arrangements or understandings relating to any specific acquisition or similar transaction and management has not yet determined the types of businesses that they might target.

 

Our management will retain broad discretion to allocate the net proceeds of this offering, and the precise amounts and timing of our use of the net proceeds of this offering will depend upon market conditions, as well as other factors. Until we deploy the proceeds of this offering for the uses described above, we expect to hold such proceeds in short-term investments.

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

 

  39  

 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table shows our capitalization, including regulatory capital ratios, on a consolidated basis, as of June 30, 2017:

 

· on an actual basis; and

 

· on an as adjusted basis to give effect to (i) the sale         shares of common stock in this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase any additional shares), at an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (ii) the application of the net proceeds received by us as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    At June 30, 2017  
    Actual     As Adjusted  
   

(dollars in thousands

except per share data)

 
    (unaudited)  
Debt:                
Short term debt   $     $  
Long term debt     45,073       45,073  
Total debt     45,073       45,073  
                 
Stockholders’ equity:                
Class A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; authorized — 5,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding — no shares   $     $    
Class B Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; authorized — 2,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding — 272,636 shares     3          
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; authorized—10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding — 4,633,012 shares; issued and outstanding; as adjusted -    shares     45          
Capital surplus     96,312          
Retained earnings     18,692          
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net     (73 )        
                 
Total stockholders’ equity   $ 114,979     $    
                 
Total capitalization   $ 114,979     $    
                 
Capital ratios:                
Company regulatory capital ratios:                
Tier 1 leverage     8.91 %     %  
Tier 1 risk-based capital     9.62 %     %  
Total risk-based capital     12.63 %     %  
Common equity tier 1 capital     7.67 %     %  
Bank regulatory capital ratios:                
Tier 1 leverage     10.21 %        
Tier 1 risk-based capital     11.29 %        
Total risk-based capital     12.38 %        
Common equity tier 1 capital     11.29 %     %  
Per share data                
Book value per common share(1)   $ 23.63     $    

 

 

(1) Excludes 272,636 shares of our common stock issuable under certain circumstances upon conversion by us, not the holder, of the Class B Preferred Stock.

 

 

  40  

 

 

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of common stock upon completion of this offering.

 

Net tangible book value per common share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities and preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2017 was $21.53 per share of common stock, based upon 4,633,012 shares of common stock outstanding as of such date.

 

After giving effect to the sale of         shares of our common stock by us at the initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2017 would have been approximately $         million, or approximately $21.53 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate         in net tangible book value of $         per share to existing common stockholders, and an immediate dilution of $        per share to investors participating in this offering. If the initial public offering price is higher or lower, the dilution to new stockholders will be greater or less, respectively.

 

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share   $    
Net tangible book value per common share at June 30, 2017   $    
Increase in net tangible book value per common share attributable to this offering        
         
As adjusted tangible book value per common share after this offering        
         
Dilution in net tangible book value per common share to new investors   $    

 

A $1.00 increase (or decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (or decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value per common share after this offering by approximately $         , and dilution in net tangible book value per common share to new investors by approximately $         , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercises in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering, the as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would be $         per share, the increase in net tangible book value to existing stockholders would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors would be $         per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2017, the differences between our existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid. The calculations with respect to shares purchased by new investors in this offering reflect an assumed offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

    Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price  
    Number     Percentage     Amount     Percentage     Per Share  
Existing stockholders as of June 30, 2017           %   $       %   $  
New Investors             %             %        
Total           %   $       %   $  

 

  41  

 

 

If the underwriters exercises their option to purchase additional shares in full, then our pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock as of June 30, 2017 , would be approximately $          million, or $         per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value to our existing stockholders of approximately $         per share and immediate dilution in net tangible book value to investors purchasing shares in this offering of approximately $         per share.

 

The table above excludes (i) 276,500 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $19.97 per share (276,500 shares of which are currently exercisable) as of June 30, 2017; (ii) 823,122 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance in connection with restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, and stock options available for issuance under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2017; and (iii) 272,636 shares of our common stock issuable under certain circumstances upon conversion by us, not the holder, of the Class B Preferred Stock. In connection with the exercise of any of these stock options or if other equity awards are issued under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, or if the 272,636 shares of common stock were issued upon conversion of the Class B Preferred Stock, investors purchasing in this offering will experience further dilution.

 

  42  

 

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have not historically declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock and we do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our future earnings will be retained to support our operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be made by our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including

 

· our historical and projected financial condition, liquidity and results of operations;

 

· our capital levels and requirements;

 

· statutory and regulatory prohibitions and other limitations;

 

· any contractual restriction on our ability to pay cash dividends, including pursuant to the terms of any of our credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements;

 

· our business strategy;

 

· tax considerations;

 

· any acquisitions or potential acquisitions that we may examine;

 

· general economic conditions; and

 

· other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

 

As a New York corporation, we are subject to certain restrictions on dividends under New York Business Corporation Law. Generally, New York law limits dividends if the corporation would not be able to pay its debts in the usual course of business after giving effect to the dividend or if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the corporation’s total liabilities plus the amount needed to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of stockholders whose preferential rights on dissolution are superior to those receiving the distribution.

 

We are also subject to certain restrictions on the payment of cash dividends as a result of banking laws, regulations and policies. The FRB has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies. In general, the FRB’s policy provides that dividends should be paid only to the extent that the company’s new income for the past two years is sufficient to fund the dividends and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The FRB has the authority to prohibit a bank holding company from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. See “Supervision and Regulation – Holding Company Regulation.”

 

Because we are a holding company, we are dependent upon the payment of dividends by Metropolitan Commercial Bank to us as our principal source of funds to pay dividends in the future, if any, and to make other payments. Metropolitan Commercial Bank is also subject to various legal, regulatory and other restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and make other distributions and payments to us. A New York state member bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the NYSDFS or the FRB, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividends. The NYSDFS and the FRB have the authority to prohibit a New York commercial bank from paying dividends if such payment is deemed to be an unsafe or unsound practice. In addition, as a depository institution the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, Metropolitan Commercial Bank may not pay dividends or distribute any of its capital assets while it remains in default on any assessment due to the FDIC or if in the FDIC’s opinion, the payment of dividends would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice. Metropolitan Commercial Bank currently is not (and never has been) in default under any of its obligations to the FDIC. See “Supervision and Regulation—Metropolitan Commercial Bank—Dividends.” To pay a cash dividend, a state member bank must also maintain an adequate capital conservation buffer under the new capital rules described in “Supervision and Regulation—Capitalization.”

 

  43  

 

 

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table sets forth summary historical consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods shown. The summary financial data as of and for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 has been derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, have been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements and includes all normal and recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation. Operating results for prior periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. The information should be read in conjunction with “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in the prospectus.

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015  
    (In thousands)  
Selected Financial Condition Data:                        
                         
Total assets   $ 1,586,774     $ 1,220,301     $ 964,788  
Cash and cash equivalents     227,553       82,931       65,647  
Investment securities available for sale     35,610       37,329       47,467  
Investment securities held to maturity     5,968       6,500       4,974  
Loans, net     1,271,244       1,042,731       810,356  
Premises and equipment, net     5,744       5,035       4,640  
FRB stock, at cost     3,904       3,239       2,384  
FHLB stock, at cost     4,362       4,349       5,022  
Accrued interest receivable     3,059       2,735       2,301  
Goodwill     9,733       9,733       9,733  
Other assets     19,597       25,719       12,264  
Total liabilities     1,471,795       1,110,810       888,836  
Deposits     1,329,298       993,780       766,039  
Borrowed Funds     73,802       78,418       96,147  
Trust preferred securities     20,620       20,620       20,620  
Subordinated notes , net of issuance cost     24,453              
Other liabilities     23,622       17,992       6,030  
Total equity     114,979       109,491       75,952  

 

    For the Six months ended
June 30,
    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2017     2016     2016     2015  
    (In thousands)  
Selected Data:                                
                                 
Interest and dividend income   $ 26,490     $ 20,900     $ 44,155     $ 32,682  
Interest expense     3,941       3,079       6,089       5,260  
Net interest income     22,549       17,821       38,066       27,422  
Provision for loan losses(1)     2,360       1,810       8,060       2,015  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     20,189       16,011       30,006       25,407  
Noninterest income     2,818       2,815       5,423       4,498  
Noninterest expense     14,376       12,905       27,371       23,077  
Income before income tax expense     8,631       5,921       8,058       6,828  
Income tax expense     3,431       2,406       3,045       2,559  
Net income   $ 5,200     $ 3,515     $ 5,013     $ 4,269  

 

 

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2016, includes the effect of a $5.1 million one-time charge off related to our taxi medallion portfolio.

 

  44  

 

 

    At or For the Six months
ended June 30,
    At or For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2017     2016     2016     2015  
                         
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:                                
                                 
Performance Ratios: (1)                                
Return on average assets     0.78 %     0.67 %     0.46 %     0.50 %
Return on average equity     9.26 %     9.07 %     5.56 %     6.21 %
Return on average tangible equity (5)     10.14 %     10.37 %     6.23 %     7.23 %
Interest rate spread (2)     3.50 %     3.47 %     3.53 %     3.33 %
Net interest margin (3)     3.54 %     3.50 %     3.57 %     3.36 %
Efficiency ratio (4)     56.67 %     62.54 %     62.94 %     72.29 %
Non-interest expense to average total assets     2.16 %     2.45 %     2.49 %     2.71 %
Average interest-earning assets to average
interest-bearing liabilities
    173.68 %     153.41 %     158.07 %     140.95 %
Average equity to average total assets     8.42 %     7.36 %     8.22 %     8.06 %
                                 
Asset Quality Ratios:                                
Non-performing assets to total assets     0.29 %     0.25 %     0.30 %     0.22 %
Non-performing loans to total loans     0.36 %     0.29 %     0.35 %     0.25 %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans     304.47 %     427.24 %     322.82 %     478.38 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans     1.09 %     1.23 %     1.12 %     1.21 %
                                 
Capital Ratios:                                
Tangible equity to tangible assets (5)     6.67 %     6.33 %     8.24 %     6.93 %
Company regulatory capital ratios:                                
Tier 1 leverage     8.91 %     8.14 %     10.49 %     9.34 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital     9.62 %     9.57 %     11.32 %     10.93 %
Total risk-based capital     12.63 %     10.82 %     12.45 %     11.98 %
Common equity tier 1 capital     7.67 %     9.15 %     10.80 %     10.44 %
Bank regulatory capital ratios:                                
Tier 1 leverage     10.21 %     8.19 %     10.41 %     9.26 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital     11.29 %     9.62 %     11.25 %     10.83 %
Total risk-based capital     12.38 %     10.87 %     12.38 %     12.08 %
Common equity tier 1 capital     11.29 %     9.62 %     11.25 %     10.83 %
                                 
Other Data:                                
Number of full service offices     5       5       5       5  

 

 

(1) Annualized for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.
(2) Represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the year.
(3) The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the year.
(4) The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
(5) Return on average tangible equity and tangible equity to tangible assets are non-GAAP financial measures. The Company believes that the disclosure of these measures may be helpful for those investors who seek to evaluate our income and equity without giving effect to goodwill. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. The following table provides a reconciliation of return on average tangible equity and tangible equity to tangible assets to the most comparable measures calculated in accordance with GAAP.

 

   

For the Six months ended

June 30,

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2016     2015  
    (In thousands)  
Return on average tangible equity:                                
                                 
Net income   $ 5,200     $ 3,515     $ 5,013     $ 4,269  
                                 
Average equity     112,247       77,496       90,206       68,749  
Less: Average goodwill     9,733       9,733       9,733       9,733  
Average tangible equity     102,514       67,763       80,473       59,016  
                                 
Return on average tangible equity     10.14 %     10.37 %     6.23 %     7.23 %
                                 
Tangible equity to tangible assets:                                
                                 
Total equity     114,979       78,906       109,491       75,952  
Less: Goodwill     9,733       9,733       9,733       9,733  
Tangible equity     105,246       69,173       99,757       66,219  
                                 
Total assets     1,586,774       1,102,917       1,220,301       964,788  
Less: Goodwill     9,733       9,733       9,733       9,733  
Tangible assets     1,577,041       1,093,184       1,210,568       955,055  
                                 
Tangible equity to tangible assets     6.67 %     6.33 %     8.24 %     6.93 %

 

  45  

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that are subject to certain risks and uncertainties and are based on certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable but may prove to be inaccurate. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected results discussed in the forward-looking statements appearing in this discussion and analysis. We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.

 

Overview

 

We are a bank holding company headquartered in New York, New York and registered under the BHC Act. Through our wholly owned bank subsidiary, Metropolitan Commercial Bank, we provide a broad range of business, commercial and retail banking products and services to small businesses, middle-market enterprises, public entities and affluent individuals in the New York metropolitan area. Our founding members, including our Chief Executive Officer Mark DeFazio, recognized a need in the New York metropolitan area for a solution oriented relationship bank focused on middle market companies and real estate entrepreneurs who required loans of $2–20 million, a size often overlooked or deprioritized by larger financial institutions. Metropolitan Commercial Bank was established in 1999 with the goal of helping these underserved clients build and sustain wealth. Our motto, “The Entrepreneurial Bank,” is a reflection of our aspiration to develop a middle-market bank that shares the same entrepreneurial spirit of our clients. By combining the high-touch service and relationship-based focus of a community bank with the extensive suite of financial products and services offered by our largest competitors, we believe that we are well-positioned to continue to capitalize on the significant growth opportunities available in the New York metropolitan area. In addition to traditional commercial banking products, we offer cash management and retail banking services. We also serve as an issuing bank for debit card programs nationwide. These activities, together with our five strategically located banking centers, generate a stable source of low cost core deposits and a diverse loan portfolio with attractive risk-adjusted yields. As of June 30, 2017, our assets, loans, deposits and stockholders’ equity totaled $1.6 billion, $1.3 billion, $1.3 billion and $115 million, respectively.

 

We are focused on organically growing and expanding our position in the New York metropolitan area. Through our experienced team of commercial relationship managers and our integrated, client-centric approach, we have successfully demonstrated our ability to consistently grow market share by deepening existing client relationships and continually expanding our client base through referrals. We have grown our diversified loan portfolio at a 31% CAGR since 2013, with the majority of growth sourced from our CRE and C&I portfolios. Since initiating our transition to a core-funded institution with the opening of our first banking center in 2005 , we have maintained a goal of converting many of our commercial lending clients into full retail relationship banking clients. This focus has enabled us to complement our strong loan growth with a deposit CAGR of 33% over the same period, which compares very favorably to the 9% deposit CAGR achieved by banks in the same local markets in which we operate. This deposit growth has been fueled primarily by low cost core deposits (deposits, excluding certificates of deposit), which now represent approximately 94.4% of total deposits as of June 30, 2017. Our deposits are primarily derived from three sources: our existing lending relationships, non-borrowing clients usually sourced through our banking centers and our debit card issuing business. This diversified approach provides us with a low cost core deposit base that more than 50% non-interest bearing and has a total cost of deposits of 0.50% as of June 30, 2017. Given the size of the market in which we operate and our differentiated approach to client service, we believe there is significant opportunity to continue our loan and deposit growth trajectory.

 

As a bank holding company, we are subject to the supervision of the FRB. We are required to file with the FRB reports and other information regarding our business operations and the business operations of our subsidiaries. As a state-chartered bank that is a member of the Federal Reserve System, the Bank is subject to primary supervision, periodic examination and regulation by the NYSDFS and by the FRB as its primary federal regulator.

 

  46  

 

 

The following discussion and analysis is intended to assist readers in their analysis and understanding of our consolidated financial statements and selected financial information appearing in this prospectus and should be read in conjunction therewith. This discussion and analysis presents our financial condition and results of operations on a consolidated basis, unless otherwise specified.

 

Our net income increased $1.7 million, or 47.9%, to $5.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from $3.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase was due to an increase in net interest income and customer related fees and service charges (including service charges on deposit accounts, other service charges and fees and loan prepayment penalties). The increase in net interest income was caused by an increase in interest and fees on loans, which increased $5.2 million, or 26.5%, to $25.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from $20.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. This increase was due to our continued success in growing our loans.

 

Noninterest income increased $3,000, or 0.11%, to $2.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from $2.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase in noninterest income was primarily from growth in debit card income, offset by a decrease in loan prepayments and other fees during the same period. Debit card income increased $272,000 or 20.6% to $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

 

Our provision for loan losses was $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. The higher provision for loan loss was a result of the continued growth in our loan portfolio.

 

Our net income increased $744,000, or 17.4%, to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was due to an increase in net interest income and debit card income. The increase in net interest income was caused by an increase in interest and fees on loans, which increased $11.3 million, or 36.1%, to $42.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $31.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was due to our continued success in growing our loans.

 

Noninterest income increased $925,000, or 20.6%, to $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $4.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in noninterest income was primarily from growth in our debit card business. Debit card income increased by $358,000 or 13.9% to $2.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Customer related fees and service charges (including service charges on deposit accounts, other service charges and fees and loan prepayment penalties) also increased $527,000 or 27.3% to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Our provision for loan losses was $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to a $5.1 million one-time charge off related to our taxi medallion portfolio. The provision recorded resulted in an allowance for loan losses of $11.8 million, or 1.12% of total loans at December 31, 2016, compared to $9.9 million, or 1.21% of total loans at December 31, 2015. The increase in the allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans resulted primarily from changes in our loan portfolio composition.

 

Key Factors Affecting Our Business and Financial Statements

 

Economic Conditions . Our business and financial performance are affected by economic conditions generally in the United States and more directly in the New York metropolitan area in which we operate. The significant economic factors that are most relevant to our business and our financial performance include general economic conditions in the U.S. and in the New York metropolitan area, unemployment rates, real estate markets and interest rates.

 

In particular, commercial real estate markets have been experiencing substantial growth, and increased competitive pressures have contributed significantly to historically low capitalization rates and rising property values. Accordingly, a downturn in the real estate market and a challenging business and economic environment may increase our risk related to multifamily and commercial real estate loans. If we see negative economic conditions develop in the United States as a whole or our New York market, we could experience higher delinquencies and loan charge-offs, which would reduce our net income and adversely affect our financial condition. Furthermore, to the extent that real estate collateral is obtained through foreclosure, the costs of holding and marketing the real estate collateral, as well as the ultimate values obtained from disposition, could reduce our earnings and adversely affect our financial condition.

 

  47  

 

 

Interest Rates . Our profitability is highly dependent on the difference between our interest income and our interest expense. Additionally, we obtain a significant portion of noninterest income through our debit card and cash management solutions business. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by external factors such as local economic conditions, competition for loans and deposits, the monetary policy of the FRB and market interest rates.

 

We anticipate that longer term interest rates will at some point increase over the historic lows experienced since the recent financial crisis. Based on our asset sensitivity as discussed in “Business—Our Competitive Strengths,” we believe that once rates do increase, we will generate incrementally more interest income than the increased interest expense required to maintain our deposits and funding sources. While historical trends in rising rate environments can be used as a potential indicator for the necessity and pace of deposit repricing, deposit repricing may be required to occur more quickly and perhaps at greater levels than would have been experienced historically.

 

Banking Laws and Regulations . Metropolitan Commercial Bank is a commercial bank organized under the laws of the State of New York. It is a member of the Federal Reserve System and its deposits are insured by the FDIC up to applicable legal limits. Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. is a bank holding company, due to its control of Metropolitan Commercial Bank, and is therefore subject to the requirements of the BHCA, and regulation and supervision by the FRB. The Company files reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the FRB.

 

As described further under “Supervision and Regulation,” we are subject to extensive regulation and supervision, which continue to evolve as the legal and regulatory framework governing our operations continues to change. The current operating environment also has heightened supervisory expectations in areas such as consumer compliance, the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering compliance, risk management and internal audit. As a result of these heightened expectations, we expect to incur additional costs for additional compliance, risk management and audit personnel or professional fees associated with advisors and consultants.

 

Credit Trends . We control credit risk both through disciplined underwriting of each transaction, as well as active credit management processes and procedures to manage risk and minimize loss throughout the life of a transaction. We seek to maintain a broadly diversified loan portfolio in terms of type of customer, type of loan product, geographic area and industries in which our business customers are engaged. However, credit trends in the markets in which we operate and in our loan portfolio can materially impact our financial condition and performance and are primarily driven by the economic conditions in our markets.

 

Competition . Our profitability and growth are affected by the highly competitive nature of the financial services industry. We compete with commercial banks, savings banks, credit unions, non-bank financial services companies and other financial institutions operating within the areas we serve, particularly with national and regional banks that often have more resources than we do to invest in growth and technology and community banks with strong local ties, all of which target the same clients we do. Recently, we have seen increased competitive pressures on loan rates and terms and increased competition for deposits. Continued loan pricing pressure may continue to affect our financial results in the future. See “Business—Competition.”

 

  48  

 

 

Results of Operations Metrics

 

Net Income . We evaluate our net income based on measures including return on average assets, return on average equity and efficiency ratio.

 

Interest Income and Interest Expense . Interest income represents the amount by which interest income on interest-earning assets exceeds interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. We incur interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, including interest-bearing deposits, borrowings and other forms of indebtedness as well as from amortization and accretion of discounts and premiums on purchased time deposits and debt.

 

Provision for Credit Losses . The provision for credit losses is the amount of expense that, based on our judgment, is required to maintain the allowance for credit losses at an adequate level to absorb probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The determination of the amount of the allowance is complex and involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan Losses” and “—Critical Accounting Policies.”

 

Noninterest Income . We obtain a significant portion of noninterest income through our debit card and cash management solutions business.

 

Noninterest Expense . Noninterest expense includes salary and employee benefits, occupancy expense, professional and consulting expenses, FDIC and NYSDFS assessments and other operating expenses. We monitor the ratio of noninterest expense to the sum of net interest income and non-interest income, which is commonly known as the efficiency ratio.

 

Income Tax Expense . We recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense

 

Results of Operations for the Six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016

 

General. Net income increased $1.7 million or 47.9%, to $5.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from $3.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. The increase resulted from a $4.7 million increase in net interest income and a $3,000 increase in noninterest income, which were partially offset by a $1.5 million increase in noninterest expense.

 

Interest Income. Interest income increased $5.6 million or 26.7%, to $26.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from $20.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. This was attributable to an increase in interest and fees on loans, which increased $5.2 million, or 26.5%, to $25.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from $20.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

 

The increase in interest income on loans was due to an increase in average balance of loans of $245.0 million, or 27.9%, to $1.12 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from $879.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. This increase was due to our continued success in growing our loans.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $862,000, or 28.0%, to $3.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from $3.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016, caused by an increase in the average balance of interest bearing deposits. The average rate we paid on interest bearing deposits increased 7 basis points to 0.86% for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from 0.79% for the six months ended June 30, 2016. Our average balance of interest bearing deposits increased $41.4 million, or 7.0%, to $636.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from $595.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

 

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $4.7 million, or 26.5%, to $22.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from $17.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. Our net interest rate spread increased 3 basis points to 3.50% for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from 3.47% for the six months ended June 30, 2016, while our net interest margin increased to 3.54% for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from 3.50% for the six months ended June 30, 2016. The average yield we earned on interest earning assets increased 4 basis points to 4.08% and the average rate we paid on interest bearing liabilities increased by 14 basis points to 1.05% at June 30, 2017 compared to June 30, 2016.

 

  49  

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses. Our provision for loan losses was $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016. The provisions recorded resulted in an allowance for loan losses of $13.9 million, or 1.09% of total loans at June 30, 2017, compared to $11.8 million, or 1.23% of total loans at June 30, 2016.

 

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income information is as follows:

 

    For the Six months ended
June 30,
    Change  
    2017     2016     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Noninterest income                                
Customer related fees and service charges   $ 1,225     $ 1,454     $ (229 )     (15.7 )%
Debit card income     1,593       1,321       272       20.6  
Gains of sales of securities           40       (40 )     (100 )
Total noninterest income   $ 2,818     $ 2,815     $ 3       0.11 %

 

Debit card income increased primarily due to revenue from an expansion of our debit card business.

 

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense information is as follows:

 

    For the Six months ended
June 30,
    Change  
    2017     2016     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Noninterest expense                                
Employee compensation and benefits   $ 8,841     $ 7,797     $ 1,044       13.4 %
Occupancy and equipment     2,110       1,916       194       10.1  
Professional and consulting services     889       778       111       14.3  
FDIC assessment     275       324       (49 )     (15.1 )
Core processing expenses     530       503       27       5.4  
Directors fees     349       316       33       10.4  
Insurance expense     144       163       (19 )     (11.7 )
Other expenses     1,238       1,108       130       11.7  
Total noninterest expense   $ 14,376     $ 12,905     $ 1,471       11.4 %

 

Salaries and employee benefits increased for the six months ended June 30, 2017 from the six months ended June 30, 2016 primarily due to increases in the number of employees, increases in incentive compensation tied to performance and salary increases.

 

Income Tax Expense. We recorded an income tax expense of $3.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017, reflecting an effective tax rate of 39.8%, compared to $2.4 million, or 40.6%, for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

 

Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

General. Net income increased $744,000 or 17.4%, to $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $4.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase resulted from a $10.6 million increase in net interest income and an $925,000 increase in noninterest income, which were partially offset by a $4.3 million increase in noninterest expense.

 

Interest Income. Interest income increased $11.5 million or 35.1%, to $44.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $32.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This was attributable to an increase in interest and fees on loans, which increased $11.3 million, or 36.1%, to $42.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $31.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

  50  

 

 

The increase in interest income on loans was due to an increase in average balance of loans of $227.1 million, or 32.3%, to $931.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $704.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. This increase was due to our continued success in growing multifamily loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial loans and consumer loans.

 

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $829,000, or 15.8%, to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, caused by an increase in the average balance of interest bearing deposits. The average rate we paid on interest bearing deposits increased 5 basis point to 0.80% for the year ended December 31, 2016 from 0.75% for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our average balance of interest bearing deposits increased $97.8 million, or 19.3%, to $603.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $505.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased $10.6 million, or 38.8%, to $38.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 from $27.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Our net interest rate spread increased 20 basis points to 3.53% for the year ended December 31, 2016 from 3.33% for the year ended December 31, 2015, while our net interest margin increased 21 basis points to 3.57% for the year ended December 31, 2016 from 3.36% for the year ended December 31, 2015. Although the average yield we earned on interest earning assets increased 19 basis points to 4.16%, the average rate we paid on interest bearing liabilities remained unchanged.

 

Provision for Loan Losses. Our provision for loan losses was $8.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The provisions recorded resulted in an allowance for loan losses of $11.8 million, or 1.12% of total loans at December 31, 2016, compared to $9.9 million, or 1.21% of total loans at December 31, 2015. Our provision for loan losses increased primarily as the result of $6.2 million in loans charged-off for the year ended December 31, 2016, including a $5.1 million one-time charge off related to our taxi medallion portfolio.

 

Noninterest Income. Noninterest income information is as follows:

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
    2016     2015     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Noninterest income                                
Customer related fees and service charges   $ 2,457     $ 1,930     $ 527       27.3 %
Debit card income     2,926       2,568       358       13.9  
Gains of sales of securities     40             40       N M  
Total noninterest income   $ 5,423     $ 4,498     $ 925       20.6 %

 

Debit card income increased due to growth in our business. Customer related fees and charges have increased due to overall increases in the balances and count of our deposit customers.

 

  51  

 

 

Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense information is as follows:

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
    Change  
    2016     2015     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Noninterest expense                                
Employee compensation and benefits   $ 17,010     $ 13,221     $ 3,789       28.7 %
Occupancy and equipment     3,985       3,620       365       10.1  
Professional and consulting services     1,595       1,360       235       17.3  
FDIC assessment     675       554       121       21.8  
Core processing expenses     862       788       74       9.4  
Directors fees     611       540       71       13.1  
Insurance expense     333       363       (30 )     (8.3 )
Other expenses     2,300       2,631       (331 )     (12.6 )
Total noninterest expense   $ 27,371     $ 23,077     $ 4,294       18.6 %

 

Salaries and employee benefits increased for the year ended December 31, 2016 from the year ended December 31, 2015 primarily due to increases in the number of employees, increases in incentive compensation tied to performance and salary increases.

 

Income Tax Expense. We recorded an income tax expense of $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, reflecting an effective tax rate of 37.8%, compared to $2.6 million, or 37.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition

 

Average balances and yields . The following table sets forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information at and for the years indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as the effect thereof was not material. Average balances are calculated based on an average of monthly average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or interest expense.

 

  52  

 

 

    For the Six months ended June 30,  
    2017     2016  
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest    

Yield/ Rate (1)

    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest    

Yield/ Rate (1)

 
                                     
Interest-earning assets:                                                
Loans   $ 1,124,118     $ 25,235       4.49 %   $ 879,168     $ 19,952       4.54 %
Available-for-sale securities     41,230       369       1.79       44,533       445       2.00  
Other interest-earning assets     132,560       886       1.34       111,656       503       0.88  
Total interest-earning assets     1,297,908       26,490       4.08       1,035,357       20,900       4.04  
Noninterest-earning assets     47,854                       27,813                  
Allowance for loan losses     (12,307 )                     (10,536 )                
Total assets   $ 1,333,455                     $ 1,052,634                  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Money market and savings accounts   $ 555,383     $ 2,226       0.80 %   $ 484,831     $ 1,721       0.71 %
Certificates of deposit     81,012       503       1.24       110,197       625       1.13  
Total interest-bearing deposits     636,395       2,729       0.86       595,028       2,346       0.79  
Borrowed funds     110,884       1,212       2.19       79,885       733       1.83  
Total interest-bearing liabilities     747,279       3,941       1.05       674,913       3,079       0.91  
Noninterest-bearing deposits     470,987                       280,696                  
Other non-interest bearing liabilities     2,942                       19,529                  
Total liabilities     1,221,208                       975,138                  
Equity     112,247                       77,496                  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 1,333,455                     $ 1,052,634                  
                                                 
Net interest income           $ 22,549                     $ 17,821          
Net interest rate spread (2)                     3.50 %                     3.47 %
Net interest-earning assets (3)   $ 550,629                     $ 360,444                  
Net interest margin (4)                     3.54 %                     3.50 %
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities     173.68 %                     153.41 %                

 

  53  

 

 

    For the Year ended December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/ Rate     Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest     Yield/ Rate  
                                     
Interest-earning assets:                                                
Loans   $ 931,207     $ 42,360       4.56 %   $ 704,080     $ 31,110       4.42 %
Available-for-sale securities     41,836       842       2.01       52,402       1,045       1.99  
Other interest-earning assets     91,401       953       1.01       67,781       527       0.78  
Total interest-earning assets     1,064,444       44,155       4.16       824,263       32,682       3.97  
Noninterest-earning assets     43,918                       37,217                  
Allowance for loan losses     (11,131 )                     (8,706 )                
Total assets   $ 1,097,231                     $ 852,774                  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Money market and savings accounts   $ 501,619     $ 3,674       0.73 %   $ 395,878     $ 2,679       0.68 %
Certificates of deposit     101,950       1,203       1.18       109,921       1,126       1.02  
Total interest-bearing deposits     603,569       4,877       0.80       505,799       3,805       0.75  
Borrowed funds     69,840       1,212       1.74       79,006       1,455       1.84  
Total interest-bearing liabilities     673,409       6,089       0.90       584,805       5,260       0.90  
Noninterest-bearing deposits     313,594                       183,901                  
Other non-interest bearing liabilities     20,022                       15,319                  
Total liabilities     1,007,025                       784,025                  
Equity     90,206                       68,749                  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 1,097,231                     $ 852,774                  
                                                 
Net interest income           $ 38,066                     $ 27,422          
Net interest rate spread (2)                     3.53 %                     3.33 %
Net interest-earning assets (3)   $ 391,035                     $ 239,458                  
Net interest margin (4)                     3.57 %                     3.36 %
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities     158.07 %                     140.95 %                

 

 

(1) Yields and rates are annualized for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.
(2) Represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
(3) Represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4) Represents net interest income divided by total interest-earning assets.

 

  54  

 

 

Rate/Volume Analysis

 

The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the years indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

 

   

Six months ended June 30,

2017 vs. 2016 (1)

   

Years Ended December 31,

2016 vs. 2015

 
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
    Increase (Decrease)
Due to
    Total
Increase
 
    Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)  
    (In thousands)  
                                     
Interest-earning assets:                                                
Loans   $ 5,472     $ (198 )   $ 5,274     $ 10,235     $ 1,017     $ 11,252  
Available-for-sale securities     (153 )     65       (88 )     (213 )     9       (204 )
Other interest-earning assets     147       256       403       216       209       425  
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets     5,466       123       5,589       10,238       1,235       11,473  
                                                 
Interest-bearing liabilities:                                                
Money market and savings accounts     268       236       504       760       234       994  
Certificates of deposit     (190 )     67       (123 )     ( 70 )     148       78  
Total deposits     78       303       381       690       382       1,072  
                                                 
Borrowed funds     553       (73 )     480       (164 )     (79 )     (243 )
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities     631       230       861       526       303       829  
                                                 
Change in net interest income   $ 4,835     $ (107 )   $ 4,728     $ 9,712     $ 932     $ 10,644  

 

 

(1) Yields and rates are annualized for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

Financial Condition

 

Assets . Our total assets were $1.6 billion at June 30, 2017, an increase of $366.5 million from $1.2 billion at December 31, 2016. The increase was primarily due to an increase in net loans of $228.5 million, or 21.9%, and an increase in cash and cash equivalents of $144.6 million, or 174%, partially offset by a decrease in securities available-for-sale and held-for-maturity of $2.2 million, or 5.1%.

 

Our total assets were $1.2 billion at December 31, 2016, an increase of $255.5 million from $964.8 million at December 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to an increase in net loans of $232.4 million, or 28.7%, and an increase in cash and cash equivalents of $17.3 million, partially offset by a decrease in securities available-for-sale of $10.1 million, or 21.4%.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents increased $144.6 million, or 174%, to $227.5 million at June 30, 2017 from $82.9 million at December 31, 2016. The increase in cash and cash equivalents resulted from an increase in demand deposits and the subordinated debt issuance during the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

Cash and cash equivalents increased $17.3 million, or 26.3%, to $82.9 million at December 31, 2016 from $65.6 million at December 31, 2015. The increase resulted primarily from an increase in demand deposits during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

  55  

 

   

Loan Portfolio Analysis. At June 30, 2017, net loans were $1.3 billion, or 80.1% of total assets, compared to $1.0 billion, or 85.4% of total assets, at December 31, 2016. Commercial and industrial loans increased $16.4 million, or 5.2%, to $332.3 million at June 30, 2017 from $315.9 million at December 31, 2016. Multifamily loans increased $61.9 million, or 52.7%, to $179.2 million at June 30, 2017 from $117.4 million at December 31, 2016. Consumer loans increased $19.3 million, or 102.5%, to $38.1 million at June 30, 2017 from $18.8 million at December 31, 2016. One- to four-family residential loans decreased $0.5 million, or 1.9%, to $26.0 million at June 30, 2017 from $26.5 million at December 31, 2016. Construction loans also increased by $10.9 million, or 37.1%, to $40.4 million at June 30, 2017 from $29.4 million at December 31, 2016. Commercial real estate loans increased by $122.3 million, or 22.3%, to $670.0 million at June 30, 2017 from $547.7 million at December 31, 2016.

 

At December 31, 2016, net loans were $1.0 billion, or 85.4% of total assets, compared to $810.4 million, or 84.0% of total assets, at December 31, 2015. Commercial and industrial loans increased $57.2 million, or 22.1%, to $315.9 million at December 31, 2016 from $258.7 million at December 31, 2015. Multifamily loans decreased $994,000, or 0.8%, to $117.4 million at December 31, 2016 from $118.4 million at December 31, 2015. Consumer loans increased $15.0 million or 392.2%, to $18.8 million at December 31, 2016 from $3.8 million at December 31, 2015. One- to four-family residential loans decreased $10.9 million, or 29.1%, to $26.5 million at December 31, 2016 from $37.4 million at December 31, 2015. Construction loans also decreased by $9.0 million, or 23.4%, to $29.4 million at December 31, 2016 from $38.4 million at December 31, 2015. Commercial real estate loans increased by $182.9 million, or 50.1%, to $547.7 million at December 31, 2016 from $364.8 million at December 31, 2015.

 

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, by type of loan at the dates indicated.

 

          At December 31,  
    At June 30, 2017     2016     2015  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial   $ 669,963       52.1 %   $ 547,711       51.9 %   $ 364,802       44.4 %
Construction     40,386       3.2       29,447       2.8       38,447       4.7  
Multifamily     179,245       13.9       117,373       11.1       118,367       14.4  
One- to four-family     25,976       2.0       26,480       2.5       37,371       4.5  
Commercial and industrial     332,291       25.8       315,870       29.9       258,661       31.5  
Consumer     38,115       3.0       18,825       1.8       3,825       0.5  
                                                 
Total loans receivable     1,285,976       100.0 %     1,055,706       100.0 %     821,473       100.0 %
                                                 
Deferred loan costs (fees)     (823 )             (1,160 )             (1,175 )        
Allowance for loan losses     (13,909 )             (11,815 )             (9,942 )        
                                                 
Total loans receivable, net   $ 1,271,244             $ 1,042,731             $ 810,356          

 

  56  

 

 

    At December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial   $ 295,347       46.5 %   $ 284,187       56.6 %   $ 272,522       64.6 %
Construction     18,923       3.0       9,563       1.9       4,857       1.1  
Multifamily     93,054       14.7       58,921       11.7       44,249       10.5  
One- to four-family     39,992       6.3       35,030       7.0       10,876       2.6  
Commercial and industrial     187,536       29.5       114,545       22.8       89,338       21.2  
Consumer                                    
                                                 
Total loans receivable     634,852       100.0 %     502,246       100.0 %     421,842       100.0 %
                                                 
Deferred loan costs (fees)     (168 )             (620 )             (1,089 )        
Allowance for loan losses     (7,916 )             (7,512 )             (8,558 )        
                                                 
Total loans receivable, net   $ 626,768             $ 494,114             $ 412,195          

 

  57  

 

  

Loan Portfolio Maturities. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2016. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in the year ending December 31, 2017. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment date and do not reflect the impact of prepayments and scheduled principal amortization.

 

    Commercial
real estate
    Construction     Multifamily     One- to
four-family
    Commercial
and industrial
    Consumer     Total  
                                           
Due During the Years Ending December 31,                                                        
2017   $ 126,874     $ 26,713     $ 19,382     $ 64     $ 68,106     $ 847     $ 241,986  
2018     113,258             21,693             11,500       38       146,489  
2019     75,967             10,250             19,000       549       105,766  
2020 to 2021     92,401       2,734       2,868             70,224       5,133       173,360  
2022 to 2026     132,910             63,180             147,040       12,258       355,388  
2027 to 2031     6,301                                     6,301  
2032 and beyond                       26,416                   26,416  
                                                         
Total   $ 547,711     $ 29,447     $ 117,373     $ 26,480     $ 315,870     $ 18,825     $ 1,055,706  

 

The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2016 that are contractually due after December 31, 2017.

 

    Due After December 31, 2017  
    Fixed     Adjustable     Total  
    (In thousands)  
                   
Real Estate:                        
Commercial   $ 347,126     $ 73,711     $ 420,837  
Construction           2,734       2,734  
Multifamily     80,547       17,444       97,991  
One- to four-family     564       25,852       26,416  
Commercial and industrial     97,361       150,403       247,764  
Consumer     17,978             17,978  
Total   $ 543,576     $ 270,144     $ 813,720  

 

At June 30, 2017, $43.6 million, or 8.83 % of our adjustable interest rate loans were at their interest rate floor.

 

  58  

 

 

Delinquent Loans . The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies by type, by amount and by percentage of type at the dates indicated.

 

    Loans Delinquent For        
    30-89 Days     90 Days and Over     Total  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount     Number     Amount  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
At June 30, 2017                                                
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial     3     $ 937           $       3     $ 937  
Construction                                    
Multifamily                                    
One- to four-family     1       2,485                   1       2,485  
Commercial and industrial     3       220       1       3,660       4       3,880  
Consumer     3       139       1       68       4       207  
  Total     10     $ 3,781       2     $ 3,728       12     $ 7,509  
                                                 
At December 31, 2016                                                
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial     2     $ 958           $       2     $ 958  
Construction                                    
Multifamily                                    
One- to four-family                                    
Commercial and industrial     3       3,936                   3       3,936  
Consumer     1       34                   1       34  
  Total     6     $ 4,928           $       6     $ 4,928  
                                                 
At December 31, 2015                                                
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial         $           $           $  
Construction                                    
Multifamily                                    
One- to four-family                 1       659       1       659  
Commercial and industrial                 1       46       1       46  
Consumer                                    
  Total         $       2     $ 705       2     $ 705  
                                                 
At December 31, 2014                                                
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial         $           $           $  
Construction                                    
Multifamily                                    
One- to four-family                 1       659       1       659  
Commercial and industrial                                    
Consumer                                    
  Total         $       1     $ 659       1     $ 659  
                                                 
At December 31, 2013                                                
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial     1     $ 3,975       1     $ 1,430       2     $ 5,405  
Construction                                    
Multifamily                                    
One- to four-family                 1       659       1       659  
Commercial and industrial                                    
Consumer                                    
  Total     1     $ 3,975       2     $ 2,089       3     $ 6,064  
                                                 
At December 31, 2012                                                
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial     1     $ 331       1     $ 1,575       2     $ 1,906  
Construction                                    
Multifamily                                    
One- to four-family                 1       1,000       1       1,000  
Commercial and industrial                 2       2,870       2       2,870  
Consumer                                    
  Total     1     $ 331       4     $ 5,445       5     $ 5,776  

 

  59  

 

 

Non-Performing Assets. The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated.

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
Non-accrual loans:                                                
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial   $ 841     $     $ 1,373     $ 1,414     $ 5,405     $ 1,575  
Construction                                    
Multifamily                                    
One- to four-family                 659       659       1,223       1,565  
Commercial and industrial     3,660       3,660       46             1,915       2,215  
Consumer     68                                
  Total     4,569       3,660       2,078       2,073       8,543       5,355  
                                                 
Accruing loans 90 days or more past due:                                                
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial   $     $     $     $     $     $  
Construction                                    
Multifamily                                    
One- to four-family                                    
Commercial and industrial                                   655  
Consumer                                    
  Total loans 90 days or more past due                                   655  
                                                 
Total non-performing loans     4,569       3,660       2,078       2,073       8,543       6,010  
                                                 
Real estate owned                                    
Other non-performing assets                                    
                                                 
Total non-performing assets   $ 4,569     $ 3,660     $ 2,078     $ 2,073     $ 8,543     $ 6,010  
                                                 
Troubled debt restructurings:                                                
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial   $ 5,473     $ 5,504     $ 1,806     $ 447     $ 6,379     $ 7,535  
Construction                                    
Multifamily                 5,971       6,048       6,132       6,216  
One- to four-family     1,130       1,130       1,130       1,130       565        
Commercial and industrial     1,145       1,255       3,358       1,595              
Consumer                                    
  Total   $ 7,748     $ 7,889     $ 12,265     $ 9,220     $ 13,076     $ 13,751  
                                                 
Ratios:                                                
Total non-performing loans to total loans     0.36 %     0.35 %     0.25 %     0.33 %     1.73 %     1.46 %
Total non-performing loans to total assets     0.29 %     0.30 %     0.22 %     0.27 %     1.34 %     1.06 %
Total non-performing assets to total assets     0.29 %     0.30 %     0.22 %     0.27 %     1.34 %     1.06 %

 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by us in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. We determine the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. The measurement of an impaired loan is based on (i) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, (ii) the loan’s observable market price or (iii) the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

 

Non-accrual loans totaled $4.6 million, $3.6 million and $2.1 million at June 30, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

 

  60  

 

 

All loans except for consumer loans are individually evaluated for impairment.

 

Troubled debt restructurings are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, we determine the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

 

Interest income on loans is accrued and credited to operations based upon the principal amounts outstanding.  Loans are placed on non-accrual when a loan is specifically determined to be impaired or when principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days or more.  Delinquent status is based on the contractual terms of the loan.  Any unpaid interest previously accrued on those loans is reversed from income.  Interest payments received on such loans are applied as a reduction of the loan principal balance when the collectability of principal, wholly or partially, is in doubt.  Interest payments received may be deferred on nonaccrual loans in which the principal balance is deemed to be collectible.  Interest income is recognized when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and the loans are returned to accrual status.

 

All interest accrued but not received for loans placed on nonaccrual is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

Interest income that would have been recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016 had nonaccrual loans been current according to their original terms amounted to $110,738 and $57,000, respectively. We recognized $2,080 and $195,340 of interest income for these loans for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016, respectively.

 

Interest income that would have been recorded for six months ended June 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016 had troubled debt restructurings been current according to their original terms amounted to $236,319 and $489,641, respectively. We recognized $155,959 and $318,298 of interest income for these loans for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and the year ended December 31, 2016, respectively.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses.

 

Please see “–Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional discussion of our allowance policy.

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at levels considered adequate by management to provide for probable loan losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the consolidated balance sheet reporting dates. The allowance for loan losses is based on management’s assessment of various factors affecting the loan portfolio, including portfolio composition, delinquent and non-accrual loans, national and local business conditions and loss experience and an overall evaluation of the quality of the underlying collateral.

 

  61  

 

  

Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the years indicated.

 

    At or for the Six months ended
June 30,
    At or For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2017   2016     2016   2015  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                         
Balance at beginning of year   $ 11,815     $ 9,942     $ 9,942     $ 7,916  
                                 
Charge-offs:                                
Real Estate:                                
Commercial                        
Construction                        
Multifamily                        
One- to four-family           (51 )     (659 )      
Commercial and industrial     (220 )           (5,530 )      
Consumer     (46 )                  
Total charge-offs     (266 )     (51 )     (6,189 )      
                                 
Recoveries:                                
Real Estate:                                
Commercial                        
Construction                        
Multifamily                        
One- to four-family           3       2       11  
Commercial and industrial                        
Consumer                        
Total recoveries           3       2       11  
                                 
Net charge-offs     (266 )     (48 )     (6,187 )     11  
Transfer to hold for sale                        
Provision for loan losses     2,360       1,810       8,060       2,015  
                                 
Balance at end of year   $ 13,909     $ 11,704     $ 11,815     $ 9,942  
                                 
Ratios:                                
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding     0.05 %     0.01 %     0.66 %     0.00 %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans at end of year     304.5 %     427.2 %     322.8 %     478.4 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of year     1.09 %     1.23 %     1.12 %     1.21 %

 

  62  

 

 

Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category, the total loan balances by category, and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.

 

          At December 31,  
    At June 30, 2017     2016     2015  
    Amount        Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
       Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
       Amount        Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
       Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
       Amount        Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
       Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                       
Real Estate:                                                                        
Commercial   $ 6,487       46.6 %     52.1 %   $ 5,206       44.1 %     51.9 %   $ 3,650       36.7 %     44.4 %
Construction     557       4.0       3.2       409       3.5       2.8       589       5.9       4.7  
Multifamily     958       6.9       13.9       620       5.2       11.1       986       9.9       14.4  
One- to four-family     85       0.6       2.0       109       0.9       2.5       444       4.5       4.5  
Commercial and industrial     5,560       40.0       25.8       5,364       45.4       29.9       4,254       42.8       31.5  
Consumer     262       1.9       3.0       107       0.9       1.8       19       0.2       0.5  
Total allowance for loan losses   $ 13,909       100.0 %     100.0 %   $ 11,815       100.0 %     100.0 %   $ 9,942       100.0 %     100.0 %

 

    At December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012  
    Amount        Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
       Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
       Amount        Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
       Percent of
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
       Amount        Percent of
Allowance to
Total
Allowance
       Percent of+
Loans in
Category to
Total Loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                       
Real Estate:                                                                        
Commercial   $ 3,283       41.5 %     46.5 %   $ 3,965       52.8 %     56.6 %   $ 4,086       47.8 %     64.6 %
Construction     269       3.4       3.0       181       2.4       1.9       111       1.3       1.1  
Multifamily     778       9.8       14.7       545       7.3       11.7       1,291       15.1       10.5  
One- to four-family     480       6.1       6.3       630       8.4       7.0       295       3.4       2.6  
Commercial and industrial     3,106       39.2       29.5       2,191       29.2       22.8       2,775       32.4       21.2  
Consumer                                                     0.0  
Total allowance for loan losses   $ 7,916       100.0 %     100.0 %   $ 7,512       100.0 %     100.0 %   $ 8,558       100.0 %     100.0 %

 

  63  

 

 

The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of loans was 1.09%, 1.12% and 1.21% as of June 30, 2017, December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The decrease in the allowance percentage from December 31, 2015 to December 31, 2016 to June 30, 2017 was primarily due to changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, including the charge off of $5.1 million of our taxi medallion portfolio, which decreased our total exposure to taxi medallion loans to $3.7 million at June 30, 2017.

 

Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and our results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Furthermore, while we believe we have established our allowance for loan losses in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, there can be no assurance that regulators, in reviewing our loan portfolio, will not require us to increase our allowance for loan losses. In addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses is adequate or that increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loans deteriorate as a result of the factors discussed above. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Securities Portfolio

 

The following table sets forth the amortized cost and fair value of our securities portfolio (excluding Federal Home Loan Bank of New York) at the dates indicated.

 

          At December 31,  
    At June 30, 2017     2016     2015  
   

Amortized

Cost

    Fair
Value
   

Amortized

Cost

    Fair
Value
   

Amortized

Cost

    Fair
Value
 
                                     
Available For Sale                                                
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 27,697     $ 27,683     $ 29,152     $ 29,027     $ 39,679     $ 39,794  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     4,799       4,698       5,233       5,103       4,560       4,449  
Municipal bonds     1,110       1,133       1,122       1,136       1,145       1,174  
CRA mutual fund     2,136       2,096       2,115       2,063       2,068       2,050  
Total securities available for sale   $ 35,742     $ 35,610     $ 37,622     $ 37,329     $ 47,452     $ 47,467  
                                                 
Held To Maturity                                                
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 5,943     $ 5,882     $ 6,475     $ 6,394     $ 4,877     $ 4,873  
Foreign government securities     25       25       25       25       97       97  
Total securities held to maturity   $ 5,968     $ 5,907     $ 6,500     $ 6,419     $ 4,974     $ 4,970  
                                                 
Total securities   $ 41,710     $ 41,517     $ 44,122     $ 43,748     $ 52,426     $ 52,437  

 

At June 30, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had no investments in a single company or entity, other than government and government agency securities, which had an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity.

 

We review the investment portfolio on a quarterly basis to determine the cause, magnitude and duration of declines in the fair value of each security. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”), we consider many factors including: (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether we have the intent to sell the security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: (1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and (2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. The assessment of whether any other than temporary decline exists may involve a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time. We evaluate securities for OTTI at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.

 

  64  

 

 

At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, securities in unrealized loss positions were largely issuances from government sponsored entities. Due to the decline in fair value attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, not credit quality and because we do not have the intent to sell the securities and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, we do not consider the securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

 

No impairment charges were recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 or for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

  65  

 

 

Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the securities portfolio at June 30, 2017 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as the effect thereof was not material.

 

    One Year or Less     More than One Year
through Five Years
    More than Five Years
through Ten Years
    More than Ten Years     Total Securities  
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
    Weighted
Average
Yield
    Amortized
Cost
   

Weighted

Average
Yield

    Amortized
Cost
    Fair Value     Weighted
Average
Yield
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                                                   
Available For Sale                                                                                        
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $       —%     $       —%     $ 14,637       2.27 %   $ 13,060       2.01 %   $ 27,697     $ 27,683       2.15 %
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations                 1,601       1.47       2,009       1.58       1,189       1.30       4,799       4,698       1.47  
Municipal bonds                                         1,110       3.94       1,110       1,133       3.94  
CRA mutual fund (1)                                                     2,136       2,096       2.06  
Total securities available for sale   $       —%     $ 1,601       1.47 %   $ 16,646       2.19 %   $ 15,359       2.09 %   $ 35,742     $ 35,610       2.11 %
                                                                                         
Held To Maturity                                                                                        
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $       —%     $       —%     $       —%     $ 5,943       2.04 %   $ 5,943     $ 5,882       2.04 %
Foreign government securities                 25       1.83                               25       25       1.83  
Total securities held to maturity   $       —%     $ 25       1.83 %   $       —%     $ 5,943       2.04 %   $ 5,968     $ 5,907       2.05 %
                                                                                         
Total securities   $       —%     $ 1,626       1.48 %   $ 16,646       2.19 %   $ 21,302       2.08 %   $ 41,710     $ 41,517       2.11 %

 

 

(1) CRA Mutual Fund does not have contractual maturity dates.

  66  

 

 

Deposits

 

Total deposits increased $335.5 million, or 33.8%, to $1.3 billion at June 30, 2017 from $993.8 million at December 31, 2016. We continue to focus on the acquisition and expansion of core deposit relationships, which we define as all deposits except for certificates of deposit. Core deposits totaled $1.26 billion at June 30, 2017, or 94.4% of total deposits at that date.

 

The following table sets forth the distribution of our average total deposit accounts, by account type, for the years indicated.

 

    For the Six Months Ended     For the Years Ended December 31,  
    June 30, 2017     2016     2015     2014  
    Average
Balance
    Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Percent     Weighted
Average
Rate
 
    (Dollars in
thousands)
                                                                   
Deposit type:                                                                                                
Non-interest- bearing demand   $ 470,987       42.5 %     —%     $ 313,594       34.2 %     —%     $ 183,901       26.7 %     —%     $ 103,889       19.5 %     —%  
Money market and savings     555,383       50.2       0.80       501,619       54.7       0.73       395,878       57.4       0.68       307,077       57.6       0.64  
Certificates of deposit     81,012       7.3       1.24       101,950       11.1       1.18       109,921       15.9       1.02       122,661       22.9       1.13  
                                                                                                 
Total deposits   $ 1,107,382       100.0 %     0.50 %   $ 917,163       100.0 %     0.53 %   $ 689,700       100.0 %     0.55 %   $ 533,567       100.0 %     0.62 %

 

  67  

 

 

As of June 30, 2017, the aggregate amount of our outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $66.6 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of those certificates as of June 30, 2017.

 

   

At

June 30, 2017

 
    (In thousands)  
         
Three months or less   $ 4,295  
Over three months through six months     11,953  
Over six months through one year     31,239  
Over one year to three years     18,856  
Over three years     249  
         
Total   $ 66,592  

 

Borrowings

 

At June 30, 2017, we had the ability to borrow a total of $248.6 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. We also had an available line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York discount window of $34.7 million. At December 31, 2016, we had the ability to borrow a total of $204.4 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. At December 31, 2016, we also had an available line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York discount window of $67.9 million.

 

The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our borrowed funds, which include consolidated debt, trust preferred securities and Federal Home Loan Bank of New York advances, at and for the periods shown:

 

   

At or for the Six Months Ended

June 30,

   

At or For the Years Ended

December 31,

 
    2017     2016     2016     2015     2014  
    (Dollars in thousands)              
                               
Balance at end of period   $ 118,875     $ 59,140     $ 99,038     $ 116,767     $ 84,543  
Average balance during period   $ 110,884     $ 79,885     $ 69,840     $ 79,006     $ 87,555  
Maximum outstanding at any month end   $ 119,457     $ 106,750     $ 106,750     $ 116,767     $ 97,747  
Weighted average interest rate at end of period     2.66 %     1.72 %     1.84 %     1.27 %     1.74 %
Average interest rate during period     2.19 %     1.83 %     1.74 %     1.84 %     1.86 %

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

Total stockholders’ equity increased $5.5 million, or 5.0%, to $115.0 million at June 30, 2017, from $109.5 million at December 31, 2016. The increase for the six months ended June 30, 2017 was primarily due to $5.2 million in net income.

 

Total stockholders’ equity increased $33.5 million, or 44.2%, to $109.5 million at December 31, 2016, from $76.0 million at December 31, 2015. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to $5.0 million in net income and the issuance of common and preferred stock during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of funds consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments and maturities and sales of securities. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.

 

We regularly review the need to adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of: (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest earning deposits and securities, and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest earning deposits and short- and intermediate-term securities.

 

  68  

 

 

Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets are dependent on our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, cash and cash equivalents totaled $227.5 million and $82.9 million, respectively. Securities classified as available-for-sale, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $35.6 million at June 30, 2017 and $37.3 million at December 31, 2016.

 

At June 30, 2017, we had the ability to borrow a total of $248.6 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. We also had an available line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York discount window of $34.7 million.

 

At December 31, 2016, we had the ability to borrow a total of $204.4 million from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. We also had an available line of credit with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York discount window of $67.9 million.

 

On December 7, 2005, the Company established MetBank Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (“Trust I”). The Company owns all of the common capital securities of Trust I in exchange for contributed capital of $310,000. Trust I issued $10 million of preferred capital securities to investors in a private transaction and invested the proceeds, combined with the proceeds from the sale of Trust I’s common capital securities, in the Company through the purchase of $10.310 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures I”) issued by the Company. The Debentures I, the sole assets of Trust I, mature on December 9, 2035 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.82% for the first five years, then at a floating rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 1.85%. The Debentures I are callable after five years.

 

On July 14, 2006, the Company established MetBank Capital Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust (“Trust II”). The Company owns all of the common capital securities of Trust II in exchange for contributed capital of $310,000. Trust II issued $10 million of preferred capital securities to investors in a private transaction and invested the proceeds, combined with the proceeds from the sale of Trust II’s common capital securities, in the Company through the purchase of $10.310 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures II”) issued by the Company. The Debentures II, the sole assets of Trust II, mature on October 7, 2036, and bear interest at a fixed rate of 7.61% for the first five years, then at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.00%. The Debentures II are callable after five years.

 

The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of these trusts, therefore the trusts are not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements; the subordinated debentures are shown as a liability on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Interest on the subordinated debentures may be deferred by the Company at any time or from time to time for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarterly payments (5 years), provided there is no event of default. At the end of the deferral period, the Company must pay accrued interest, at which point it may elect a new deferral period provided that no deferral may extend beyond maturity.

 

The investments in the common capital securities of Trust I and Trust II are included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The subordinated debentures may be included in Tier 1 capital (with certain applicable limitations) under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations.

 

On March 8, 2017, the Company completed the issuance of $25 million of fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes at 100% issue price to accredited institutional investors. The subordinated notes mature on March 15, 2027 and bear an interest rate of 6.25% per annum until March 15, 2022. Interest on the subordinated notes is paid semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year thru March 15, 2022 and quarterly thereafter on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year. The interest rate of the subordinated notes from March 15, 2022 to the maturity date shall reset quarterly to an interest rate per annum equal to the then current three month LIBOR (not less than zero) plus 426 basis points, payable quarterly in arrears. The Company may redeem the subordinated notes beginning March 15, 2022, and on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the subordinated notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

 

  69  

 

 

 

We have no material commitments or demands that are likely to affect our liquidity other than set forth below. In the event loan demand were to increase faster than expected, or any unforeseen demand or commitment were to occur, we could access our borrowing capacity with the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York or obtain additional funds through brokered certificates of deposit.

 

At June 30, 2017, we had $93.1 million in loan commitments outstanding. We also had $20.2 million in standby letters of credit at June 30, 2017. At December 31, 2016, we had $70.8 million in loan commitments outstanding. We also had $9.8 million in standby letters of credit at December 31, 2016.

 

Certificates of deposit due within one year of June 30, 2017 totaled $53.9 million, or 4.1% of total deposits. Total certificates of deposit were $73.7 million or 5.6% of total deposits at June 30, 2017. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2016 totaled $56.4 million, or 5.7% of total deposits. Total certificates of deposit were $90.5 million or 9.1% of total deposits at December 31, 2016.

 

Our primary investing activities are the origination, and to a lesser extent purchase, of loans and the purchase of securities. During the six months ended June 30, 2017, we originated or purchased $333.8 million of loans and $1.5 million of securities. During the six months ended June 30, 2016, we originated or purchased $ 229.2 million of loans and purchased $2.7 million in securities. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we originated or purchased $533.6 million of loans and $4.2 million of securities. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we originated or purchased $456.9 million of loans and we purchased $5.2 million of securities.

 

Financing activities consist primarily of activity in deposit accounts. We experienced an increase in total deposits of $336.0 million and $175.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. We experienced net increases in total deposits of $227.7 million and $156.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. We generate deposits from businesses and individuals through client referrals and other relationships and through our retail presence. We believe we have a very stable core deposit base due primarily to our cash management solutions for middle-market businesses as we strongly encourage and are generally successful in having our business borrowers maintain their entire banking relationship with us. The high level of transaction accounts is expected to be maintained. We have established deposit concentration thresholds to avoid the possibility of dependence on any single depositor base for funds. Since inception, we have not had the need to borrow significantly from the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York. We have been able to use the cash generated from the increases in deposits to fund loan growth in recent periods.

 

The Company and Metropolitan Commercial Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the FRB. At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, Metropolitan Commercial Bank exceeded all applicable regulatory capital requirements, and was considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See Note 15 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

 

The net proceeds from the stock offering will initially increase our liquidity and capital resources. Over time, the initial level of liquidity will be reduced as net proceeds from the stock offering are used for general corporate purposes, including the funding of loans. Our financial condition and results of operations will be enhanced by the net proceeds from the stock offering, resulting in increased net interest earning assets and net interest income. However, due to the increase in equity resulting from the net proceeds raised in the stock offering, as well as other factors associated with the stock offering, our return on equity will be adversely affected following the stock offering.

 

The Company and Metropolitan Commercial Bank manage their capital to comply with our internal planning targets and regulatory capital standards administered by federal banking agencies. The Bank reviews capital levels on a monthly basis. At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Company and Metropolitan Commercial Bank were classified as well-capitalized.

 

  70  

 

 

The following table presents our capital ratios as of the indicated dates.

 

    At June 30,     At December 31,     Minimum
Ratio to be
“Well
Capitalized”
under
Applicable
    Minimum
Ratio to be
“Adequately
Capitalized”
under
Applicable
 
    2017     2016     2015     Capital Rules     Capital Rules  
                               
The Company:                                        
Common Equity Tier 1     7.67 %     10.80 %     10.44 %           4.5  
Total risk-based capital ratio     12.63 %     12.45 %     11.98 %     10.0       8.0  
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     9.62 %     11.32 %     10.93 %     6.0       6.0  
Tier 1 leverage ratio     8.91 %     10.49 %     9.34 %           4.0  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank:                                        
Common Equity Tier 1     11.29 %     11.25 %     10.83 %     6.5       4.5  
Total risk-based capital ratio     12.38 %     12.38 %     12.08 %     10.0       8.0  
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio     11.29 %     11.25 %     10.83 %     8.0       6.0  
Tier 1 leverage ratio     10.21 %     10.41 %     9.26 %     5.0       4.0  

 

Basel III revised the capital adequacy requirements and the Prompt Corrective Action Framework effective January 1, 2015 for Metropolitan Commercial Bank. When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the Basel Rules will require the Company and Metropolitan Commercial Bank to maintain a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” on top of the minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a (i) CET1 to risk-weighted assets, (ii) Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets or (iii) total capital to risk-weighted assets above the respective minimum but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on dividends, equity repurchases and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers based on the amount of the shortfall. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer began on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level and will increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The capital conservation buffer is currently at 1.25%.

 

Contractual Obligations and Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. The following table presents our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, excluding FHLB advances. As of June 30, 2017 total outstanding FHLB borrowings were $73.8 million out of which $70.8 million had a maturity of less than one year and $3.0 million had a maturity of more than one year through three years. As of December 31, 2016 total outstanding FHLB borrowings were $78.4 million out of which $66.0 million had a maturity of less than one year and $12.4 million had a maturity of more than one year through three years.

 

Contractual Maturities
    Less Than One
Year
    More Than One
Year Through
Three Years
    More Than
Three Years
Through Five
Years
    Over Five Years     Total  
    (In thousands)  
June 30, 2017                                        
Operating lease obligations   $ 2,113     $ 4,349     $ 3,422     $ 5,306     $ 15,190  
Trust preferred securities (1)                       20,620       20,620  
Subordinated notes , net of issuance cost (2)                       24,453       24,453  
Time deposits     53,916       35,510       283             73,750  
Total   $ 56,029     $ 39,859     $ 3,705     $ 50,379     $ 134,013  
                                         
December 31, 2016                                        
Operating lease obligations   $ 2,142     $ 4,297     $ 3,763     $ 6,059     $ 16,261  
Trust preferred securities (1)                       20,620       20,620  
Time deposits     56,363       33,801       349             90,513  
Total   $ 58,505     $ 38,098     $ 4,112     $ 26,679     $ 127,394  

 

 

(1) At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, the Company had issued and outstanding $10.3 million and $10.3 million of callable trust preferred securities due on December 9, 2035, which bear interest at a floating rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 1.85%. At that same dates, the Company had issued and outstanding $10.3 million and $10.3 million of callable trust preferred securities due on October 7, 2036, which bear interest at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.00%. Both of these debentures were issued in connection with trust preferred securities.

 

(2) On March 8, 2017, the Company completed the issuance of $25 million fixed-floating rate subordinated debentures, which bear an interest of 6.25% until March 15, 2022 at which time reset to a floating rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 426 basis points.

 

  71  

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. We are a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, which involve elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. Our exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of the instruments. We use the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.

 

For further information, see Note 14 of the Notes to the December 31, 2016 Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

General . The principal objective of our asset and liability management function is to evaluate the interest rate risk within the balance sheet and pursue a controlled assumption of interest rate risk while maximizing net income and preserving adequate levels of liquidity and capital. The board of directors of our bank has oversight of our asset and liability management function, which is managed by our Asset/Liability Management Committee. Our Asset/Liability Management Committee meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities to market interest rate changes, local and national market conditions and market interest rates. That group also reviews our liquidity, capital, deposit mix, loan mix and investment positions.

 

Interest Rate Risk . As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the fair value of all interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.

 

We manage our exposure to interest rates primarily by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of business. We do not typically enter into derivative contracts for the purpose of managing interest rate risk, but we may do so in the future. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. We do not own any trading assets.

 

Net Interest Income At-Risk. We analyze our sensitivity to changes in interest rates through our net interest income simulation model. We estimate what our net interest income would be for a one-year period based on current interest rates. We then calculate what the net interest income would be for the same period under different interest rate assumptions. The following table shows the estimated impact on net interest income for the one-year period beginning June 30, 2017 resulting from potential changes in interest rates, expressed in basis points. These estimates require certain assumptions to be made, including loan and mortgage-related investment prepayment speeds, reinvestment rates, and deposit maturities and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain. As a result, no simulation model can precisely predict the impact of changes in interest rates on our net interest income.

 

Although the net interest income table below provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such estimates are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.

 

  72  

 

 

Change in
Interest Rates
(basis points)
 

Net Interest Income
Year 1 Forecast

   

Year 1 Change
from Level

 
(Dollars in thousands)
             
+400   $ 64,515       22.9 %
+300     61,503       17.2 %
+200     58,489       11.4 %
+100     55,538       5.8 %
0     52,485       %
-100     50,351       (4.1 )%

 

The table above indicates that at June 30, 2017, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience an 11.4% increase in net interest income. In the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 4.1% decrease in net interest income.

 

Economic Value of Equity Analysis. We analyze the sensitivity of our financial condition to changes in interest rates through our economic value of equity model. This analysis measures the difference between predicted changes in the fair value of our assets and predicted changes in the present value of our liabilities assuming various changes in current interest rates. The table below represents an analysis of our interest rate risk as measured by the estimated changes in our economic value of equity, resulting from an instantaneous and sustained parallel shift in the yield curve (+100, +200, +300 and +400 basis points and -100 basis points) at June 30, 2017.

 

                EVE as a Percentage of Fair
Value of Assets (3)
 
Change in
Interest Rates
  Estimated     Estimated Increase
(Decrease) in EVE
    EVE     Increase
(Decrease)
 
(basis points) (1)   EVE (2)     Amount     Percent     Ratio (4)     (basis points)  
(Dollars in thousands)
                               
+400   $ 177,002     $ 17,086       10.7 %     12.05 %     1.85  
+300     173,049       13,133       8.2 %     11.61 %     1.41  
+200     168,258       8,342       5.2 %     11.11 %     0.91  
+100     166,384       6,468       4.0 %     10.79 %     0.59  
    159,916                   10.20 %      
-100     147,677       (12,239 )     (7.7 )%     9.26 %     (0.94 )

 

 

(1) Assumes an immediate uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
(2) EVE is the fair value of expected cash flows from assets, less the fair value of the expected cash flows arising from our liabilities adjusted for the value of off-balance sheet contracts.
(3) Fair value of assets represents the amount at which an asset could be exchanged between knowledgeable and willing parties in an arms-length transaction.
(4) EVE Ratio represents EVE divided by the fair value of assets.

 

The table above indicates that at June 30, 2017, in the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 7.7% decrease in our economic value of equity. In the event of a 200 basis points increase in interest rates, we would experience an increase of 5.2% in economic value of equity.

 

The preceding income simulation analysis does not represent a forecast of actual results and should not be relied upon as being indicative of expected operating results. These hypothetical estimates are based upon numerous assumptions, which are subject to change, including: the nature and timing of interest rate levels including the yield curve shape, prepayments on loans and securities, deposit decay rates, pricing decisions on loans and deposits, reinvestment/replacement of asset and liability cash flows, and others. Also, as market conditions vary, prepayment/refinancing levels, the varying impact of interest rate changes on caps and floors embedded in adjustable-rate loans, early withdrawal of deposits, changes in product preferences, and other internal/external variables will likely deviate from those assumed.

 

  73  

 

 

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

 

The consolidated financial statements and related financial data included in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution’s performance than do general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

A summary of our accounting policies is described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Critical accounting estimates are necessary in the application of certain accounting policies and procedures and are particularly susceptible to significant change. Critical accounting policies are defined as those involving significant judgments and assumptions by management that could have a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets or on income under different assumptions or conditions. Management believes that the most critical accounting policies, which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, are as follows:

 

Allowance for Loan Losses. Although management evaluates available information to determine the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, the level of allowances is an estimate which is subject to significant judgement and short term change. Because of uncertainties associated with local economic conditions, collateral values and future cash flows on the loan portfolio, it is reasonably possible that a material change could occur in the allowance for loan losses in the near term due to economic, operating, regulatory and other conditions beyond the Company’s control. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated. The evaluation of the adequacy of loan collateral is often based upon estimates and appraisals. Because of changing economic conditions, the valuations determined from such estimates and appraisals may also change. Accordingly, we may ultimately incur losses that vary from management’s current estimates. Adjustments to the allowance for loan losses will be reported in the period such adjustments become known or can be reasonably estimated. All loan losses are charged to the allowance for loan losses when the loss actually occurs or when the collectability of the principal is unlikely. Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery.

 

Emerging Growth Company. Pursuant to the JOBS Act, an emerging growth company is provided the option to adopt new or revised accounting standards that may be issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) or the SEC either (i) within the same periods as those otherwise applicable to non-emerging growth companies or (ii) within the same time periods as private companies. We have irrevocably elected to adopt new accounting standards within the public company adoption period.

 

Although we are still evaluating the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of some of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that are available to it so long as we qualify as an emerging growth company, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation, and exemptions from the requirements of holding non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute payments.

 

  74  

 

 

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We are a bank holding company headquartered in New York, New York and registered under the BHC Act. Through our wholly owned bank subsidiary, Metropolitan Commercial Bank, we provide a broad range of business, commercial and retail banking products and services to small businesses, middle-market enterprises, public entities and affluent individuals in the New York metropolitan area. Our founding members, including our Chief Executive Officer Mark DeFazio, recognized a need in the New York metropolitan area for a solutions oriented, relationship bank focused on middle market companies and real estate entrepreneurs who require loans of $2–20 million, a size often overlooked or deprioritized by larger financial institutions. Metropolitan Commercial Bank was established in 1999 with the goal of helping these underserved clients build and sustain wealth. Our motto, “The Entrepreneurial Bank,” is a reflection of our aspiration to develop a middle-market bank that shares the same entrepreneurial spirit of our clients. By combining the high-touch service and relationship-based focus of a community bank with the extensive suite of financial products and services offered by our largest competitors, we believe that Metropolitan is well-positioned to continue to capitalize on the significant growth opportunities available in the New York metropolitan area. In addition to traditional commercial banking products, we offer cash management and retail banking services. We also serve as an issuing bank for debit card programs nationwide. These activities, together with our five strategically located banking centers, generate a stable source of low cost core deposits and a diverse loan portfolio with attractive risk-adjusted yields. We believe our dynamic business model distinguishes us from our competitors in the markets in which we operate as demonstrated by comparing our performance for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 as well as our year ended 2016 to 2015.

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016:

 

· Our net income increased 47.9% to $5.2 million or $1.12 per diluted share.

 

· We had a net interest margin of 3.54% for the six months ended June 30, 2017, an increase from 3.50% for the six months ended June 30, 2016, anchored by a stable cost of funds of 0.44% on our core deposits.

 

· Our loans increased 21.8% or $230.3 million to $1.3 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2017, with $4.6 million or 0.36% non-performing loans.

 

· Our noninterest income increased 0.11% to $2.8 million, which represented 9.6% of our total revenue at June 30, 2017, primarily from our debit card issuing program.

 

· As of June 30, 2017, our assets, loans, deposits and stockholders’ equity totaled $1.6 billion, $1.3 billion, $1.3 billion and $115.0 million, respectively.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

· Our net income increased 17.4% to $5.0 million or $0.43 per diluted share. The net income per diluted share includes dividends paid to preferred shareholders.

 

· We had a net interest margin of 3.57% for the year ended December 31, 2016, an increase from 3.36% for the year ended December 31, 2015, anchored by a stable cost of funds of 0.43% on our core deposits.

 

· Our provision for loan losses increased from $2.0 million for 2015 to $8.1 million for 2016, which includes the effect of a $5.1 million one-time charge off relating to our taxi medallion portfolio.

 

· Our loans increased 28.5% or $234.2 million to $1.0 billion with $3.7 million or 0.35% non-performing loans.

 

· Our noninterest income increased 20.6% to $5.4 million, which represented 10.9% of our total revenue at December 31, 2016, primarily from our debit card issuing program and other service charges and fees.

 

· As of December 31, 2016, our assets, loans, deposits and stockholders’ equity totaled $1.2 billion, $1.0 billion, $993.8 million and $109.5 million, respectively.

 

  75  

 

 

We are focused on organically growing and expanding our position in the New York metropolitan area. Through our experienced team of commercial relationship managers and our integrated, client-centric approach, we have successfully demonstrated our ability to consistently grow market share by deepening existing client relationships and continually expanding our client base through referrals. We have grown our diversified loan portfolio at a 31% CAGR since 2013, with the majority of growth sourced from our Commercial Real Estate (“CRE”) and Commercial and Industrial (“C&I”) portfolios. Since initiating our transition to a core-funded institution with the opening of our first banking center in 2005 , we have maintained a goal of converting many of our commercial lending clients into full retail relationship banking clients. This focus has enabled us to complement our strong loan growth with a deposit CAGR of 33% over the same period, which compares very favorably to the 9% deposit CAGR achieved by banks in the same local markets in which we operate. This deposit growth has been fueled primarily by low cost core deposits (deposits, excluding certificates of deposit), which now represent approximately 94.4% of total deposits as of June 30, 2017. Our deposits are primarily derived from three sources: our existing lending relationships, non-borrowing clients usually sourced through our banking centers and our debit card issuing business. This diversified approach provides us with a low cost core deposit base that has more than 50% non-interest bearing and has a total cost of deposits of 0.50% as of June 30, 2017. Given the size of the market in which we operate and our differentiated approach to client service, we believe there is significant opportunity to continue our loan and deposit growth trajectory.

 

With a growing and generally unseasoned loan portfolio, our credit risk may continue to increase and our future performance could be adversely affected; however, we have invested in and developed underwriting and credit management processes tailored to each of the products we offer in order to minimize these risks. We are committed to continuing to invest in and develop our underwriting and credit management processes to ensure our asset quality remains high and we minimize our credit risk. At June 30, 2017, the average age of our loan portfolio was 2.87 years.

 

Our Products and Services

 

We provide a comprehensive set of commercial and retail banking products and services customized to meet the needs of our clients. We also serve as an issuing bank for debit card programs nationwide.

 

Lending Products and Services:

 

We offer a broad range of lending products, primarily focused on CRE and C&I.

 

Our CRE products include acquisition loans, income-producing property financing, renovation loans, owner occupied, leasehold mortgages, construction loans, and lines of credit, retail, office, hospitality, multifamily, mixed use, warehouse and distribution, and specialty use properties. Our target clientele is New York metropolitan area real estate entrepreneurs with a net worth in excess of $5 million.

 

Our C&I products consist primarily of working capital lines of credit secured by accounts receivable and/or inventory of the borrower and by personal guarantees of the borrower’s principals, equipment leases, medical receivables-based loans, and trade finance, including letters of credit. Our commercial lending team has broad and deep expertise in middle market businesses in diverse industries including healthcare, especially nursing homes, manufacturing, trade and professional services. Our target commercial borrowers are middle market businesses in the New York metropolitan area with annual revenues below $200 million.

 

In addition to lending to these clients, our client centric approach enables us to deepen our relationships through our treasury management and deposit products. We have been lending to CRE and C&I clients since our inception in June 1999.

 

Retail Product and Services

 

Our retail banking services consist of a private banking-like experience for our retail depositors, combining high touch personal service with an array of products common among our largest competitors, such as checking, savings, and online banking products.

 

  76  

 

 

We also serve as an issuing bank for debit card programs nationwide. The Bank’s debit card issuing business offers a transparent, cost-effective alternative to cash and checks for governments, businesses, and individuals. Our products include GPR, payroll, corporate, incentive, commission, rebates, and gift cards. We are one of the few U.S. banks that can issue debit cards for third party program managers and there is a high bar for entry due to the rigorous risk management and compliance requirements.

 

Our Market Area

 

Our primary market consists of New York City, specifically Manhattan and the outer boroughs. Approximately 91% of our outstanding loan portfolio was to entities located within the broader New York MSA as of June 30, 2017, while all deposits (excluding those associated with the debit card issuing business) are based in the New York City metropolitan area. This market is well-diversified and represents the largest market for middle market businesses in the country (defined as businesses with between $5 million and $200 million in annual revenue). Middle-market businesses have changed in type, but not in substance, in recent decades following a commercial trend out of manufacturing and into services. Unlike other MSAs, this has been to the advantage of the middle-market business community in the New York metropolitan area, which has continued to grow at a better than average pace relative to other metropolitan regions in the United States.

 

New York MSA employment by industry Middle market businesses by MSA
   
   

 

Source: Bureau of Labor Statistics; Dun & Bradstreet OneSource , as of June 30, 2017

 

The New York MSA is also the largest market for deposits with $1.6 trillion of total deposits, 2.1 times larger than the next-largest MSA. Total deposits in the New York MSA have increased at a compound annual growth rate of 8% over the last five years. We operate five banking centers strategically located within close proximity to our target clients. We have three banking centers in midtown Manhattan, one banking center in Brooklyn, New York, and one banking center in Great Neck, Long Island. Our 99 Park Avenue banking center, adjacent to our headquarters, is located at the center of one of the largest markets for bank deposits in the New York MSA given the abundance of corporate and high net worth clients. Our Manhattan banking centers are centrally located in the heart of neighborhoods strongly identified with specific business sectors with which we have strong existing relationships. Our Brooklyn banking center is on an active commercial strip in the Boro Park neighborhood, which is home to many small and medium-sized businesses, and where several important existing lending clients live and work. Our newest banking center in Great Neck, Long Island represents a natural extension of our efforts to establish a physical footprint in areas where many of our existing and prospective commercial clients are located, and also serves as a central hub for philanthropic and community events. By the first quarter of 2018, we expect to open our sixth banking center on the Upper East Side of Manhattan, which is a market we have long sought to enter given the abundance of commercial clients and high net worth entrepreneurs.

 

 

  77  

 

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and provide us with the necessary foundation to successfully execute on our business strategy.

 

Uniquely positioned in the attractive, vibrant New York City market. The New York MSA is the largest banking market in the country with a remarkable concentration of commercial and high net worth clients. It has proven itself as an economically attractive and stable market. During the “Great Recession” it did not suffer a downturn as severe as other metropolitan markets across the U.S. and recovered more quickly. Our charge-offs as a percent of average loans were limited to 0.50% at the height of the financial crisis. The New York commercial real estate market has historically outperformed other large markets across the country, and continues to demonstrate strength and stability. We have meaningful market concentration in the New York MSA and as a result are highly exposed to the New York City economy.

 

Market demographics

 

 

We believe our accessibility, tailored product offerings, and differentiated execution create a unique opportunity to distinguish ourselves in the market to our target clients, who we believe are under-served by today’s global financial services industry. Establishing banking centers in close proximity to a “critical mass” of our clients has advanced our ability to retain and grow core deposits, provided opportunities to deepen our client relationships, and enhanced our franchise value. As a result, each of our five banking centers achieved break-even profitability within the first full year of operations.

 

The ten largest financial institutions hold greater than 75% deposit share in the New York MSA while at the same time there is a scarcity of commercial banks our size (as illustrated in the table below). We believe the combination of our differentiated business model and unique position in the market has contributed meaningfully to our ability to generate outsized deposit growth and positions us well to capitalize on continued growth opportunities in the future.

 

 

Source: SNL Financial; dollar amounts in billions

Note: Deposit data as of June 30, 2016; For comparability of branch size, excludes deposits in excess of $10 billion in any given branch

 

Differentiated business model focused on client relationships. We pride ourselves on our excellent service, business-to-business orientation, and flat management structure, which together allow us to make timely lending decisions and provide differentiated execution. Our relationship managers and tellers are encouraged to get to know their customers, greet them by name, and take responsibility for personally answering their inquiries about products and services. The majority of our lending business is generated through principal to principal contacts and referrals, which contributes to a responsiveness to client requests that stands out in the marketplace. Our commercial lenders possess broad expertise across a diverse range of middle market businesses and have developed specialized expertise in commercial real estate, healthcare, manufacturing, import/export and services industries. All staff members, from management to tellers, are versed in our product and service offerings and are trained to be able to make recommendations or referrals in the interests of our clients.

 

  78  

 

 

We have funded a large portion of our loan growth with low cost deposits by converting our lending clients into full retail relationships and expanding our non-borrowing deposit relationships through our banking centers. Our retail banking philosophy of building our customer base one client at a time has enabled us to create the experience of a traditional relationship bank, where the customer knows the branch manager’s name and in turn is greeted by name at the door. We combine this personalized approach with all the technology and conveniences expected of a truly 21 st century financial institution.

 

We also supplement our commercial and retail banking franchise with our debit card issuing program, which is an additional source of low cost deposits and fee income. We are one of the few U.S. banks that can issue debit cards to third party program managers. Our history as a debit card issuer has provided us with insights into the needs and preferences of our clients, and we believe these insights have differentiated us in the market. We have made substantial investments in our technology infrastructure and compliance program to minimize risks associated with our debit card issuing business. While we believe that appropriate safeguards are in place, certain operational, regulatory and competitive risks remain for this business.

 

Demonstrated loan growth driven by differentiated service. We have demonstrated our ability to generate robust loan growth and capture additional share in our market. We are able to accomplish this due to our deep client relationships and client development efforts. The majority of our growth comes from existing clients and by referrals; we especially focus on centers of influence in our communities, such as law firms or accounting practices, which are a key source of referrals. As of June 30, 2017, 83% of the loan portfolio was self-originated. Further, we believe our entrepreneurial spirit and market knowledge position us to take advantage of growth opportunities not commonly available to other institutions.

 

Loan composition

 

 

Disciplined underwriting and enterprise risk management. We have developed underwriting and credit risk management processes tailored to each of our products and industry verticals, allowing us to construct a diversified asset portfolio. We believe that our industry experience and product knowledge has allowed us to develop processes, procedures and infrastructure in connection with offering specialized products that enable us to appropriately identify and mitigate the risks associated with these products and services. As a result, we were able to avoid all losses within the commercial real estate portfolio between June 1999 and December 2008. Losses within the commercial real estate portfolio peaked at 0.35% of the portfolio in 2010 and have been de minimus since 2014. Our track record of success is attributed to our insight into the New York metropolitan area, our focus on proactive credit risk management, and the desire to build a banking institution that will be respected for years to come. We believe our commercial real estate portfolio is fundamentally different relative to banks that experienced heavy losses during the financial crisis. Key differences include market insight among our borrowers and lenders, a well-diversified portfolio, and a lack of speculation. As a result, we believe we are positioned to continue to perform well in the current credit environment. Although we performed well during the recent recession relative to other banks, our performance may still be negatively impacted. For instance, exposure to New York City commercial real estate leaves us particularly exposed to the local real estate market.

 

  79  

 

 

Diverse commercial real estate portfolio   Commercial real estate composition by region
     
     

 

 

As of June 30, 2017

 

Diverse commercial loan portfolio

 

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2017

 

  80  

 

 

Losses in the commercial portfolio increased in 2016 as a result of a $5.1 million one-time charge off related to the taxi medallion portfolio; however, our exposure to taxi medallions stands at only $3.7 million as of June 30, 2017, and credit performance in the commercial portfolio is expected to normalize.

 

Charge-offs as a % of average loans

 

 

 

The banking industry is highly regulated. As a bank holding company, we are subject to extensive examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by various federal and state agencies that govern almost all aspects of our operations. Our business can be meaningfully impacted as a result of new or existing regulation. Commercial real estate loan concentration is an area that has experienced heightened regulatory focus. Banks are required to establish written policies for these loans and banks with concentrations in excess of certain thresholds must employ heightened risk management practices. Although we believe that our policies and procedures for commercial real estate loans meet or exceed regulatory requirements and expectations, this business is subject to regulatory risk.

Core deposit funding. Since we opened our first banking center in 2005 , we have developed a strong deposit franchise supported by a high level of core deposits and non-interest bearing deposits. As of June 30, 2017, core deposits (deposits, excluding maturity deposits) comprised 94.4% of total deposits, while non-interest bearing deposits made up more than 50% of total deposits. Our loan and deposit portfolios have a symbiotic relationship whereby the conversion of commercial borrowing clients into full retail relationship banking clients fuels an expanded deposit base to fund additional commercial loans. Our strategy of funding with core deposits differentiates us from our competitors who often rely more heavily on wholesale funding or brokered deposits. Our wholesale funding and brokered deposits represent 13% of our assets as compared to 20% for our competitors as of June 30, 2017. As a result of our stable base of core deposits we expect to be able to support our clients throughout economic cycles.

 

Deposit composition

 

 

 

 

Total cost of deposits

 

 

Well positioned for rising rate environment due to proactive asset / liability management . Over the last several years, in anticipation of moving into a rising rate environment, we have actively increased the amount of floating-rate loans in our real estate loan portfolio, and reduced the amount of multi-year fixed-rate loans. Our average loan maturity is now only 35 months. As of June 30, 2017, approximately 39% of our total loan portfolio was floating-rate. We currently fund the majority of our existing loan portfolio with core deposits. As a result of our structural asset sensitivity we expect our net interest income to increase 11.4% for a 200bps increase in the yield curve.

 

Interest-earning assets / interest-bearing liabilities      

 

 

 

Scalable operating model. We have invested heavily over the last several years in people and infrastructure to enhance and expand our capabilities so we can provide a full range of commercial and retail financial services to our clients. These investments include building and staffing our five existing retail banking centers, developing a full range of transaction services such as business online banking, merchant processing, and mobile banking and creating customized software for our specialized industry verticals. We believe that as a result of these investments, we have the operating leverage to support our future growth without causing our noninterest expenses to incrementally increase by a corresponding amount.

 

Experienced management team . Our leadership team consists of senior managers with an average of over 25 years of experience in the banking and non-banking financial services industries. All of our senior management team has deep expertise in the New York City metropolitan market and most have experience working at larger financial institutions. We believe the experience, relationships, and entrepreneurial culture of our management team as well as our Board of Directors have been and will continue to be key drivers of our growth. Our key leadership team includes:

 

· Mark R. DeFazio, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director . Mark R. DeFazio is a founding member of Metropolitan Commercial Bank. Since its inception, he has served as the Bank’s President. In 2002, he was elevated by the Board of Directors to Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. DeFazio started his banking career in 1982. His first banking position was with Richmond County Savings Bank on Staten Island, where he held several positions in areas such as operations, auditing and real estate lending. Prior to starting with Metropolitan Commercial Bank, Mr. DeFazio was employed by Israel Discount Bank for 13 years. His last position at Israel Discount Bank was Senior Vice President and Head of Commercial Real Estate .

 

· Sangeeta Kishore, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer . Sangeeta Kishore joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on June 13, 2016. Ms. Kishore brings over 13 years of banking experience with expertise in finance, banking operations, risk management, and strategic planning. Prior to joining Metropolitan, Ms. Kishore served as the Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Senior Risk Officer at Kish Bancorp, Inc. starting in 2011.

 

· Nick Rosenberg, Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer . Nick Rosenberg joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank and has served as its Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since July 2002. Prior to joining Metropolitan Commercial Bank, Mr. Rosenberg served as the Technology Director of PDT Limited, Manchester, United Kingdom.

 

· Michael Guarino, Senior Vice President and Legal Counsel. Michael Guarino joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank in 2008 after 13 years at Israel Discount Bank, where he served, among other capacities, as a compliance officer, an AML-BSA officer, risk management liaison, CRA officer, and Assistant Secretary. Prior to Israel Discount, Mr. Guarino served for ten years in various compliance and legal capacities at First Fidelity/First Union Bank of New Jersey, and before that for eight years as Assistant Treasurer and a Legal Analyst at Chase Manhattan Bank.

 

  81  

 

 

· Karen Rojeski, Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Risk Officer . Karen Rojeski serves as Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer at Metropolitan Commercial Bank. Ms. Rojeski has over 25 years commercial banking experience including assignments in workout and non-performing commercial and commercial real estate loans.

 

· David Lowery, First Vice President and Head of Commercial Real Estate . David Lowery joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank in September 2015. Prior to joining Metropolitan Commercial Bank, Mr. Lowery held the position of Vice President, Senior Relationship Manager in the Commercial Real Estate Group at M&T Bank in New York.

 

· Matthew McNeill, First Vice President and Head of Commercial Lending . Matthew McNeill joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank in August 2013. Prior to joining Metropolitan Commercial Bank, Mr. McNeill held the position of Vice President, Senior Business Relationship Manager at HSBC Bank in New York.

 

· Laura Capra, Senior Vice President, Retail Banking . Laura Capra joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank in October 2012. Prior to joining Metropolitan Commercial Bank, Ms. Capra held the position of SVP Regional Executive of Sovereign Bank. At Sovereign, Ms. Capra was directly responsible for building Sovereign’s retail banking presence in New York City, which ultimately consisted of 18 retail branches.

 

Our Business Strategy

 

Our strategy is to continue to build a relationship-oriented commercial bank through organically growing our existing client relationships and developing new long-term clients. We focus on New York metropolitan area middle-market businesses with annual revenue of $200 million or less and New York metropolitan area real estate entrepreneurs with a net worth of $5 million or more. We look to originate and service CRE and C&I loans of between $2 million and $20 million, which we believe is generally an under-served segment of the market. As we grow, we plan to continue our success in converting many of our lending clients into full retail relationships. Our top 100 clients have an average net worth of nearly $150 million and average liquidity of nearly $14 million, which we believe represents a meaningful opportunity to deepen our relationships.

 

We differentiate ourselves in the marketplace by offering excellent service, competitive products innovative solutions, a relatively flat management structure giving clients access to senior management, and an ability to make lending decisions in a timely manner combined with guarantee of execution. Our lending team has developed industry expertise that enables us to better understand our clients’ businesses and differentiates us from other banks in our market. We believe we are positioned in a market area offering us significant growth opportunities on which we can capitalize.

 

On-Going Relationships and Tailored Products. Everything we do, from the people we recruit, to the retail locations we choose, to the products we offer, is optimized toward the goal of helping our clients build and sustain wealth. We believe our focus on our clients in all aspects of their business, including our cash management solutions as well as lending to support business growth, positions us to be able to provide a host of services our clients need now and will continue to need as they grow their businesses. We have the flexibility and commitment to create solutions tailored to the needs of each client. For example, we entered the healthcare lending space in 2001 and methodically built out processes, procedures, and customized infrastructure to support our clients in this vertical. We intend to continue leveraging the quality of our team, our existing relationships and our client-centered approach to further grow our tailored banking solutions, build deeper relationships and increase penetration in our market area. Additionally, we are always working to improve our team by attracting and developing individuals that embody our spirit as “The Entrepreneurial Bank.” This ensures that we continue to meet our high standard of excellence, which drives relationships and loan growth.

 

Strong Core Deposit Franchise. The strength of our deposit franchise comes from the long-standing relationships we have with our clients and the strong ties we have in our market area. We provide our commercial clients with convenient solutions such as remote deposit capture and business online banking. We expect to continue our success of converting our lending clients into full retail clients. We also plan to strategically expand our retail presence. By the first quarter of 2018, we expect to open our sixth banking center on the Upper East Side of Manhattan, which is a market we have long sought to enter given the abundance of commercial clients and high net worth entrepreneurs. We will also carefully consider further expansion of our banking center network.

 

  82  

 

 

Our debit card issuing business is the other major source of our core deposit base. We expect the debit card issuing business to continue to be a source of low cost deposits, and as our partners grow their own customer bases we expect to benefit as their debit card issuer. Additionally we expect to continue to add new clients to our program. Our debit card issuing business brings a source of fee income in addition to low cost deposits.

 

Debit card deposit growth

 

 

Scalable operating model. We have invested significantly in our bankers, infrastructure and technology in recent years, which we believe has created a scalable platform that will support future growth. Our bankers and banking centers continue to scale in size, and we believe there is capacity to grow our business without making significant additional investments, which we expect will improve operating efficiencies over time. As a result of the investments we made in previous years, our efficiency ratio has fallen to 57% for the six months ended June 30, 2017, which we believe will continue to improve with additional scale.

 

Lending Activities

 

Our strategy is to maintain a loan portfolio that is broadly diversified . Within this general strategy, we intend to focus our growth in commercial and consumer lending to middle-market businesses where we have expertise and market insights. As of June 30, 2017, these product lines in aggregate totaled $370.4 million (or 28.8% of our loan portfolio).

 

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio, by type of loan at the dates indicated.

 

          At December 31,  
    At June 30, 2017     2016     2015  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial   $ 669,963       52.1 %   $ 547,711       51.9 %   $ 364,802       44.4 %
Construction     40,386       3.2       29,447       2.8       38,447       4.7  
Multifamily     179,245       13.9       117,373       11.1       118,367       14.4  
One- to four-family     25,976       2.0       26,480       2.5       37,371       4.5  
Commercial and industrial     332,291       25.8       315,870       29.9       258,661       31.5  
Consumer     38,115       3.0       18,825       1.8       3,825       0.5  
                                                 
Total loans receivable     1,285,976       100.0 %     1,055,706       100.0 %     821,473       100.0 %
                                                 
Deferred loan costs (fees)     (823 )             (1,160 )             (1,175 )        
Allowance for loan losses     (13,909 )             (11,815 )             (9,942 )        
                                                 
Total loans receivable, net   $ 1,271,244             $ 1,042,731             $ 810,356          

 

  83  

 

 

    At December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
                                     
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial   $ 295,347       46.5 %   $ 284,187       56.6 %   $ 272,522       66.0 %
Construction     18,923       3.0       9,563       1.9       4,857       1.2  
Multifamily     93,054       14.7       58,921       11.7       44,249       10.7  
One- to four-family     39,992       6.3       35,030       7.0       1,876       0.5  
Commercial and industrial     187,536       29.5       114,545       22.8       89,338       21.6  
Consumer                                    
                                                 
Total loans receivable     634,852       100.0 %     502,246       100.0 %     421,842       100.0 %
                                                 
Deferred loan costs (fees)     (168 )             (620 )             (1,089 )        
Allowance for loan losses     (7,916 )             (7,512 )             (8,558 )        
                                                 
Total loans receivable, net   $ 626,768             $ 494,114             $ 412,195          

 

Loan Portfolio Maturities. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2016. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in the year ending December 31, 2017. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment date and do not reflect the impact of prepayments and scheduled principal amortization.

 

    Commercial
real estate
    Construction     Multifamily     One- to
four-family
    Commercial
and industrial
    Consumer     Total  
                                           

Due During the Years

Ending December 31,

                                                       
2017   $ 126,874     $ 26,713     $ 19,382     $ 64     $ 68,106     $ 847     $ 241,986  
2018     113,258             21,693             11,500       38       146,489  
2019     75,967             10,250             19,000       549       105,766  
2020 to 2021     92,401       2,734       2,868             70,224       5,133       173,360  
2022 to 2026     132,910             63,180             147,040       12,258       355,388  
2027 to 2031     6,301                                     6,301  
2032 and beyond                       26,416                   26,416  
                                                         
Total   $ 547,711     $ 29,447     $ 117,373     $ 26,480     $ 315,870     $ 18,825     $ 1,055,706  

 

The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2016 that are contractually due after December 31, 2017.

 

    Due After December 31, 2017  
    Fixed     Adjustable     Total  
    (In thousands)  
                   
Real Estate:                        
Commercial   $ 347,126     $ 73,711     $ 420,837  
Construction           2,734       2,734  
Multifamily     80,547       17,444       97,991  
One- to four-family     564       25,852       26,416  
Commercial and industrial     97,361       150,403       247,764  
Consumer     17,978             17,978  
Total   $ 543,576     $ 270,144     $ 813,720  

 

Real Estate Loans. The majority of our real estate secured loans are in the areas surrounding the New York metropolitan area.

 

Commercial Real Estate. CRE loans are the largest component of the real estate loan portfolio and totaled $670.0 million (52.1% of total loans) at June 30, 2017. CRE loans consisted primarily of loans secured by hospitality properties (9.2% of the CRE portfolio), mixed use properties (18.0% of the CRE portfolio) and retail (14.9% of the CRE portfolio), with the remainder comprised of warehouses, condo associations and office properties. Owner-occupied loans represent 19.8% of the CRE portfolio. We both originate and purchase CRE loans. All loans are independently underwritten by us utilizing the same underwriting criteria, and approved by the Loan Committee.

 

  84  

 

 

Multifamily. Multifamily loans totaled $179.2 million (13.9% of total loans) at June 30, 2017. The multifamily loan portfolio consists of loans secured by apartment buildings and mixed-use buildings (predominantly residential income producing) in our primary market area. We originate and purchase multifamily loans. Whether originated or purchased, all loans are independently underwritten by Metropolitan Commercial Bank utilizing the same underwriting criteria and approved by the Loan Committee or in accordance with our Board established approval authorities.

 

Construction Loans. Construction loans are made to builders of single-family homes. We also make a limited amount of land loans to complement our construction lending activities, as such loans are generally secured by lots that will be used for residential development. Land loans also include loans secured by land purchased for investment purposes. At June 30, 2017, our construction loans totaled $40.4 million (3.1% of total loans). At June 30, 2017, land loans totaled $26.4 million (2.1% of total loans).

 

One- to Four-Family Residential. Our one- to four-family residential loans primarily consist of residential loans originated to high net worth clients, secured by primary or secondary homes in the greater New York area.

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans. We make commercial and industrial loans, primarily in our market area, to a variety of professionals, sole proprietorships and small to mid-sized businesses. These loans are generally secured by business assets, and we may support this collateral with junior liens on real property. At June 30, 2017, commercial and industrial loans were $332.3 million (25.8% of total loans). As part of our relationship driven focus, we encourage our commercial borrowers to maintain their primary deposit accounts with us, which enhances our interest rate spread and margin.

 

Commercial lending products include term loans and revolving lines of credit. Commercial loans and lines of credit are made with either adjustable or fixed rates of interest. Adjustable rates and fixed rates are based on the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal, plus a margin. We are focusing our efforts on experienced, growing small- to medium-sized, privately-held companies with solid historical and projected cash flow that operate in our market areas.

 

When making commercial and industrial loans, we consider the financial statements of the borrower, our lending history with the borrower, the debt service capabilities and global cash flows of the borrower and other guarantors, the projected cash flows of the business and the value of the collateral, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment. Depending on the collateral used to secure the loans, commercial and industrial loans are made in amounts of up to 80% of the value of the collateral securing the loan. All of these loans are secured by assets of the respective borrowers.

 

Cash Management Solutions

 

We provide a full suite of cash management solutions for small and mid-sized businesses to easily manage their everyday business cash flow, including receipts, payments, and information management. We provide customized solutions tailored to each business.

 

Our available solutions include information, receivable and payable management services. Information management services include online and telephone banking, account alerts, e-statements and our positive pay, check fraud mitigation product. We also provide receivable management services such as ACH processing, lockbox services remote deposit capture and merchant credit/debit card services.

 

We also provide ACH, check card, online bill payment and payroll direct deposit services under our payable management services. In connection with our debit card solutions, we also offer businesses the ability to provide payroll cards to their employees and can even brand the card for their business.

 

  85  

 

 

Debit Card Issuing Business

 

Debit cards and mobile services are unique and practical solutions for almost any payment need. Debit cards provide a transparent, cost-effective alternative to cash and checks for governments and businesses, as well as individuals. It democratizes electronic payments for those outside the traditional banking system and also serves the needs of customers who find it an ideal payment tool for segmenting their spending such as travel and online shopping.

 

We serve as an issuing bank for debit card programs nationwide. Our products include GPR, payroll, corporate, incentive, commission, rebates, and gift cards. We are one of the few U.S. banks that can issue debit cards for third party program managers and there is a high bar for entry due to the rigorous risk management and compliance requirements.

 

In 2004, we issued our first self-branded GPR debit card, the CashZone Debit Visa Card to help New York Metro unbanked and underbanked families have access to the alternative financial services they wanted and needed. Ever since that time we have provided self-branded debit cards, as well as serving as an issuing bank for debit card programs nationwide.

 

At June 30, 2017, we had $231.0 million of debit card deposits and earned $1.6 million and $2.9 million, respectively, for our debit card services for the six-months ended June 30, 2017 and year ended December 31, 2016.

 

Deposit Funding

 

Deposits are our primary source of funds to support our earning assets and growth. We offer depository products, including checking, savings, money market and certificates of deposit with a variety of rates. Deposits are insured by the FDIC up to statutory limits. Our unique low cost core deposit model is primarily driven by debit card deposits, representing more than 17.0% of $1.3 billion in total deposits at June 30, 2017. Our core deposits (excluding certificates of deposit) represent 94.4% and our cost of funds on this stable funding source is 0.44%, anchored by our noninterest bearing demand deposits representing 52.6% of total deposits, at June 30, 2017. We encourage deposit balances associated with our commercial loan arrangements and cash management relationships be maintained at the Bank.

 

Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities and we do not utilize borrowings as a significant funding source. We generate deposits from our debit card solutions, cash management platform and local businesses, individuals through client referrals and other relationships and through our retail branch network. We believe we have a very stable core deposit base as we encourage and are successful in having business borrowers maintain their operating banking relationship with us. Our low cost of funds is due to our deposit composition consisting of approximately 52.6% in transaction accounts at June 30, 2017. Our deposit strategy primarily focuses on developing borrowing and other service orientated relationships with customers rather than competing with other institutions on rate. We have established deposit concentration thresholds to avoid the possibility of dependence on any single depositor base for funds.

 

Credit Risk Management

 

We control credit risk both through disciplined underwriting of each transaction, as well as active credit management processes and procedures to manage risk and minimize loss throughout the life of a transaction. We seek to maintain a broadly diversified loan portfolio in terms of type of customer, type of loan product, geographic area and industries in which our business customers are engaged. We have developed tailored underwriting criteria and credit management processes for each of the various loan product types we offer our customers.

 

Underwriting. In evaluating each potential loan relationship, we adhere to a disciplined underwriting evaluation process including but not limited to the following:

 

· understanding the customer’s financial condition and ability to repay the loan;

 

  86  

 

 

· verifying that the primary and secondary sources of repayment are adequate in relation to the amount and structure of the loan;

 

· observing appropriate loan to value guidelines for collateral secured loans;

 

· maintaining our targeted levels of diversification for the loan portfolio, both as to type of borrower and geographic location of collateral; and

 

· ensuring that each loan is properly documented with perfected liens on collateral.

 

Commercial and Industrial Loans. Unlike residential real estate loans, which generally are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment or other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable, commercial and industrial loans are of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Our commercial and industrial loans are originated primarily based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most often, this collateral consists of real estate, accounts receivable, inventory or equipment. Credit support provided by the borrower for most of these loans is based on the liquidation of the pledged collateral and enforcement of a personal guarantee, if any. Further, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial and industrial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself.

 

Consumer Loans. Consumer loans may entail greater risk than residential real estate loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as motor vehicles. Repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan and a small remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower. Consumer loan collections depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and therefore are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

 

Commercial Real Estate and Multifamily Loans. Loans secured by commercial and multifamily real estate generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Of primary concern in commercial and multifamily real estate lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the feasibility and cash flow potential of the project. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent than residential real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy.

 

In approving a commercial or multifamily real estate loan, we consider and review a global cash flow analysis of the borrower and consider the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability and the value of the underlying property. Maximum LTV ratios are 80% of appraised value and we generally require that the properties securing these real estate loans have minimum debt service ratios (the ratio of earnings before debt service to debt service) of 115%. Loan terms are fifteen years or less with the option to extend another five years and amortization is based on a 25-30 year schedule or less. An environmental phase one report is obtained when the possibility exists that hazardous materials may have existed on the site, or the site may have been impacted by adjoining properties that handled hazardous materials. To monitor cash flows on income properties, we require borrowers and loan guarantors, if any, to provide annual financial statements on commercial and multifamily real estate loans.

 

One- to Four-Family Residential Loans. At June 30, 2017, we had $26.0 million of loans secured by one- to four-family residential properties, or approximately 2.0% of our total loan portfolio. These loans primarily consist of residential loans originated to high net worth clients, secured by primary or secondary homes in the greater New York area.

 

  87  

 

 

Construction Loans. Construction lending involves additional risks when compared with permanent residential lending because funds are advanced upon the security of the project, which is of uncertain value prior to its completion. This type of lending also typically involves higher loan principal amounts and is often concentrated with a small number of builders. In addition, generally during the term of a construction loan, interest may be funded by the borrower or disbursed from an interest reserve set aside from the construction loan budget. These loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or obtain permanent take-out financing, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. Our construction loans are based upon estimates of costs and values associated with the completed project. Underwriting is focused on the borrowers’ financial strength, credit history and demonstrated ability to produce a quality product and effectively market and manage their operations.

 

  88  

 

 

Originations, Purchases and Sales of Loans. The following table sets forth our loan origination, purchase, sale and principal repayment activity during the periods indicated.

 

    Six Months
Ended June 30,
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2017     2016     2015     2014     2013     2012  
                                     
Total loans, including loans held for sale, at beginning of period   $ 1,055,706     $ 821,473     $ 634,852     $ 502,246     $ 421,842     $ 419,925  
                                                 
Loans originated:                                                
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial     72,400       230,790       239,005       85,860       70,766       62,593  
Construction     12,950       10,685       30,333       5,729       12,925        
Multifamily     57,070       89,643       17,300       24,175       17,055       3,500  
One- to four-family     17,750       12,685       37,663       22,895       30,747       7,550  
Commercial and industrial     114,292       64,461       60,373       81,058       73,793       36,752  
Consumer     12,596       16,605       3,966                    
Total loans originated     287,058       424,869       388,640       219,717       205,286       110,395  
                                                 
Loans purchased:                                                
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial                                   5,000  
Construction                                    
Multifamily                                    
One- to four-family                                    
Commercial and industrial     46,756       108,726       68,283       38,875       41,965       18,987  
Consumer                                    
Total loans purchased     46,756       108,726       68,283       38,875       41,965       23,987  
                                                 
Loans sold:                                                
Real Estate:                                                
Commercial                                    
Construction                                    
Multifamily                                    
One- to four-family                                    
Commercial and industrial     7,781       26,095             10,986              
Consumer                                    
Total loans sold     7,781       26,095             10,986              
                                                 
Other:                                                
Principal repayments     (95,672 )     (273,268 )     (270,302 )     (125,986 )     (115,000 )     (132,465 )
                                                 
Net loan activity     223,095       234,232       186,621       121,620       132,606       1,917  
Total loans, including loans held for sale, at end of period   $ 1,285,976     $ 1,055,706     $ 821,473     $ 623,866     $ 634,852     $ 421,842  

 

Loan Approval Authority . Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our Board of Directors and management. We have established several levels of lending authority that have been delegated by the Board of Directors to the Loan Committee, the Chief Lending Officer and other personnel in accordance with the Lending Authority in the Loan Policy. Authority limits are based on the total exposure of the borrower and are conditioned on the loan conforming to the policies contained in the Loan Policy. Any Loan Policy exceptions are fully disclosed to the approving authority.

 

Loans to One Borrower. In accordance with loans-to-one-borrower regulations promulgated by the NYSDFS, the Bank is generally limited to lending no more than 15% of its unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus to any one borrower or borrowing entity. This limit may be increased by an additional 10% for loans secured by readily marketable collateral having a market value, as determined by reliable and continuously available price quotations, at least equal to the amount of funds outstanding. To qualify for this additional 10% the bank must perfect a security interest in the collateral and the collateral must have a market value at all times of at least 100% of the loan amount that exceeds 15% of the Bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. At June 30, 2017, our regulatory limit on loans-to-one borrower was $24.0 million.

 

  89  

 

 

Management understands the importance of concentration risk and continuously monitors to ensure that portfolio risk is balanced between such factors as loan type, industry, geography, collateral, structure, maturity and risk rating, among other things. Our Loan Policy establishes detailed concentration limits and sub limits by loan type and geography.

 

Ongoing Credit Risk Management. In addition to the tailored underwriting process described above, we perform ongoing risk monitoring and review processes for all credit exposures. Although we grade and classify our loans internally, we have an independent third party professional firm perform regular loan reviews to confirm loan classifications. We strive to identify potential problem loans early in an effort to aggressively seek resolution of these situations before the loans create a loss, record any necessary charge-offs promptly and maintain adequate allowance levels for probable loan losses incurred in the loan portfolio.

 

In general, whenever a particular loan or overall borrower relationship is downgraded to pass-watch or substandard based on one or more standard loan grading factors, our credit officers engage in active evaluation of the asset to determine the appropriate resolution strategy. Management regularly reviews the status of the watch list and classified assets portfolio as well as the larger credits in the portfolio.

 

Investments

 

We manage our investments primarily for liquidity purposes, with a secondary focus on returns. The large majority of our investments are classified as available-for-sale and can be used to collateralize Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLB”) borrowings, FRB borrowings, public funds deposits or other borrowings. At June 30, 2017, our investment portfolio had a fair value of $41.5 million, and consisted primarily of residential mortgage-backed securities, residential collateralized mortgage obligations, CRA mutual funds and municipal bonds.

 

Our investment objectives are primarily to provide and maintain liquidity, establish an acceptable level of interest rate risk, to provide a use of funds when demand for loans is weak and to generate a favorable return. Our board of directors has the overall responsibility for the investment portfolio, including approval of our investment policy. The Asset Liability Committee (ALCO) and management are responsible for implementation of the investment policy and monitoring our investment performance. The Board of Directors reviews the status of our investment portfolio quarterly.

 

We have legal authority to invest in various types of investment securities and liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various government-sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed and municipal government securities, deposits at the FHLB, certificates of deposit of federally insured institutions, investment grade corporate bonds and investment grade money market mutual funds. We also are required to maintain an investment in FHLB stock, which investment is based primarily on the level of our FHLB borrowings. Additionally, we are required to maintain an investment in Federal Reserve Bank of New York stock equal to six percent of our capital and surplus. While we have the authority under applicable law to enter into certain derivatives transactions, we had not entered into any derivatives transactions at June 30, 2017.

 

Borrowings

 

We maintain diverse funding sources including borrowing lines at the FHLB and the Federal Reserve Bank discount window. Although we do not utilize borrowings as a significant funding source, we have from time to time utilized advances from the FHLB to supplement our supply of investable funds. The FHLB provides a central credit facility primarily for its member financial institutions. As a member, we are required to own capital stock in the FHLB and are authorized to apply for advances collateralized by the security of such stock and certain of our whole first mortgage loans and other assets (principally securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States), provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met. Advances are made under several different programs, each having its own interest rate and range of maturities. Depending on the program, limitations on the amount of advances are based either on a fixed percentage of an institution’s net worth or on the Federal Home Loan Bank’s assessment of the institution’s creditworthiness. As of June 30, 2017, we had $175.0 million of available borrowing capacity with the FHLB. On that date, we had no advances outstanding from the FHLB. The Federal Reserve Bank discount window is maintained primarily for contingency funding sources.

 

  90  

 

 

Competitors

 

The bank and non-bank financial services industries in our markets and surrounding areas is highly competitive. We compete with a wide range of regional and national banks located in our market areas as well as non-bank commercial finance companies on a nationwide basis. We experience competition in both lending and attracting funds as well as merchant processing services from commercial banks, savings associations, credit unions, consumer finance companies, pension trusts, mutual funds, insurance companies, mortgage bankers and brokers, brokerage and investment banking firms, non-bank lenders, government agencies and certain other non-financial institutions. Many of these competitors have more assets, capital and lending limits, and resources than we do and may be able to conduct more intensive and broader-based promotional efforts to reach both commercial and individual customers. Competition for deposit products can depend heavily on pricing because of the ease with which customers can transfer deposits from one institution to another.

 

Our primary market areas are New York (Manhattan) and Nassau Counties, New York. Our market area has a diversified economy typical of most urban population centers, with the majority of employment provided by services, wholesale/retail trade finance/insurance/real estate (“FIRE”) and construction. Services account for the largest employment sector across the two primary market area counties, while wholesale/retail trade accounts for the second largest employment sector in Nassau and New York Counties. New York City is one of the premier financial centers in the world, and thus FIRE is the third largest employment sector in New York County.

 

Personnel

 

As of June 30, 2017, we had 118 full-time employees, none of who are represented by a collective bargaining unit. We believe we have a good working relationship with our employees.

 

Subsidiaries

 

Metropolitan Commercial Bank is the sole subsidiary of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and there are no subsidiaries of Metropolitan Commercial Bank.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are subject to certain pending and threatened legal actions that arise out of the normal course of business. Management, following consultation with legal counsel, does not expect the ultimate disposition of any or a combination of these matters to have a material adverse effect on our business. However, given the nature, scope and complexity of the extensive legal and regulatory landscape applicable to our business (including laws and regulations governing consumer protection, fair lending, fair labor, privacy, information security and anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws), we, like all banking organizations, are subject to heightened legal and regulatory compliance and litigation risk.

 

Properties

 

As of June 30, 2017, each of the Company’s offices are leased, and the net book value of our furniture, fixtures and equipment was $5.7 million.

 

We believe that current facilities are adequate to meet our present and foreseeable needs, subject to possible future expansion.

 

  91  

 

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

General 

 

Metropolitan Commercial Bank is a commercial bank organized under the laws of the State of New York. It is a member of the Federal Reserve System and its deposits are insured under the DIF of the FDIC up to applicable legal limits. The lending, investment, deposit-taking, and other business authority of Metropolitan Commercial Bank is governed primarily by state and federal law and regulations and Metropolitan Commercial Bank is prohibited from engaging in any operations not authorized by such laws and regulations. Metropolitan Commercial Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by, and the enforcement authority of, the NYSDFS and FRB, and to a lesser extent by the FDIC, as its deposit insurer. Metropolitan Commercial Bank is also subject to federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations of the CFPB, though, because it has less than $10 billion in total consolidated assets, the FRB and NYSDFS are responsible for examining and supervising the bank’s compliance with these laws. The regulatory structure establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a state member bank may engage and is primarily intended for the protection of depositors, customers and the DIF. The regulatory structure gives the regulatory agencies extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. is a bank holding company, due to its control of Metropolitan Commercial Bank, and is therefore subject to the requirements of the BHCA, and regulation and supervision by the FRB. The Company files reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the FRB.

 

Any change in the applicable laws and regulations, whether by the NYSDFS, FRB, the FDIC, or the CFPB through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on Metropolitan Commercial Bank and the Company and their operations and the Company’s stockholders.

 

The Dodd-Frank Act made extensive changes in the regulation of insured depository institutions. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act (i) created a new CFPB as an independent bureau to assume responsibility for the implementation of the federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations, a function previously assigned to prudential regulators; (although institutions of less than $10 billion in assets, such as Metropolitan Commercial Bank, continue to be examined for compliance with consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations by, and be subject to the primary enforcement authority of their primary federal bank regulator rather than the CFPB); (ii) directed changes in the way that institutions are assessed for deposit insurance; (iii) mandated the revision of regulatory capital requirements; (iv) codified the FRB’s long-standing policy that a bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for its subsidiary banks; (v) required regulations requiring originators of certain securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for the transferred loans; (vi) stipulated regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees; (vii) repealed restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits; (viii) enacted the so-called Volcker Rule, which general prohibits banking organizations from engaging in proprietary trading and from investing in, sponsoring or having certain relationships with hedge funds and (ix) contained a number of reforms related to mortgage originations.

 

While most of the changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act that impact the Company have been implemented or are expected to follow a known trajectory, new changes under the Trump administration, including their nature, timing and impact, cannot yet be determined with any degree of certainty.

 

What follows is a summary of some of the laws and regulations applicable to Metropolitan Commercial Bank and the Company. The summary is not intended to be exhaustive and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual laws and regulations.

 

  92  

 

 

Metropolitan Commercial Bank

 

Loans and Investments

 

State commercial banks have authority to originate and purchase any type of loan, including commercial, commercial real estate, residential mortgages or consumer loans. Aggregate loans by a state commercial bank to any single borrower or group of related borrowers are generally limited to 15% of Metropolitan Commercial Bank’s capital and surplus, plus an additional 10% if secured by specified readily marketable collateral.

 

Federal and state law and regulations limit Metropolitan Commercial Bank’s investment authority. Generally, a state member bank is prohibited from investing in corporate equity securities for its own account other than the equity securities of companies through which the bank conducts its business. Under federal and state regulations, a New York state member bank may invest in investment securities for its own account up to specified limits depending upon the type of security. “Investment securities” are generally defined as marketable obligations that are investment grade and not predominantly speculative in nature. The NYSDFS classifies investment securities into five different types and, depending on its type, a state commercial bank may have the authority to deal in and underwrite the security. The NYSDFS has also permitted New York-chartered state member banks to purchase certain non-investment securities that can be reclassified and underwritten as loans.

 

Lending Standards and Guidance

 

The federal banking agencies adopted uniform regulations prescribing standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. Under these regulations, all insured depository institutions, such as Metropolitan Commercial Bank, must adopt and maintain written policies establishing appropriate limits and standards for extensions of credit that are secured by liens or interests in real estate or are made for the purpose of financing permanent improvements to real estate. These policies must establish loan portfolio diversification standards, prudent underwriting standards (including loan-to-value limits) that are clear and measurable, loan administration procedures, and documentation, approval and reporting requirements. The real estate lending policies must reflect consideration of the federal bank regulators’ Interagency Guidelines for Real Estate Lending Policies that have been adopted.

 

The FDIC, the OCC and the FRB have also jointly issued the CRE Guidance. The CRE Guidance, which addresses land development, construction, and certain multi-family loans, as well as commercial real estate loans, does not establish specific lending limits but rather, reinforces and enhances these agencies’ existing regulations and guidelines for such lending and portfolio management. Specifically, the CRE Guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in CRE lending if (1) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of total risk-based capital; or (2) total reported loans secured by multi-family properties, non-farm non-residential properties (excluding those that are owner-occupied), and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300% or more of total risk-based capital and the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address key elements, including board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending.

 

Federal Deposit Insurance

 

Deposit accounts at Metropolitan Commercial Bank are insured up to applicable legal limits by the FDIC’s DIF. Effective July 22, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act permanently raised the deposit insurance available on all deposit accounts to $250,000.

 

  93  

 

 

Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured depository institutions were assigned a risk category based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s rate depended upon the category to which it is assigned, and certain adjustments specified by FDIC regulations. Institutions deemed less risky pay lower FDIC assessments. The Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its procedures to base its assessments upon each insured depository institution’s total assets less tangible equity instead of deposits. The FDIC finalized a rule, effective April 1, 2011, that set the assessment range at 2.5 to 45 basis points of total assets less tangible equity. Effective July 1, 2016, the FDIC adopted changes that eliminated the risk categories and base assessments for most banks on financial measures and supervisory ratings derived from statistical modeling estimating the probability of failure over three years. In conjunction with the DIF reserve ratio achieving 1.5%, the assessment range (inclusive of possible adjustments) was also reduced for small institutions to 1.5 basis points to 30 basis points of total assets less tangible equity.

 

The FDIC may adjust its assessment scale uniformly, except that no adjustment can deviate more than two basis points from the base scale without notice and comment. No insured depository institution may pay a dividend if in default of the federal deposit insurance assessment.

 

The FDIC may terminate deposit insurance upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of Metropolitan Commercial Bank’s deposit insurance.

 

In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (FICO) is authorized to impose and collect, through the FDIC as collection agent, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the now defunct Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended June 30, 2017, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 0.56 basis points of average consolidated total assets less average tangible equity.

 

Capitalization

 

The FRB regulations require state member banks, such as Metropolitan Commercial Bank, to meet several minimum capital standards: a common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio, a Tier 1 capital to risk-based assets ratio, a total capital to risk-based assets and a Tier 1 capital to total assets leverage ratio. The existing capital requirements were effective January 1, 2015 and are the result of a final rule implementing regulatory amendments based on recommendations of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

The capital standards require the maintenance of a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio, Tier 1 capital ratio and total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 4.5%, 6% and 8%, respectively, and a leverage ratio of at least 4% Tier 1 capital. Common equity Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common stockholders’ equity and related surplus, plus retained earnings, less any amounts of goodwill, other intangible assets, and other items required to be deducted. Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common equity Tier 1 and Additional Tier 1 capital. Additional Tier 1 capital generally includes certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries. Total capital includes Tier 1 capital (common equity Tier 1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 capital) and Tier 2 capital. Tier 2 capital primarily includes capital instruments and related surplus meeting specified requirements, and may include cumulative preferred stock and long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, intermediate preferred stock and subordinated debt. Also included in Tier 2 capital is the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and, for institutions that have exercised an opt-out election regarding the treatment of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Institutions that have not exercised the AOCI opt-out have AOCI incorporated into common equity Tier 1 capital (including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale-securities). We exercised the opt-out election regarding the treatment of AOCI. Calculation of all types of regulatory capital is subject to deductions and adjustments specified in the regulations.

 

In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets for purposes of calculating risk-based capital ratios, a bank’s assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets (e.g., recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes, residual interests), are multiplied by a risk weight factor assigned by the regulations based on perceived risks inherent in the type of asset. Higher levels of capital are required for asset categories believed to present greater risk. For example, a risk weight of 0% is assigned to cash and U.S. government securities, a risk weight of 50% is generally assigned to prudently underwritten first lien one- to four-family residential mortgages, a risk weight of 100% is assigned to commercial and consumer loans, a risk weight of 150% is assigned to certain past due loans or are on non-accrual status and a risk weight of between 0% to 600% is assigned to permissible equity interests, depending on certain specified factors.

 

  94  

 

 

In addition to establishing the minimum regulatory capital requirements, the regulations limit capital distributions and certain discretionary bonus payments to management if the institution does not hold a “capital conservation buffer” consisting of 2.5% of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the amount necessary to meet its minimum risk-based capital requirements. The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing each year until fully implemented at 2.5% on January 1, 2019.

 

Safety and Soundness Standards

 

Each federal banking agency, including the FRB, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to, among other things, internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, compensation, fees and benefits and information security standards. In general, the guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired, and require appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder. The FDIC also has issued guidance on risks banks may face from third party relationships (e.g. relationships under which the third party provides services to the bank). The guidance generally requires the bank to perform adequate due diligence on the third party, appropriately document the relationship, and perform adequate oversight and auditing, in order to the limit the risks to the bank.

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

 

Federal law requires that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the statute establishes five capital tiers: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized.

 

State member banks that have insufficient capital are subject to certain mandatory and discretionary supervisory measures. For example, a bank that is “undercapitalized” (i.e. fails to comply with any regulatory capital requirement) is subject to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations, and is required to submit a capital restoration plan; a holding company that controls such a bank is required to guarantee that the bank complies with the restoration plan. If an undercapitalized institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” A “significantly undercapitalized” bank is subject to additional restrictions. State member banks deemed by the FRB to be “critically undercapitalized” also may not make any payment of principal or interest on certain subordinated debt, extend credit for a highly leveraged transaction, or enter into any material transactions outside the ordinary course of business after 60 days of obtaining such status, and are subject to the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after obtaining such status.

 

The final rule that increased regulatory capital standards also adjusted the prompt corrective action tiers as of January 1, 2015 to conform to the new capital standards. The various categories now incorporate the newly adopted common equity Tier 1 capital requirement, an increase in the Tier 1 to risk-based assets requirement and other changes. Under the revised prompt corrective action requirements, insured depository institutions are required to meet the following in order to qualify as “well capitalized:” (1) a common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5% (new standard); (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% (increased from 6%); (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% (unchanged) and (4) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% (unchanged).

 

  95  

 

 

Dividends

 

Under federal and state law and applicable regulations, a state member bank may generally declare a dividend, without approval from the NYSDFS or FRB, in an amount equal to its year-to-date net income plus the prior two years’ net income that is still available for dividend. Dividends exceeding those amounts require application to and approval by the NYSDFS or FRB. To pay a cash dividend, a state member bank must also maintain an adequate capital conservation buffer under the new capital rules discussed above.

 

Incentive Compensation Guidance

 

The FRB, OCC, FDIC and other federal banking agencies have issued comprehensive guidance intended to ensure that the incentive compensation policies of banking organizations, including state member banks and bank holding companies, do not undermine the safety and soundness of those organizations by encouraging excessive risk-taking. The incentive compensation guidance sets expectations for banking organizations concerning their incentive compensation arrangements and related risk-management, control and governance processes. In addition, under the incentive compensation guidance, a banking organization’s federal supervisor, which for Metropolitan Commercial Bank and the Company is the FRB, may initiate enforcement action if the organization’s incentive compensation arrangements pose a risk to the safety and soundness of the organization. Further, provisions of the Basel III regime described above limit discretionary bonus payments to bank and bank holding company executives if the institution’s regulatory capital ratios fail to exceed certain thresholds. The scope and content of the banking regulators’ policies on incentive compensation are likely to continue evolving.

 

Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

 

Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act govern transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates, which includes the Company. The FRB has adopted Regulation W, which implements and interprets Sections 23A and 23B, in part by codifying prior FRB interpretations.

 

An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. A subsidiary of a bank that is not also a depository institution or a “financial subsidiary” under federal law is not treated as an affiliate of the bank for the purposes of Sections 23A and 23B; however, the FRB has the discretion to treat subsidiaries of a bank as affiliates on a case-by-case basis. Section 23A limits the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus. There is an aggregate limit of 20% of the bank’s capital stock and surplus for such transactions with all affiliates. The term “covered transaction” includes, among other things, the making of a loan to an affiliate, a purchase of assets from an affiliate, the issuance of a guarantee on behalf of an affiliate and the acceptance of securities of an affiliate as collateral for a loan. All such transactions are required to be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices and no transaction may involve the acquisition of any “low quality asset” from an affiliate unless certain conditions are satisfied. Certain covered transactions, such as loans to or guarantees on behalf of an affiliate, must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100 to 130 percent of the loan amount, depending upon the type of collateral. In addition, Section 23B requires that any covered transaction (and specified other transactions) between a bank and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable, to the bank, as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.

 

A bank’s loans to its executive officers, directors, any owner of more than 10% of its stock (each, an “insider”) and certain entities affiliated with any such person (an insider’s “related interest”) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation O. The aggregate amount of a bank’s loans to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to state member banks. Aggregate loans by a bank to its insiders and insiders’ related interests may not exceed 15% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus in the case of loans that are fully secured by readily marketable collateral, or when the aggregate amount on all of the extensions of credit outstanding to all of these persons would exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. With certain exceptions, such as education loans and certain residential mortgages, a bank’s loans to its executive officers may not exceed the greater of $25,000 or 2.5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, but in no event more than $100,000. Regulation O also requires that any loan to an insider or a related interest of an insider be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank, with any interested director not participating in the voting, if the loan, when aggregated with any existing loans to that insider or the insider’s related interests, would exceed the higher of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Generally, such loans must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are no less stringent than, those that are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and must not involve more than a normal risk of repayment. An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank.

 

  96  

 

 

Enforcement

 

The NYSDFS and the FRB have extensive enforcement authority over state member banks to correct unsafe or unsound practices and violations of law or regulation. Such authority includes the issuance of cease and desist orders, assessment of civil money penalties and removal of officers and directors. The FRB may also appoint a conservator or receiver for a state member bank under specified circumstances, such as where (i) the bank’s assets are less than its obligations to creditors, (ii) the bank is likely to be unable to pay its obligations or meet depositors’ demands in the normal course of business, or (iii) a substantial dissipation of bank assets or earnings has occurred due to a violation of law of regulation or unsafe or unsound practices. Separately, the Superintendent of the NYSDFS also has the authority to appoint a receiver or liquidator of any state-chartered bank under specified circumstances, including where (i) the bank is conducting its business in an unauthorized or unsafe manner, (ii) the bank has suspended payment of its obligations, or (iii) the bank cannot with safety and expediency continue to do business.

 

Federal Reserve System

 

Under FRB regulations, Metropolitan Commercial Bank is required to maintain reserves at the FRB against its transaction accounts, including checking and NOW accounts. The regulations currently require that banks maintain average daily reserves of 3% on aggregate transaction accounts over $15.5 million and 10% against that portion of total transaction accounts in excess of $115.1 million. The first $15.5 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempted from the reserve requirements. The Bank is in compliance with these requirements. The requirements are adjusted annually by the FRB. The FRB began paying interest on reserves in 2008, currently at 0.50%.

 

Examinations and Assessments

 

Metropolitan Commercial Bank is required to file periodic reports with and is subject to periodic examination by the NYSDFS and FRB. Federal and state regulations generally require periodic on-site examinations for all depository institutions. Metropolitan Commercial Bank is required to pay an annual assessment to the NYSDFS and FRB to fund the agencies’ operations.

 

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws

 

Federal Regulation

 

Under the CRA, Metropolitan Commercial Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA requires the FRB to assess its record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by Metropolitan Commercial Bank. For example, the regulations specify that a bank’s CRA performance will be considered in its expansion (e.g., branching or merger) proposals and may be the basis for approving, denying or conditioning the approval of an application. As of the date of its most recent FRB evaluation, Metropolitan Commercial Bank was rated “Satisfactory” with respect to its CRA compliance.

 

  97  

 

 

New York State Regulation

 

Metropolitan Commercial Bank is also subject to provisions of the New York State Banking Law that impose continuing and affirmative obligations upon a banking institution organized in New York State to serve the credit needs of its local community. Such obligations are substantially similar to those imposed by the CRA. The latest New York State CRA rating received by Metropolitan Commercial Bank is “Satisfactory.”

 

USA PATRIOT Act and Money Laundering

 

Metropolitan Commercial Bank is subject to the BSA, which incorporates several laws, including the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA PATRIOT Act and related regulations. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to address money laundering and terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the BSA, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act implemented measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.

 

Among other things, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act and the related regulations require:

 

· Establishment of anti-money laundering compliance programs that includes policies, procedures, and internal controls; the appointment of an anti-money laundering compliance officer; a training program; and independent testing;

 

· Filing of certain reports to FinCEN and law enforcement that are designated to assist in the detection and prevention of money laundering and terrorist financing activities;

 

· Establishment of a program specifying procedures for obtaining and maintaining certain records from customers seeking to open new accounts, including verifying the identity of customers;

 

· In certain circumstances, compliance with enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money-laundering, terrorist financing and other suspicious activity;

 

· Monitoring account activity for suspicious transactions; and

 

· A heightened level of review for certain high risk customers or accounts.

 

The USA PATRIOT Act also includes prohibitions on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and requires compliance with record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks.

 

The bank regulatory agencies have increased the regulatory scrutiny of the BSA and anti-money laundering programs maintained by financial institutions. Significant penalties and fines, as well as other supervisory orders may be imposed on a financial institution for non-compliance with these requirements. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies must consider the effectiveness of financial institutions engaging in a merger transaction in combating money laundering activities.

 

Metropolitan Commercial Bank has adopted policies and procedures to comply with these requirements.

 

  98  

 

 

Privacy Laws

 

Metropolitan Commercial Bank is subject to a variety of federal and state privacy laws, which govern the collection, safeguarding, sharing and use of customer information, and require that financial institutions have in place policies regarding information privacy and security. For example, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s privacy policy and practices for sharing nonpublic information with third parties, provide advance notice of any changes to the policies and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties. It also requires banks to safeguard personal information of consumer customers. Some state laws also protect the privacy of information of state residents and require adequate security for such data, and certain state laws may, in some circumstances, require us to notify affected individuals of security breaches of computer databases that contain their personal information. These laws may also require us to notify law enforcement, regulators or consumer reporting agencies in the event of a data breach, as well as businesses and governmental agencies that own data.

 

Debit Card Products and Merchant Services

 

Metropolitan Commercial Bank is also subject to the rules of Visa, MasterCard and other payment networks in which it participates. If Metropolitan Commercial Bank fails to comply with such rules, the networks could impose fines or require us to stop providing merchant services for cards under such network’s brand or routed through such network.

 

Consumer Finance Regulations

 

The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. In this regard, the CFPB has commenced issuing several new rules to implement various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that were specifically identified as being enforced by the CFPB. See “Risk Factors – New and future rulemaking from the CFPB may have a material effect on our operations and operating costs.”

 

The FRB and the NYSDFS are responsible for examining and supervising the Bank’s compliance with these consumer financial laws and regulations. In addition, the Bank is subject to certain state laws and regulations designed to protect consumers.

 

Other Regulations

 

Metropolitan Commercial Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as:

 

· The Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

 

· The Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring that borrowers for mortgage loans for one- to four-family residential real estate receive various disclosures, including good faith estimates of settlement costs, lender servicing and escrow account practices, and prohibiting certain practices that increase the cost of settlement services;

 

· The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

 

· The Equal Credit Opportunity Act and other fair lending laws, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, religion, sex and other prohibited factors in extending credit;

 

· The Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use of credit reports on consumers and the provision of information to credit reporting agencies;

 

· Unfair or Deceptive Acts or Practices laws and regulations;

 

  99  

 

 

· The Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and

 

· The rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.

 

The operations of Metropolitan Commercial Bank are further subject to the:

 

· The Truth in Savings Act, which specifies disclosure requirements with respect to deposit accounts;

 

· The Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

 

· The Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;

 

· The Check Clearing for the 21 st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check; and

 

· State unclaimed property or escheatment laws.

 

Holding Company Regulation

 

The Company, as a bank holding company controlling Metropolitan Commercial Bank, is subject to regulation and supervision by the FRB under the BHCA. The Company is periodically examined by, required to submit reports to the FRB and is required to comply with the FRB’s rules and regulations. Among other things, the FRB has authority to restrict activities by a bank holding company that are deemed to pose a serious risk to the subsidiary bank.

 

The FRB has historically imposed consolidated capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding structured similar, but not identical, to those of state member banks. The Dodd-Frank Act directed the FRB to issue consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. The previously discussed final rule regarding regulatory capital requirements implemented the Dodd-Frank Act as to bank holding company capital standards. Consolidated regulatory capital requirements identical to those applicable to the subsidiary banks applied to bank holding companies as of January 1, 2015. The Company is subject to the consolidated holding company capital requirements.

 

The policy of the FRB is that a bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks by providing capital and other support in times of distress. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy.

 

Under the prompt corrective action provisions of federal law, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank is required to guarantee, within specified limits, the capital restoration plan that is required of an undercapitalized bank. If an undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to implement an accepted plan, the FRB may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying dividends or making any other capital distribution.

 

  100  

 

 

As a bank holding company, the Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the FRB to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of a class of voting securities of any additional bank or bank holding company, to acquire all or substantially all, the assets of any additional bank or bank holding company or merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company. In evaluating acquisition application, the FRB evaluates factors such as the financial condition, management resources and future prospects of the parties, the convenience and needs of the communities involved and competitive factors. In addition, bank holding companies may generally only engage in activities that are closely related to banking as determined by the FRB. Bank holding companies that meet certain criteria may opt to become a financial holding company and thereby engage in a broader array of financial activities.

 

FRB policy is that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past two years is sufficient to fund the dividends and the prospective rate of earnings retention is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. In addition, FRB guidance sets forth the supervisory expectation that bank holding companies will inform and consult with FRB staff in advance of issuing a dividend that exceeds earnings for the quarter and should inform the FRB and should eliminate, defer or significantly reduce dividends if (i) net income available to stockholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with the bank holding company's capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition, or (iii) the bank holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios.

 

A bank holding company that is not well capitalized or well managed, or that is subject to any unresolved supervisory issues, is required to give the FRB prior written notice of any repurchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for repurchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such repurchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, will be equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The FRB may disapprove such a repurchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice or violate a law or regulation. However, FRB guidance generally provides for bank holding company consultation with Federal Reserve Bank staff prior to engaging in a repurchase or redemption of a bank holding company’s stock, even if a formal written notice is not required.

 

The above FRB requirements may restrict a bank holding company’s ability to pay dividends to stockholders or engage in repurchases or redemptions of its shares.

 

Acquisition of Control of the Company. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a bank holding company such as the Company unless the FRB has been prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. In evaluating such notices, the FRB takes into consideration such factors as the financial resources, competence, experience and integrity of the acquirer, the future prospects the bank holding company involved and its subsidiary bank and the competitive effects of the acquisition.  Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the company’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that the acquirer has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution.  Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a bank holding company’s voting stock constitutes a rebuttable presumption of control under the regulations under certain circumstances including where, is the case with the Company, the issuer has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Federal Securities Laws

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.’s common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the completion of the stock offering. Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. will be a reporting company subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (the “JOBS Act”), which was enacted in April 2012, has made numerous changes to the federal securities laws to facilitate access to capital markets. Under the JOBS Act, a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.07 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year qualifies as an “emerging growth company.” Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. qualifies as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act.

 

  101  

 

 

An “emerging growth company” may choose not to hold stockholder votes to approve annual executive compensation (more frequently referred to as “say-on-pay” votes) or executive compensation payable in connection with a merger (more frequently referred to as “say-on-golden parachute” votes). An emerging growth company also is not subject to the requirement that its auditors attest to the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting, and can provide scaled disclosure regarding executive compensation; however, Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. will also not be subject to the auditor attestation requirement or additional executive compensation disclosure so long as it remains a “smaller reporting company” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally less than $75 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates). Finally, an emerging growth company may elect to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a private company, but must make such election when the company is first required to file a registration statement. Such an election is irrevocable during the period a company is an emerging growth company. Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. has elected to comply with new or amended accounting pronouncements in the same manner as a public company.

 

A company loses emerging growth company status on the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year of the company during which it had total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year of the issuer following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; (iii) the date on which such company has, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which such company is deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under Securities and Exchange Commission regulations (generally, at least $700 million of voting and non-voting equity held by non-affiliates).

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 is intended to improve corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. We have policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and we review and document such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.

 

  102  

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Our Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following table states our directors’ names, their ages as of June 30, 2017, the years that they began serving as directors and when their current term as directors of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. expires.

 

Name

 

Position(s) With the Company

 

Age at
June 30,
2017

 

Director

Since

 

Expiration

of Term

                 
Mark R. DeFazio   President and Chief Executive Officer and Director   54   1999   2018
David M. Gavrin   Chairman of the Board   82   1999   2019
Mark H. Goldberg   Director   72   2006   2020
Harvey M. Gutman   Director   71   2008   2018
Robert C. Patent   Director   67   1999   2020
George J. Wolf, Jr.   Director   65   2001   2018
William Reinhardt   Director   70   2013   2020
Maria Ramirez   Director   69   2014   2020
Dale Fredston   Director   65   2016   2019
David Gold   Director   43   2016   2019
Terence J. Mitchell   Director   64   2017   2020
Robert Usdan   Director   51   2017   2020

 

The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and their ages as of June 30, 2017. The executive officers of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. are appointed annually.

 

Name

 

Position(s) With the Company

 

Age at
June 30, 2017

Mark R. DeFazio   President, Chief Executive Officer, Director   54
Sangeeta Kishore   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer   53
Nick R. Rosenberg   Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer   45

 

The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers

 

The following is a brief discussion of the business and banking background and experience of our directors and executive officers for at least the past five years . With respect to directors, the biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that led to the conclusion that the person should serve as a director. Unless otherwise indicated, directors and senior officers have held their positions for the past five years. No director has any family relationship, as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K, with any other director or with any of our executive officers.

 

Mark R. DeFazio. Mark R. DeFazio is a founding member of Metropolitan Commercial Bank. Since its inception, he has served as the Bank’s President. In 2002, he was elevated by the Board of Directors to Chief Executive Officer and President. Mr. DeFazio started his banking career in 1982. His first banking position was with Richmond County Savings Bank on Staten Island, where he held several positions in areas such as operations, auditing and real estate lending. Prior to starting with Metropolitan Commercial Bank, Mr. DeFazio was employed by Israel Discount Bank for 13 years. His last position at Israel Discount Bank was Senior Vice President and Head of Commercial Real Estate .

 

David M. Gavrin. David M. Gavrin has been a private investor since 1989 and is currently a Director and Chairman of the Board of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. He is also a Director of Arthur J. Gavrin Foundation, Inc. From 1978 to 1988 he was a General Partner of Windcrest Partners, a private investment partnership in New York City and, for 14 years prior to that, he was an officer of Drexel Burnham Lambert Incorporated.

 

  103  

 

 

Mark H. Goldberg. Mark H. Goldberg founded the law firm of Goldberg & Pines in September 1980. Since then, he has represented such major tenants such as Saks Fifth Avenue, Pathmark Supermarkets, Lane Furniture, Fortunoff’s and Sleepy’s, Inc., as well as numerous landlords, including American Continental Properties, Applied Development Corporation and Stavola Construction Corp. He has also represented several institutional and private lenders, such as Israel Discount Bank, Markham Mortgage Company and Columbia Capital Co. in the areas of lending, workouts and out-of-court restructurings and analyzing credit and real estate. Prior to entering private practice, Mr. Goldberg was employed by the Legal Aid Society of Nassau County and later by both Grand Union and Supermarkets General Corporation in their respective real estate development departments. Subsequently, he worked for Overseas Shipholding Group as general counsel and for Israel Discount Bank of New York as special counsel.

 

Harvey M. Gutman. Harvey M. Gutman has been active in real estate and retail development since 1990, and is President and Founder of Brookside Advisors, LLC, a real estate consulting and development company. Prior to founding Brookside, Mr. Gutman served, for 16 years, as Senior Vice President for Retail Development at Pathmark Stores, Inc., where he was responsible for Pathmark’s retail development program including site identification, development, approval, legal and compliance, planning, design, construction and property administration. As Senior Vice President at Pathmark, Mr. Gutman was responsible for almost 10 million square feet of supermarket, distribution, office and other commercial space. Mr. Gutman began at Pathmark in 1976, and prior to his promotion to Senior Vice President, he served as Vice President for Grocery and Frozen Foods, Vice President for Non-foods and Pharmacy, and Vice President for Planning and Research. For five years prior to joining Pathmark, Mr. Gutman was Director of Research at Abraham & Straus Department Stores. Mr. Gutman is a member of the Inter-Commercial Council of Shopping Centers, the Urban Land Institute, the Food Marketing Institute, the Commercial Association of Chain Drug Stores, the Retail Marketing Society, the Commercial Retail Federation, and the Commercial Investor Relations Institute. Mr. Gutman also formerly served on the boards of the New Jersey Food Council, and the Food Industry Alliance of New York.

 

Robert C. Patent. Robert C. Patent has served as President of Colby Capital Corporation, a private investment firm engaged in the acquisition and financing of real estate assets since 1991. Mr. Patent served as a Director of New York Federal Savings Bank, a federally chartered thrift institution, from 1989 until its sale to Flushing Financial Corporation. Mr. Patent has been a Director of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. since its inception and is a permanent member of the Loan Committee and Chairman of the Asset Recovery Group. He is a 1972 graduate of The George Washington University.

 

George J. Wolf, Jr. George J. Wolf, Jr. is a recognized leader in law firm management with expertise in the areas of finance and administration, and has been the Managing Director of Herrick, Feinstein since 1993. Mr. Wolf is responsible for all financial and administrative aspects of the Firm as well as growth and long range planning, and is a member of the Firm’s Executive Committee. He has lectured at the Practicing Law Institute, the American Bar Association, the Association of Legal Administrators, the New York City and State of New Jersey Bar Associations. Mr. Wolf is a past president of the Association of Legal Administrators` New York City Chapter and has held various Commercial positions in the organization. Prior to joining Herrick, Feinstein, he spent 14 years in a similar role at Webster & Sheffield and two years as a Director and shareholder at Hildebrandt International - the worldwide leader in law firm consulting. While at Hildebrandt, Mr. Wolf was involved in a variety of economic and management issues including mergers, crisis management, restructuring, firm dissolutions and governance.

 

William Reinhardt. William Reinhardt has been a Senior Director of Alvarez & Marsal, a global professional services and consulting firm, since 2008, focusing on financial services clients. Prior to joining Alvarez & Marsal, he was an Assistant Deputy Comptroller for Community Banks in the Northeastern District of the Office of Comptroller of the Currency, responsible for regulatory oversight over more than 200 community banks and federal branches. Mr. Reinhardt received his B.A. degree in Economics from LIU Post, formerly known as C.W. Post Campus of Long Island University in 1968 and his graduate degree in Banking from the University of Wisconsin in 1983.

 

Maria Fiorini Ramirez. Maria Fiorini Ramirez is the founder, President and Chief Executive Officer of Maria Fiorini Ramirez, Inc., an independent global economic and financial consulting firm serving both financial and non-financial clients since 1992. Prior to founding her own firm, she was Managing Director and Money Market Economist at Drexel Burnham Lambert. Ms. Ramirez previously served as a Director for three other banking companies between 1989-2009, including Sovereign Bancorp, Independence Community Bank and Statewide Savings Bank. Ms. Ramirez also currently serves as a director of Security Mutual Life. She has also been a director at several not-for-profit institutions over the last three decades, including The Brooklyn Hospital Center and the Independence Foundation. Ms. Ramirez received her B.A. in Business Administration and Economics from Pace University in 1972.

 

  104  

 

   

Dale Fredston. Dale C. Fredston is currently a consultant to a regional commercial bank that serves small and midsized businesses and has assets in excess of $11 billion. Previously, she served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Sterling Bancorp and its principal subsidiary, Sterling National Bank. The present Sterling Bank is the product of a merger of Sterling National Bank into Provident Bank in late 2013 and the 2015 acquisition of Hudson Valley Bank. Merger and acquisition activities have been a major focus of Ms. Fredston's recent work.

 

David Gold. David Gold is a partner at DJG Advisors, a consulting firm providing strategic and capital markets advisory to CEOs and CFOs of publicly-held companies. For nearly two decades, David was a Senior Equity Analyst at Sidoti & Company, the largest small-cap equity research boutique on Wall Street. David covered Business Services, including real estate services, consulting and specialty finance companies. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst, a member of the New York Society of Security Analysts (NYSSA), as well as a member of the CFA Institute. He holds a B.S. in Finance from NYU’s Stern School of Business and a J.D. from the Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law. David is admitted to practice law in New York and New Jersey. Separately, for nearly 20 years, David has been overseeing real estate investments and has served as a court-appointed referee and receiver for distressed real estate in New York City. David was appointed to the Selective Service System Review Board by the President of the U.S. at the direction of the Governor of the State of New York. David sits on a number of other boards with primary emphasis on charities supporting law enforcement and first responders.

 

Terence J. Mitchell. Terence J. Mitchell served as Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Officer of Dime Community Bank from December 2010 through his retirement in June 2016. Mr. Mitchell has over 40 years of experience in retail banking, including working with Independence Community Bank, Sovereign Bank and Dime Community Bank. Mr. Mitchell has also served on the boards of several Brooklyn non-profit and public interest organizations, including the Wildlife Conservation Society, Aquarium for Wildlife Conservation, Brooklyn Arts Council, Brooklyn Historical Society, and Brooklyn Public Library Foundation. Mr. Mitchell has a bachelor's degree in Finance from Iona College.

 

Robert Usdan. Robert Usdan is a Co-Founder and Principal of The Endicott Group. Mr. Usdan is responsible for the development of the funds and the implementation of the investment strategy. In addition, Mr. Usdan provides financial, strategic and transaction advisory services to middle-market financial institutions. Mr. Usdan serves on the Board of Directors of American Business Bank (CA) and Radius Bancorp (MA), and Metropolitan Bank Holding . He previously served on the Board of Directors of TGR Financial, Inc. (FL) and Square 1 Financial, Inc. (NC). Prior to founding Endicott, from 1990 to January 1996, Mr. Usdan was an Associate Director in the Corporate Finance Group at Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P. Mr. Usdan received a Bachelor of Arts in International Relations and a minor in Art History from the University of Virginia.

 

Executive Officers who are not Directors

 

Sangeeta Kishore. Sangeeta Kishore joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank as the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer on June 13, 2016. Ms. Kishore brings over 13 years of banking experience with expertise in finance, banking operations, risk management, and strategic planning. Prior to joining Metropolitan, Ms. Kishore served as the Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Senior Risk Officer at Kish Bancorp, Inc. starting in 2011.

 

Nick R. Rosenberg. Nick Rosenberg joined Metropolitan Commercial Bank and has served as its Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since July 2002. Prior to joining Metropolitan Commercial Bank, Mr. Rosenberg served as the Technology Director of PDT Limited, Manchester, United Kingdom.

 

  105  

 

 

Board Independence

 

Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange , independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors within a specified period of time of this offering. The rules of the New York Stock Exchange , as well as those of the SEC, also impose several other requirements with respect to the independence of our directors. Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of its members and our director nominee based upon the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and the SEC. Applying these standards, our board of directors has affirmatively determined that, with the exception of Mr. DeFazio, each of our current directors is an independent director, as defined under the applicable rules. Mr. DeFazio is not independent because he is an executive officer of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

 

Election and Classification of Directors

 

In accordance with the terms of our charter, our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms and is divided as follows:

 

· The Class I directors are Mark R. DeFazio, Harvey M. Gutman, and George J. Wolf. Their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders expected to be held in 2018.

 

· The Class II directors are Dale C. Fredston, David M. Gavrin, and David Gold. Their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders expected to be held in 2019.

 

· The Class III directors are Mark H. Goldberg, Robert C. Patent, Maria Fiorini Ramirez, William Reinhardt , Terence J. Mitchell and Robert Usdan . Their term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders expected to be held in 2020.

 

Transactions With Certain Related Persons

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits publicly traded companies from making loans to their executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from the prohibition for loans made by federally insured financial institutions, such as Metropolitan Commercial Bank, to their executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. At December 31, 2016, the loan to the executive officer was made in the ordinary course of business, was made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to Metropolitan Commercial Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. This loan was performing according to its original terms at December 31, 2016, and was made in compliance with federal banking regulations.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

We conduct business through meetings of our board of directors and its committees. The board of directors of the Company has established standing committees, including an Audit Committee, Compensation Committee, and a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. Each of these committees operates under a written charter, which governs its composition, responsibilities and operations. Our board of directors also may establish such other committees as it deems appropriate, in accordance with applicable law and regulations and our corporate governance documents.

 

Audit Committee . The Audit Committee assists the board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities for general oversight of the integrity of our financial statements, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of our internal audit and risk assessment function and independent auditors. Among other things, the Audit Committee:

 

· appoints, evaluates and determines the compensation of our independent auditors;

 

· reviews and approves the scope of the annual audit, audit fees and financial statements;

 

  106  

 

 

· reviews disclosure controls and procedures, internal controls, internal audit function and corporate policies with respect to financial information;

 

· oversees investigations into complaints concerning financial matters, if any;

 

· reviews related party transactions as required; and

 

· annually reviews the Audit Committee charter and the committee’s performance.

 

The Audit Committee works closely with management as well as our independent auditors. The Audit Committee has the authority to obtain advice and assistance from and receive appropriate funding to engage outside legal, accounting or other advisors as the Audit Committee deems necessary to carry out its duties.

 

The Audit Committee is composed solely of members who satisfy the applicable independence and other requirements of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange for Audit Committees and at least one of its members is an “audit committee financial expert.” The Audit Committee has adopted a written charter that among other things, specifies the scope of its rights and responsibilities.

 

Compensation Committee . The Compensation Committee is responsible for discharging the board of directors’ responsibilities relating to compensation of the executives and directors. Among other things, the Compensation Committee:

 

· evaluates compensation strategies;

 

· reviews and approves objectives relevant to executive officer compensation;

 

· evaluates performance and determines the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers in accordance with those objectives;

 

· reviews and oversees compensation and benefit plans;

 

· recommends to the board of directors compensation for directors;

 

· prepares the Compensation Committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual report; and

 

· annually reviews the Compensation Committee charter and the committee’s performance.

 

The Compensation Committee is composed solely of members who satisfy the applicable independence requirements of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange . The Compensation Committee has adopted a written charter that, among other things, specifies the scope of its rights and responsibilities.

 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee . The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is responsible for making recommendations to our board of directors regarding candidates for directorships and the size and composition of our board of directors. In addition, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is responsible for overseeing our corporate governance guidelines and reporting and making recommendations to our board of directors concerning governance matters. Among other things, the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee:

 

· identifies qualified individuals to be directors consistent with the criteria approved by the board of directors and recommending director nominees to the full board of directors;

 

· reviews the structure of the committees of the board of directors;

 

  107  

 

 

· develops and recommends procedures for reviewing shareholder recommendations for director nominees;

 

· develops the Company’s code of business conduct and ethics;

 

· oversees management succession planning;

 

· leads the board of directors in its annual performance review;

 

· develops and recommends corporate governance guidelines; and

 

· annually reviews the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee’s charter and the committee’s performance.

 

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee is composed solely of members who satisfy the applicable independence requirements of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange .

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics (our “Code of Ethics”) that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and persons performing similar functions. The Code of Ethics is available upon written request to Corporate Secretary, Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., 99 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10016.

 

If we amend or grant any waiver from a provision of our Code of Ethics that applies to our executive officers, we will publicly disclose such amendment or waiver on our website and as required by applicable law, including by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

  108  

 

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

As an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies” as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act, which permit us to limit reporting of executive compensation to our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers, which are referred to as our “named executive officers.”

 

The compensation reported in the Summary Compensation Table below is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our named executive officers in the future. We will continue to review, evaluate and modify our compensation framework to maintain a competitive total compensation package. As such, and as a result of our becoming a publicly traded company, the compensation program following this offering could vary from our historical practices.

 

Our named executive officers for 2016, which consist of our principal executive officer and the Company's two other most highly compensated executive officers, are:

 

· Mark R. DeFazio, President, Chief Executive Officer, Director

 

· Sangeeta Kishore, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

· Nick R. Rosenberg, Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation paid, awarded to, or earned for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 for each of our named executive officers.

 

Summary Compensation Table
Name and Principal Position   Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
   

Stock Awards
($)(1)

    All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
    Total
($)
 
                                     
Mark R. DeFazio     2016       700,000       150,000       1,400,007       40,436       2,290,443  
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer                                                
                                                 
Sangeeta Kishore(2)     2016       133,860       50,000             4,187       188,047  
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer                                                
                                                 
Nick R. Rosenberg     2016       264,856       50,000       54,000       40,632       409,488  
Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer                                                

 

 

(1) These amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value for outstanding restricted stock awards granted during the year, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used to determine the value of restricted stock are described in Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(2) Ms. Kishore joined the Company on June 13, 2016 and, accordingly, the amounts shown represent a partial year of employment.
(3) The compensation represented by the amounts for 2016 set forth in the All Other Compensation column which exceeded $10,000 for the Named Executive Officers is detailed in the following table:

 

  109  

 

 

Other Compensation
    Medical,
Dental and
Vision
Insurance
Premiums
($)
    Long-Term
Disability and
Life Insurance
Premiums
($)
    Accidental
Death And
Dismemberment
Insurance
Premiums
($)
    Prepaid
Transit
($)
    401(k)
Matching
($)
   

Total All Other

Compensation
($)

 
                                     
Mark R. DeFazio     30,556       1,242       108       780       7,750       40,436  
Nick R. Rosenberg     30,556       1,242       108       780       7,946       40,632  

 

Employment Agreement. Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and Metropolitan Commercial Bank entered into an employment agreement with Mark R. DeFazio effective as of July 27, 2016. The agreement has an initial term of three years and the agreement automatically renews on a daily basis so that the remaining term will always be three years, unless a notice is provided to the executive that the agreement will not renew. The current base salary for Mr. DeFazio is $700,000. In addition to the base salary, the agreement provides for, among other things, participation in bonus programs, benefit plans applicable to executive employees and automobile benefits. The executive’s employment may be terminated for cause at any time, in which event the executive would have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination.

 

Certain events resulting in the executive’s termination or resignation entitle the executive to payments of severance benefits following termination of employment. In the event of the executive’s involuntary termination for reasons other than for cause, disability or retirement, or in the event the executive resigns for good reason (as defined in the agreement) during the term of the agreement, then the executive would be entitled to a severance payment in the form of a cash lump sum equal to three times the executive’s base salary plus an amount equivalent to the bonus received by, and/or determined to be paid to, the executive with respect to the year immediately prior to the year in which such termination occurred. Internal Revenue Code Section 409A may require that a portion of the above payments cannot be made until six months after termination of employment. In addition, the executive would become fully vested in any outstanding unvested equity or equity-based awards.

 

In the event of a change in control of Metropolitan Commercial Bank or Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., the executive would be entitled to a severance payment in the form of a cash lump sum equal to three times the executive’s base salary plus an amount equivalent to the bonus received by, and/or determined to be paid to, the executive with respect to the year immediately prior to the year in which such termination occurred. In addition, in the event of the executive’s involuntary termination for reasons other than for cause, disability or retirement, or in the event the executive resigns for good reason (as defined in the agreement) in connection with or following a change in control, the executive would become fully vested in any outstanding unvested equity or equity-based awards. In the event payments made to the executive include an “excess parachute payment” as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, such payments will be cutback by the minimum dollar amount necessary to avoid this result. The IPO will not constitute a change in control under the agreement.

 

In the event of a disability (as defined in the applicable disability insurance policies), the executive shall receive benefits under any short-term or long-term disability plans maintained by Metropolitan Commercial Bank. In the event of a short-term disability, the executive shall pay to Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. any amounts he receives as short-term disability payments from the short-term disability insurance policy and Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. shall continue to compensate the executive, in the full amount owing to executive, as if executive had not suffered a disability. In the event of a long-term disability, the executive shall pay to Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. any amounts he receives as long-term disability payments from the long-term disability insurance policy and Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. shall continue to compensate the executive, in the full amount owing to executive, as if executive had no suffered a disability, for a period of thirty (30) days. Within thirty (30) days of the date of such disability, the executive would be entitled to a payment in the form of a cash lump sum equal to three times the executive’s base salary plus an amount equivalent to the bonus received by, and/or determined to be paid to, the executive with respect to the year immediately prior to the year in which such disability occurred. In addition, the executive would become fully vested in any outstanding unvested equity awards.

 

  110  

 

 

In the event of the executive’s death, the executive’s estate will be entitled to a payment, within thirty (30) days of the date of death, in the form of a cash lump sum equal to the amount of earned but unpaid base salary and benefits, three times the executive’s base salary and an amount equivalent to the bonus received by, and/or determined to be paid to, the executive with respect to the year immediately prior to the year in which such death occurred. In addition, the executive would become fully vested in any outstanding unvested equity or equity-based awards.

 

Upon the voluntary termination of the executive’s employment without good reason, the executive shall be subject to certain restrictions on his ability solicit employees of Metropolitan Commercial Bank and Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. for a period of one year following the date of termination of employment.

 

Change in Control Agreement. Metropolitan Commercial Bank entered into a change in control agreement with Sangeeta Kishore effective as of May 12, 2017. If, within the one year period following the consummation of a change in control, the executive is involuntarily terminated for a reason other than cause (as defined in the agreement) or there is a material diminution in the executive’s title, duties or responsibilities, then, within forty-five (45) days following the date of termination of employment, or the date of the executive’s written notice to Metropolitan Commercial Bank specifying the facts relating to the diminution in title, duties or responsibilities, as the case may be, the executive would be entitled to a severance payment in the form of a cash lump sum equal to one times the executive’s base salary. The executive shall be eligible to receive the cash payment if the executive is employed by Metropolitan Commercial Bank on the date of a change in control. The IPO will not constitute a change in control under the agreement.

 

2009 Equity Incentive Plan. In 2009, our stockholders approved the Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Equity Incentive Plan”) to provide officers, employees, directors, consultants and advisors of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and its affiliates with additional incentives to promote the growth and performance of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. Awards may be granted under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan until May 18, 2019, which is the tenth anniversary of the plan.

 

The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan initially authorized the issuance or delivery to participants of up to 123,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to grants of restricted shares, incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted share units. At the 2013 Special Meeting of Shareholders, the authorized shares under the plan were increased by 300,000. Additionally, at the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the authorized shares under the plan were increased by 760,000. Accordingly, the total number of shares of common stock currently authorized under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan is 1,183,000.

 

The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has full and exclusive power within the limitations set forth in the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan to make all decisions and determinations regarding the selection of participants and the granting of awards; establishing the terms and conditions relating to each award; and interpreting and otherwise construing the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Our employees and directors are eligible to receive awards under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. Awards may be granted in a combination of incentive and non-statutory stock options, restricted shares, stock appreciation rights and restricted share units. The exercise price of options granted under the plan may not be less than the fair market value on the date the stock option is granted. Stock options are either “incentive” stock options or “non-qualified” stock options; however, non-employees may not be granted “incentive” stock options. Incentive stock options have certain tax advantages and must comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. All awards under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan are subject to vesting conditions and restrictions as determined by the Compensation Committee and set forth in a recipient’s award agreement.

 

  111  

 

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

 

The following table shows stock options and unvested restricted stock outstanding for each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2016.

 

    Option Awards(1)   Stock Awards(1)  
Name   Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
exercisable
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
unexercisable
    Option exercise
price ($)
    Option
expiration date
  Number of
shares or units
of stock that
have not vested
    Grant date fair
value of shares
or units of stock
that have not
vested ($)
 
                                   
Mark R. DeFazio     10,000             30.00     12/04/2018     1,389 (2)     25,002  
      57,000             18.00     10/22/2023     2,000 (3)     36,000  
      74,000             18.00     12/02/2023     5,000 (4)     90,000  
      30,000             18.00     03/18/2024                
      70,000             18.00     06/01/2025                
Sangeeta Kishore                                    
Nick R. Rosenberg     5,000             30.00     11/19/2017     500 (2)     9,000  
      3,000             30.00     12/04/2018     2,000 (5)     36,000  
                                  3,000 (4)     54,000  
                                  3,000 (6)     54,000  

 

 

(1) All equity awards noted in this table were granted pursuant to the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, which was approved by stockholders on May 18, 2009, and represent all awards held at December 31, 2016 by the Named Executive Officers.
(2) Shares of restricted stock granted on December 21, 2012 and vest at a rate of 25% per year commencing on December 21, 2014.
(3) Shares of restricted stock granted on February 14, 2014 and vest at a rate of 33.3% per year commencing on December 31, 2016.
(4) Shares of restricted stock granted on January 1, 2015 and vest at a rate of 33.3% per year commencing on January 1, 2018.
(5) Shares of restricted stock granted on December 21, 2013 and vest at a rate of 33.3% per year commencing on December 21, 2016.
(6) Shares of restricted stock granted on January 1, 2016 and vest at a rate of 33.3% per year commencing on January 1, 2019.

 

Director Compensation

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation paid to our non-employee directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016. Mr. DeFazio does not receive any additional compensation for service on our board of directors and Metropolitan Commercial Bank’s board of directors.

 

Director Compensation Table for the Year Ended December 31, 2016
Name (1)   Fees earned or
paid in cash
($)
    Total
($)
 
             
David M. Gavrin     87,500       87,500  
Mark H. Goldberg     39,500       39,500  
Harvey M. Gutman     36,000       36,000  
Robert C. Patent     85,500       85,500  
George J. Wolf, Jr.     36,500       36,500  
William Reinhardt     96,500       96,500  
Maria Ramirez     42,500       42,500  
Dale Fredston     52,500       52,500  
David Gold     52,000       52,000  

 

 

(1) As of December 31, 2016, the directors listed had no unvested stock options and 26,000 unvested shares of restricted stock.

 

Director Fees

 

Board members of the Company receive fees for board and committee meetings attended in person. Board members receive $2,000 for each Board meeting, $2,000 for Audit Committee meetings and $1,500 for all other committee meetings attended. Additionally, Mr. Gavrin receives an annual retainer of $50,000 for his service as Chairman of the Board.

 

  112  

 

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

 

In addition to the compensation arrangements with directors and executive officers described in “Executive Compensation” above, the following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2016, to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or their immediate family members or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

 

Policies and Procedures Regarding Related Party Transactions

 

Transactions by the Company or Metropolitan Commercial Bank with related parties are subject to certain regulatory requirements and restrictions, including Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (which govern certain transactions by Metropolitan Commercial Bank with its affiliates) and the FRB’s Regulation O (which governs certain loans by Metropolitan Commercial Bank to its executive officers, directors and principal stockholders).

 

Under applicable SEC and New York Stock Exchange rules, related party transactions are transactions in which we are a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related party has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. Related parties of the Company include directors (including nominees for election as directors), executive officers, five percent stockholders and the immediate family members of these persons. Related party transactions will be referred for approval or ratification to our audit committee. In determining whether to approve a related party transaction, the Audit Committee will consider, among other factors, the fairness of the proposed transaction, the direct or indirect nature of the related party's interest in the transaction, the appearance of an improper conflict of interests for any director or executive officer taking into account the size of the transaction and the financial position of the related party, whether the transaction would impair an outside director's independence, the acceptability of the transaction to our regulators and the potential violations of other corporate policies.

 

Banking Relationships

 

We have engaged, and expect to engage in the future, in banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with directors, officers, principal stockholders and their associates and/or immediate family members, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral on loans, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with persons not related to us and that do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. As of the date of this prospectus, no related party loans were categorized as nonaccrual, past due, restructured or potential problem loans.

 

At December 31, 2016, the aggregate amount of extensions of credit to our directors, executive officers, principal stockholders and their associates was $780,000, or approximately 0.7% of total equity.

 

  113  

 

 

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information as of [●], 2017 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock, and as adjusted to reflect the completion of this offering:

 

· each stockholder known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common stock; 

 

· each of our directors; 

 

· each of our named executive officers; 

 

· all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and 

 

· each selling stockholder.

 

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally provide that a person is the beneficial owner of securities if such person has or shares the power to vote or direct the voting of securities, or to dispose or direct the disposition of securities, or has the right to acquire such powers within 60 days. For purposes of calculating each person's percentage ownership, common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days are included as outstanding and beneficially owned for that person or group, but are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as disclosed in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe that each person identified in the table has sole voting and investment power over all of the shares shown opposite such person's name.

 

The percentage of beneficial ownership is based on __________ shares of our common stock outstanding as of [●], 2017 and [ · ] shares to be outstanding after the completion of this offering (or [ · ] shares if the underwriters exercises their purchase option in full), in each case including [ · ] shares of restricted stock awarded under our stock incentive plan but not vested as of such date.

 

  114  

 

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed stockholder is: c/o Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., 99 Park Avenue, 4th Floor, New York, New York 10016.

 

    Shares Beneficially Owned as of
[●], 2017
    Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
 
Name and Address of
Beneficial Owner
  Number of
Shares
    Percent     Shares to be
Sold in the
Offering
   

Number of
Shares (7)

    Percent,
assuming no
exercise of
underwriter’s
purchase
option
    Percent,
assuming full
exercise of
underwriter’s
purchase
option
 
Directors:                                                
Mark R. DeFazio                    %                                   %            %
David M. Gavrin               %                       %       %
Mark H. Goldberg               %                       %       %
Harvey M. Gutman               %                       %       %
Robert C. Patent               %                       %       %
George J. Wolf, Jr.               %                       %       %
William Reinhardt               %                       %       %
Maria Ramirez               %                       %       %
Dale Fredston               %                       %       %
David Gold               %                       %       %
Terence J. Mitchell               %                       %       %
Robert Usdan               %                       %       %
                                                 

Named Executive Officers

(not identified above):

                                               
Sangeeta Kishore               %                       %       %
Nick R. Rosenberg               %                       %       %
                                                 
All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons total)               %                       %       %
                                                 
5% Stockholders:                                                
                %                       %       %
                %                       %       %
                                                 
Selling Stockholders:                                                
[ · ]               %                       %       %

 

 

* Less than 1%

 

  115  

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following is a summary of the material rights of our capital stock and related provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws. This discussion may not contain all of the information regarding our capital stock that is important to you. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and bylaws, copies of which are filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

General

 

Our authorized capital consists of 10,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares of Class A preferred stock, $0.01 par value, and 2,000,000 shares of Class B preferred stock, $0.01 par value. At June 30, 2017, there were 4,633,012 shares of common stock outstanding, held by approximately 172 holders of record, no shares of Class A preferred stock outstanding and 272,636 shares of our Class B preferred stock outstanding. All issued and outstanding shares at that date were, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable. Immediately following the completion of this offering, we will have ___________ shares of common stock outstanding (assuming the underwriters do not exercise its option to purchase any additional shares) and ___________ shares Class B Preferred Stock outstanding. Also, as of June 30, 2017, options to purchase 276,500 shares of our common stock held by our employees, officers and directors under our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan were outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

Voting Rights. All voting rights are vested in the holders of our common stock, subject to the issuance of preferred stock with voting rights. Any issuance by our preferred stock with voting rights following the offering may affect the voting rights of the holders of common stock. Except as discussed below in “—Restrictions on Acquisition of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.,” each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share. Holders of our common stock are not entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.

 

Dividends. Holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive and share equally in such dividends as the board of directors of the Company may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. If the Company issues preferred stock following the offering, holders of such stock may have a priority over holders of common stock with respect to the payment of dividends. We may pay dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent, as and when declared by our board of directors. The holders of common stock of the Company will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If the Company issues additional shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.

 

Liquidation or Dissolution. In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of the Company, holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock will be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and liabilities and the preferential rights of, and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock, all of our assets available for distribution. If we issue preferred stock following the offering, holders of such stock may have a senior interest over holders of common stock in such a distribution.

 

No Preemptive or Redemption Rights. Holders of our common stock will not have any preemptive rights or redemption rights with respect to any shares of our capital stock that may be issued. Certain of our stockholders are parties to subscription agreements with the Company in connection with previous private placement offerings that provide those stockholders with preemptive rights to purchase securities issued by the Company. However, such preemptive rights do not apply to this offering and will terminate upon completion of this offering. 

 

  116  

 

 

Exchange Rights. We have agreed to provide the holder of our Class B Preferred Stock with the right to exchange its shares of common stock for additional shares of preferred stock in order to reduce its beneficial ownership of voting common stock to ____% of the Company’s total outstanding voting common stock.

 

Registration Rights. We have agreed to provide the holder of our Class B Preferred Stock with the right to include its common shares in a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. The “piggyback” registration rights granted to the holder of our Class B Preferred Stock will apply at the time of this offering. Following our initial public offering, to the extent the holder of our Class B Preferred Stock remains a holder of our common stock or our Class B Preferred Stock, it may exercise its “piggyback” registration rights in connection with future offerings of our common stock, other than registration statements filed on Forms S-4 or   S-8.

 

Preferred Stock

 

None of the shares of the Company’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.

 

Class A Preferred Stock

 

None of our Class A Preferred Stock is currently outstanding or will be issued as part of the offering.

 

Class B Preferred Stock

 

Voting Rights. The holder of our Class B Preferred Stock has no voting rights, except as may be provided for under the NYBCL.

 

Dividends. The holder of our Class B Preferred Stock is entitled to receive ratable dividends when dividends are concurrently declared and payable on the shares of common stock.

 

Liquidation or Dissolution. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, the assets of the Company or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) remaining available for distribution to stockholders of the Company after payment in full of all claims of creditors of the Company and all amounts due on any preferred stock or other securities of the Company that are superior and prior in rank to the common stock and the Class B Preferred Stock will be distributed to the holders of the common stock and the Class B Preferred Stock pro rata based, respectively, on the number of shares of common stock outstanding at such time and the number of shares of common stock into which the Class B Preferred Stock outstanding at such time is then convertible.

 

Preemptive or Redemption Rights . The holder of our Class B Preferred Stock currently has preemptive rights that allow such stockholder to maintain its percentage ownership in our common stock in the event the Company issues any additional common shares in a subsequent offering. However, such preemptive rights do not apply to this offering and will terminate upon completion of this offering.

 

Conversion and Transfer Rights. The shares of Class B Preferred Stock are not convertible into common stock by the holder or any affiliate of such holder and may only be transferred by the holder or such affiliate (i) to an affiliate of such holder, (ii) to the Company, (iii) in a widespread public distribution, (iv) in a transfer in which no transferee (or group of associated transferees) would receive 2% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company, or (v) to a transferee that would control more than 50% of the voting securities of the Company without any transfer from the initial holder or any affiliate of such initial holder.

 

  117  

 

 

However, we may agree to permit the holder of our Class B Preferred Stock to exchange shares of preferred stock for shares of our common stock in order to allow it to maintain its percent ownership of the outstanding common stock of the Company. Additionally, if at any time any Class B Preferred Stock held by the holder are transferred to any person other than an affiliate of the holder pursuant to either: (i) in a widespread public distribution; (ii) a transfer in which no transferee (or group of associated transferees) would receive 2% or more of any class of voting securities of the Company; or (iii) a transferee that would control more than 50% of the voting securities of the Company without any transfer from the initial holder or any affiliate of such initial holder, such shares would immediately and without further action on the part of any person convert automatically to common shares, on a one for one basis, subject to compliance with the requirements of any federal banking regulators with respect to restrictions on the transfer of non-voting shares.

 

Registration Rights. We have agreed to provide the holder of our Class B Preferred Stock with the right to include its common or preferred shares in a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. The “piggyback” registration rights granted to the holder of our Class B Preferred Stock will apply at the time of this offering. Following our initial public offering, to the extent the holder of our Class B Preferred Stock remains a holder of our common stock or our Class B Preferred Stock, it may exercise its “piggyback” registration rights in connection with future offerings of our common stock, other than registration statements filed on Forms S-4 or   S-8.

 

Restrictions on Acquisition of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

 

The following is a general summary of the material provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and the NYBCL that may have an “anti-takeover effect.” Such provisions might discourage future takeover attempts by impeding efforts to acquire us or stock purchases in furtherance of such an acquisition.

 

Authorized Shares of Capital Stock.  Our Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 10,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value, 5,000,000 shares of Class A preferred stock, $0.01 par value, and 2,000,000 shares of Class B preferred stock, $0.01 par value. Shares of preferred stock with voting rights could be issued and would then represent an additional class of stock required to approve any proposed acquisition. This preferred stock, together with authorized but unissued shares of our common stock, could represent additional capital required to be purchased by an acquirer. Issuance of such additional shares may also dilute the voting interest of our stockholders.

 

Generally, Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the designations, and relative preferences, limitations, voting rights, if any, including without limitation, offering rights of such shares (which could be multiple or as a separate class). In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of the Company that the board of directors does not approve, it may be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of the Company. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.

 

Directors. The Board of Directors is classified into three classes, one of which is elected each year for a three-year term. A director may be removed from office only for cause. These provisions may make it more difficult to remove a director, and may make it more difficult for an acquirer to acquire control of the company without negotiating with the Board of Directors, and may therefore have an anti-takeover effect.

 

Also, for so long as Endicott Opportunity Partners IV, L.P. beneficially owns at least 220,825 shares of common stock of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., Endicott Opportunity Partners IV, L.P. shall have the right to designate Wayne Goldstein, Rob Usdan or Michael Gibbons to be invited to all meetings of the Board of Directors in a non-voting observer status, subject to such representative entering into a confidentiality agreement with Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. as well as such representative's attendance at any meeting being in compliance with Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.'s Board of Directors' legal, regulatory and/or fiduciary restrictions or limitations. In addition Endicott Opportunity Partners IV, L.P. shall have the right to relinquish the observer right by designating Wayne Goldstein or Robert Usdan to become a member to Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.'s Board of Directors, subject to approval of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.'s Board of Directors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  118  

 

 

Actions by Stockholders. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary and must be called by the President or the Secretary upon receipt by either of them of the written request of the holders of at least 25% of all shares entitled to vote. 

 

In general, our Certificate of Incorporation may be amended in the manner prescribed under New York law. No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation may be submitted to stockholders unless the Board of Directors has (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of stockholders. The amendment or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation shall be approved by at least a majority vote.

 

Limitation of Director and Officer Liability; Indemnification. As permitted by the NYBCL, our Certificate of Incorporation eliminates the liability of directors and officers to Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. or its stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by law. The NYBCL provides that the liability of a director or officer in a proceeding brought by or in the right of stockholders, or on behalf of stockholders may be eliminated, except that the liability of a director or officer may not be eliminated if the officer or director received an improper benefit or profit, or if a judgment against the director or officer is based on a finding that such person’s action or failure to act was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action against such person.

 

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that to the full extent permitted by the NYBCL and other applicable law, Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. shall indemnify a director or officer who is or was a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was such a director or officer, and the Board of Directors may contract in advance to indemnify any director or officer. The NYBCL provides that except as limited by its Certificate of Incorporation, a corporation shall indemnify a director who entirely prevails in the defense of any proceeding to which he was a party because he is or was a director of the corporation against reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the proceeding. The NYBCL further provides that a corporation may indemnify an individual made a party to a proceeding because he is or was a director against liability incurred in the proceeding unless (i) the act or omission was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and was committed in bad faith or was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (ii) the director actually received an improper personal benefit; or (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director had reasonable cause to believe the act or omission was unlawful, provided however, that if the proceeding was by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification may be made if the director is adjudged liable to the corporation. The Board of Directors may also indemnify an employee or agent of the corporation who was or is a party to any proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation.

 

Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal.    The NYBCL provides that, except in certain circumstances, a shareholder is not entitled to dissenter’s rights in any transaction if the stock is listed on a national securities exchange. Following the offering, Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.’s common stock is expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange , a national securities exchange.

 

Listing and Trading

 

Our common stock is currently not listed on any securities exchange. We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ MCB .”

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A., Canton, Massachusetts.

 

  119  

 

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no established public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to existing contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, there may be sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the restrictions lapse. This may adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will have         shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares,         shares of our common stock (or         shares if the underwriters exercise their purchase option in full) sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining shares of our common stock (or         shares if the underwriters exercise their purchase option in full) outstanding are “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144. Restricted shares may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144. As a result of the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below,         of these shares will be available for sale in the public market only after 180 days from the date of this prospectus (generally subject to volume and other offering limitations).

 

Rule 144

 

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, the sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, the sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

· 1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately         shares immediately after this offering (or approximately         shares if the underwriters exercise their purchase option in full); or

 

· the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

 

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 to the extent applicable.

 

Registration Rights

 

We have agreed to provide the holder of our Class B Preferred Shares with the right to include its common or preferred shares in a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. The “piggyback” registration rights granted to the holder of our Class B Preferred Shares will apply at the time of this offering. Following our initial public offering, to the extent the holder of our Class B Preferred Shares remains a holder of our common stock or our Class B Preferred Shares, it may exercise its “piggyback” registration rights in connection with future offerings of our common stock, other than registration statements filed on Forms S-4 or   S-8.

 

  120  

 

 

Registration Statement on Form S-8

 

In connection with or as soon as practicable following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement with the SEC on Form S-8 to register an aggregate of approximately         shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, as described further under “Executive Compensation—Incentive Compensation Plans.” That registration statement will become effective upon filing and shares of common stock covered by such registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market immediately after the effective date of such registration statement (unless held by affiliates) subject to the lock-up agreements described below.

 

Lock-up Agreements

 

We, the selling stockholders and each of our directors and executive officers and certain other persons have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc . See “Underwriting.” The underwriters do not have any present intention or arrangement to release any shares of our common stock subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period.

 

  121  

 

 

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

 

The following is a summary of certain material United States federal income tax consequences relevant to non-U.S. holders, as defined below, of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. The following summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations and judicial and administrative authority, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This section does not consider state, local, estate or foreign tax consequences, nor does it address tax consequences to special classes of investors including, but not limited to, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, banks or other financial institutions, partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes, dealers in securities, persons liable for the alternative minimum tax, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings, persons who have acquired our common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or persons that will hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction. Tax consequences may vary depending upon the particular status of an investor. The summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who will hold our common stock as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment). Investors should consult their tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences in light of their own specific situation, as well as consequences arising under other federal tax laws (such as the federal estate, gift or Medicare tax laws) and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

 

As used herein, a non-U.S. holder is a beneficial owner of our common stock that is:

 

· a nonresident alien individual;

 

· a foreign corporation; or

 

· a foreign estate or trust.

 

Special rules may apply to certain non-U.S. holders such as controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, expatriated entities subject to Section 7874 of the Code, and, in certain circumstances, individuals who are U.S. expatriates. Consequently, non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local, non-U.S. and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them in light of their particular circumstances.

 

If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are treated as a partner in such an entity holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor as to the United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you.

 

Distributions

 

Distributions with respect to our common stock will be treated as dividends when paid to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for United States federal income tax purposes. Except as described below, if you are a non-U.S. holder of our shares, dividends paid to you are subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate. Even if you are eligible for a lower treaty rate, we and other payors will generally be required to withhold at a 30% rate (rather than the lower treaty rate) on dividends paid to you, unless you have furnished to us or another payor a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or, in the case of a foreign entity stockholder, an IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or an acceptable substitute form) upon which you certify, under penalties of perjury, your status as a non-United States person and your entitlement to the lower treaty rate with respect to such payments.

 

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under a tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any amounts withheld in excess of that rate by timely filing a refund claim with the Internal Revenue Service.

 

  122  

 

 

If dividends paid to you are “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States, or, if required by a tax treaty, the dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States, we and other payors generally are not required to withhold tax from the dividends, provided that you have furnished to us or another payor a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI or an acceptable substitute form upon which you represent, under penalties of perjury, that:

 

· You are a non-United States person, and

 

· The dividends are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States and are includible in your gross income.

 

“Effectively connected” dividends are taxed at rates applicable to United States citizens, resident aliens and domestic United States corporations. If you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, “effectively connected” dividends that you receive may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or at a lower rate if you are eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty that provides for a lower rate.

 

Sale or Redemption

 

If you are a non-U.S. holder, you generally will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless the gain is “effectively connected” with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States or the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States, if that is required by an applicable income tax treaty as a condition to subjecting you to United States taxation on a net income basis. In certain circumstances, redemption of our stock will be characterized as a dividend for United States income tax purposes and will be taxed under the rules described in the preceding section.

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Payment of dividends, and the tax withheld on those payments, are subject to information reporting requirements. These information reporting requirements apply regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. Under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement, copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides. U.S. backup withholding will generally apply on payment of dividends to non-U.S. holders unless such non-U.S. holders furnish to the payor a Form W-8BEN or, in the case of a foreign entity stockholder, Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form), or otherwise establish an exemption and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the holder is a U.S. person, as defined under the Code, that is not an exempt recipient.

 

Payment of the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries is subject to information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding, unless the non-U.S. holder, or beneficial owner thereof, as applicable, certifies that it is a non-U.S. holder on Form W-8BEN or, in the case of a foreign entity stockholder, Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form), or otherwise establishes an exemption and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person, as defined under the Code, that is not an exempt recipient.

 

Currently, the back-up withholding tax rate is 28%. Any amount withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder is allowable as a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax, which may entitle the non-U.S. holder to a refund, provided that the non-U.S. holder timely provides the required information to the Internal Revenue Service. Moreover, certain penalties may be imposed by the Internal Revenue Service on a non-U.S. holder who is required to furnish information but does not do so in the proper manner. Non-U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding in their particular circumstances and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding under current Treasury regulations.

 

  123  

 

 

Recent Legislation Relating to Foreign Accounts

 

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and the Treasury regulations and administrative guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively, FATCA), a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on distributions of dividends and payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock made to a "foreign financial institution" or a "non-financial foreign entity" (in each case, as defined in the Code), regardless of whether such foreign institution or entity is a beneficial owner or an intermediary. To avoid such withholding, in the case of a foreign financial institution, the foreign financial institution must undertake certain diligence and reporting obligations and, in the case of a non-financial foreign entity, the non-financial foreign entity must either certify it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or furnish identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner and satisfy certain other requirements, unless the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules.

 

If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements described above, it must enter into an agreement with the U.S. Department of the Treasury requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain "U.S. persons" or "U.S.-owned foreign entities" (in each case, as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. A foreign financial institution generally certifies compliance with these requirements on a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN-E. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

 

If the payee is a non-financial foreign entity, it generally provides the required certification on a valid Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN-E. Foreign entities located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing these withholding and reporting requirements may be subject to different rules.

 

These withholding taxes apply with respect to dividends paid with respect to our common stock to foreign financial institutions or non-financial entities (including in their capacity as agents or custodians for beneficial owners of our common stock) that fail to satisfy the above requirements. However, under the applicable Treasury Regulations and IRS guidance, withholding under FATCA generally will not apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock before January 1, 2019. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes.

 

Prospective non-U.S. holders should consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

 

  124  

 

 

UNDERWRITING

 

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name   Number of
Shares
 
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC      
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.        
Piper Jaffray & Co.        
Total   $ 100,000,000  

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

 

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $           per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $           per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

 

The underwriters have an option to buy up to            additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

 

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

    Without
option to
purchase
additional shares
exercise
    With full
option to
purchase
additional shares
exercise
 
             
Per Share   $       $  
Total   $     $  

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $         . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters up to $         for expenses related to any filing with, and clearance of this offering by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

  125  

 

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

 

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our management incentive plans.

 

Our directors and executive officers, the selling stockholders and __% of our other stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. , (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, selling stockholders and stockholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.

 

The restrictions described in the paragraph above do not apply, subject in certain cases to various conditions (including no filing requirements (other than certain filings on Form 5) and the transfer of the lock-up restrictions), to:

 

(a) the sale of common stock pursuant to the underwriting agreement;

 

(b) transfers as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

(c) transfers to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the grantor or any immediate family member;

 

(d) transfers to affiliates or to the grantor’s stockholders, partners, members or other equity holders;

 

(e) transfers by will or intestate succession;

 

(f) transfers in connection with the “net” or “cashless” exercise or settlement of outstanding stock options;

 

(g) transfers in connection with the repurchase of shares in connection with employee benefit plans or termination;

 

(h) transfers in connection with the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock;

 

(i) transfers pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all stockholders involving a change in control; or

 

(j) Exchange Act Rule 10b5-1 plans.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

We will apply to have our common stock approved for listing/quotation on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ MCB ”.

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

 

  126  

 

 

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

 

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the   New York Stock Exchange , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

· the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

· our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

· an assessment of our management;

 

· our prospects for future earnings;

 

· the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

· the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

· other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

 

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

Other Relationships

 

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

Selling Restrictions

 

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

  127  

 

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

A. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive; 

 

B. to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

 

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.  In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares  to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

 

The Company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

 

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer.  Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the Company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

 

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

  128  

 

 

United Kingdom

 

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). 

 

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this prospectus or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this prospectus relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

 

Canada

 

The common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the common stock must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

Switzerland

 

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this prospectus will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes ("CISA"). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

  129  

 

 

Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

 

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this prospectus. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this prospectus is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

 

United Arab Emirates

 

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

 

Australia

 

This prospectus:

 

does not constitute a product disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act;

 

does not constitute or involve a recommendation to acquire, an offer or  invitation for issue or sale, an offer or invitation to arrange the issue or sale, or an issue or sale, of interests to a “retail client” (as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act and applicable regulations) in Australia; and

 

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

 

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

 

  130  

 

 

As any offer of shares under this prospectus will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

 

Japan

 

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

 

Hong Kong

 

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

 

Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

 

  131  

 

 

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

(a) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
(b) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(c) where the transfer is by operation of law;
(d) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
(e) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore

 

Bermuda

 

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

 

Saudi Arabia

 

This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (“CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended (the “CMA Regulations”). The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

 

British Virgin Islands

 

The shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. The shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands),“BVI Companies”), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

 

This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with the Financial Services Commission of the British Virgin Islands. No registered prospectus has been or will be prepared in respect of the shares for the purposes of the Securities and Investment Business Act, 2010 (“SIBA”) or the Public Issuers Code of the British Virgin Islands.

 

China

 

This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of shares, whether by sale or subscription, in the People's Republic of China (the "PRC"). The shares are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.

 

Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the shares or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRC’s governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.

 

  132  

 

 

Korea

 

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FSCMA”), and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”). The shares have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

 

Malaysia

 

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia (“Commission”) for the Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence; (iii) a person who acquires the shares, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

 

Taiwan

 

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorised to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

 

South Africa

 

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, the shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions applies:

 

  133  

 

 

(i) the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

 

(a) persons whose ordinary business is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

 

(b) the South African Public Investment Corporation;

 

(c) persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

 

(d) authorised financial service providers under South African law;

 

(e) financial institutions recognised as such under South African law;

 

(f) a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorised portfolio manager for a pension fund or collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

 

(g) any combination of the person in (a) to (f); or

 

(ii) the total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR1,000,000.

 

No “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted) (the “South African Companies Act”)) in South Africa is being made in connection with the issue of the shares. Accordingly, this prospectus does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a "registered prospectus" (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. Any issue or offering of the shares in South Africa constitutes an offer of the shares in South Africa for subscription or sale in South Africa only to persons who fall within the exemption from "offers to the public" set out in section 96(1)(a) of the South African Companies Act. Accordingly, this prospectus must not be acted on or relied on by persons in South Africa who do not fall within section 96(1)(a) of the South African Companies Act (such persons being referred to as “SA Relevant Persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this prospectus relates is available in South Africa only to SA Relevant Persons and will be engaged in South Africa only with SA relevant persons.

 

  134  

 

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Luse Gorman, PC, Washington, DC. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP .

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016, included in this prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the report of Crowe Horwath LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission’s telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.

 

  135  

 

 

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Financial Statements  
   
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition F-2
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations F-3
   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income F-4
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity F-5
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-6
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-7
   
2016 and 2015 Consolidated Annual Financial Statements  
   
Independent Auditor’s Report F-31
   
Consolidated Financial Statements  
   
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition F-32
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations F-33
   
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income F-34
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity F-35
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows F-36
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-37

 

     
  F- 1    

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

    June 30,
2017
    December 31,
2016
 
Assets                
Cash and cash equivalents:                
Cash and due from banks   $ 227,553     $ 82,931  
U.S. Government securities money market funds     -       -  
Total cash and cash equivalents     227,553       82,931  
Investment securities available for sale, at estimated fair value     35,610       37,329  
Investment securities held to maturity (estimated fair value of    $5,907 at June 30, 2017 and $6,419 at December 31, 2016)     5,968       6,500  
Other investments     13,266       12,588  
Loans     1,285,976       1,055,706  
Deferred loan fees and unamortized costs, net     (823 )     (1,160 )
Allowance for loan losses     (13,909 )     (11,815 )
Net loans     1,271,244       1,042,731  
Accounts receivable, net     58       5,420  
Receivable from prepaid card programs, net     7,577       7,566  
Accrued interest receivable     3,059       2,735  
Premises and equipment, net     5,744       5,035  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     6,962       7,733  
Goodwill     9,733       9,733  
Total assets   $ 1,586,774     $ 1,220,301  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                
Deposits:                
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   $ 698,874     $ 403,402  
Interest-bearing deposits     630,424       590,378  
Total deposits     1,329,298       993,780  
Borrowed Funds     73,802       78,418  
Junior subordinated debentures     20,620       20,620  
Subordinated debts, net of issuance cost     24,453       -  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     15,840       10,901  
Accrued interest payable     912       227  
Debit cardholder balances     6,870       6,864  
Total liabilities     1,471,795       1,110,810  
                 
Stockholders’ equity:                
Class B preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 2,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding 272,636 at June 30,2017 and 272,636 at December 31, 2016     3       3  
Common stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares, issued and  outstanding 4,633,012 at June 30,2017 and 4,604,563 at December 31, 2016     45       45  
Additional paid in capital     96,312       96,116  
Retained earnings     18,692       13,492  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax effect     (73 )     (165 )
Total stockholders’ equity     114,979       109,491  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 1,586,774     $ 1,220,301  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

     
  F- 2    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

    2017     2016  
Interest and dividend income:                
Loans, including fees   $ 25,235     $ 19,952  
Securities:                
Taxable     397       462  
Tax-exempt     15       15  
Money market funds and commercial paper     156       65  
Other interest and dividends     687       406  
Total interest income     26,490       20,900  
Interest expense:                
Deposits     2,729       2,346  
Borrowed funds     880       733  
Subordinated debt interest expense     332       -  
Total interest expense     3,941       3,079  
                 
Net interest income     22,549       17,821  
Provision for loan losses     2,360       1,810  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     20,189       16,011  
                 
Non-interest income:                
Service charges on deposit accounts     796       404  
Other service charges and fees     416       781  
Loan prepayment penalties     13       269  
Debit card income     1,593       1,321  
Net gains on securities transactions     -       40  
Total non-interest income     2,818       2,815  
                 
Non-interest expense:                
Compensation and benefits     8,841       7,797  
Bank premises and equipment     2,110       1,916  
Directors Fees     349       316  
Insurance Expense     144       163  
Professional fees     889       778  
FDIC assessment     275       324  
Core processing fees     530       503  
Other expenses     1,238       1,108  
Total non-interest expense     14,376       12,905  
                 
Net income before income tax expense     8,631       5,921  
Income tax expense     3,431       2,406  
Net Income   $ 5,200     $ 3,515  
                 
Basic earnings per share   $ 1.12     $ 1.12  
Diluted earnings per share   $ 1.12     $ 1.11  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

     
  F- 3    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016

(Unaudited)

 

    For the Six Months Ending
June 30,
 
    2017     2016  
Net Income   $ 5,200     $ 3,515  
                 
Other comprehensive income                
Unrealized gains/losses of securities:                
Unrealized holding gain arising during the period     161       733  
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income     -       (40 )
      161       693  
Tax effect     (69 )     (282 )
Net of Tax     92       411  
                 
Comprehensive income   $ 5,292     $ 3,926  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

     
  F- 4    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

    Preferred Stock,
Class A
    Preferred Stock,
Class B
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
    Retained     AOCI
(Loss),
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Earnings     Net     Total  
Balance at January 1, 2016     391,044     $ 4       60,000     $ 1       3,095,784     $ 30     $ 63,796     $ 12,105     $ 16     $ 75,952  
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock     -       -       (60,000 )     (1 )     60,000       1       -       -       -       -  
Purchase and retirement of preferred stock     (123,924 )     (1 )     -       -       -       -       (1,238 )     (161 )     -       (1,400 )
Issuance of common stock, net     -       -       -       -       8,143       -       170       -       -       170  
Employee stock-based compensation expense     -       -       -       -       -       -       257       -       -       257  
Net income     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       3,515       -       3,515  
Other comprehensive income     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       411       411  
Balance at June 30, 2016     267,120     $ 3       -     $ -       3,163,927     $ 31     $ 62,985     $ 15,459     $ 427     $ 78,905  
                                                                                 
Balance at January 1, 2017     -     $ -       272,636     $ 3       4,604,563     $ 45     $ 96,116     $ 13,492     $ (165 )   $ 109,491  
Restricted stock, net of forfeiture     -       -       -       -       28,449       -       (7 )     -       -       (7 )
Employee stock-based compensation expense     -       -       -       -       -       -       203       -       -       203  
Net income     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       5,200       -       5,200  
Other comprehensive income     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       92       92  
Balance at June 30, 2017     -       -       272,636     $ 3       4,633,012     $ 45     $ 96,312     $ 18,692     $ (73 )   $ 114,979  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

     
  F- 5    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

For the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

    2017     2016  
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net income   $ 5,200     $ 3,515  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash:                
Depreciation and amortization     444       390  
Net amortization on securities     (24 )     (120 )
Gain on sale of securities     -       (40 )
Provision for loan losses     2,360       1,810  
Net change in deferred loan fees     (338 )     180  
Deferred income tax benefit     51       304  
Stock-based compensation expense     203       257  
Forfeiture of restricted shares     (7 )     -  
Net change in:                
Accrued interest receivable     (324 )     (56 )
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     5,624       4,396  
Accounts receivable     5,362       796  
Receivable from prepaid card programs     (11 )     (121 )
Debit cardholder balances     6       41  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     430       (1,216 )
Net cash provided by operating activities     18,976       10,136  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Loan originations and payments, net     (230,535 )     (129,634 )
Purchases of other investments     (886 )     (132 )
Redemptions of other investments     208       2,593  
Purchase of securities available for sale     (1,470 )     (22 )
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale     -       2,771  
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities of securities available for sale     3,614       4,350  
Purchase of securities held to maturity     -       (2,659 )
Proceeds from paydowns of securities held to maturity     513       291  
Purchase of premises and equipment, net     (1,153 )     (755 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities     (229,709 )     (123,197 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net     -       170  
Purchase and retirement of treasury preferred stock     -       (1,400 )
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated debt, net of issuance cost     24,453       -  
Proceeds from FHLB advances     120,000       -  
Repayments of FHLB advances     (124,616 )     (57,627 )
Net increase in deposits     335,518       175,042  
Net cash provided by financing activities     355,355       116,185  
                 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents     144,622       3,124  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period     82,931       64,990  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period   $ 227,553     $ 68,114  
                 
Supplemental information:                
                 
Cash paid during the year for:                
Interest   $ 3,256     $ 3,143  
Taxes   $ 5,270     $ 2,837  

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

     
  F- 6    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Organization : Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. (a New York corporation) (the “Company”) is a bank holding company whose principal activity is the ownership and management of Metropolitan Commercial Bank (the “Bank”), its wholly-owned subsidiary. The Bank’s primary market is the New York metropolitan area. The Bank offers a traditional range of services to individuals, businesses and others needing banking services. Its primary lending products are commercial mortgages and commercial and industrial loans. Substantially all loans are secured by specific items of collateral including business assets, consumer assets, and commercial and residential real estate. Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. There are no significant concentrations of loans to any one industry or customer. However, the customer’s ability to repay their loans is dependent on the real estate and general economic conditions of the area. The Bank’s primary deposit products are checking, savings, and term deposit accounts, and its deposit accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) under the maximum amounts allowed by law. The Bank commenced operations on June 22, 1999.

 

The Bank faces competition from numerous existing New York bank holding companies, commercial banks and savings banks which have been in business for many years and have established customer bases. Competition also comes from a variety of other non-bank businesses that offer financial services. Many of these competitors operate in the same geographic market in which the Bank operates, are well-known with long-standing relationships and businesses and individuals in the communities, and are substantially larger with greater resources than the Bank.

 

The Company is subject to regulations of certain state and federal agencies and, accordingly, is periodically examined by those regulatory authorities. As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities, the Company’s business is susceptible to being affected by state and federal legislation and regulations.

 

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows.

 

Basis of Presentation : The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform with U.S generally accepted accounting principles and predominant practices within the U.S. banking industry. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Bank. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards: Pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”), Emerging Growth Company (“EGC”) is permitted to elect to adopt new accounting guidance using adoption dates of nonpublic entities. The Company elected delayed effective dates of recently issued accounting standards.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04,  Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which eliminates the second step in the goodwill impairment test which requires an entity to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Instead, an entity should recognize an impairment loss if the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, with the impairment loss not to exceed the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The standard is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2021, with early adoption permitted for goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. Management expects ASU 2017-04 will not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 7    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08,  Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities , which shortens the amortization period for the premium on certain purchased callable debt securities to the earliest call date. Today, entities generally amortize the premium over the contractual life of the security. The new guidance does not change the accounting for purchased callable debt securities held at a discount as discounts continue to be amortized to maturity. ASU No. 2017-08 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The guidance includes a modified retrospective transition approach under which a cumulative-effect adjustment will be made to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. Management expects ASU 2017-08 will not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 8    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of securities available-for-sale and securities held-to-maturity at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and gross unrecognized gains and losses (dollars in thousands):

 

          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
June 30, 2017   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Available-for-sale                                
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 27,697     $ 149     $ (163 )   $ 27,683  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     4,799       -       (101 )     4,698  
Municipal bond     1,110       23       -       1,133  
CRA mutual fund     2,136       -       (40 )     2,096  
Total securities available-for-sale   $ 35,742     $ 172     $ (304 )   $ 35,610  

 

          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrecognized     Unrecognized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Held-to-maturity                                
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 5,943     $ -     $ (61 )   $ 5,882  
Foreign government securities     25       -       -       25  
Total securities held-to-maturity   $ 5,968     $ -     $ (61 )   $ 5,907  

 

          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
December 31, 2016   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Available-for-sale                                
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 29,152     $ 165     $ (290 )   $ 29,027  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     5,233       -       (130 )     5,103  
Municipal bond     1,122       14       -       1,136  
CRA mutual fund     2,115       -       (52 )     2,063  
Total securities available-for-sale   $ 37,622     $ 179     $ (472 )   $ 37,329  

 

          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrecognized     Unrecognized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Held-to-maturity                                
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 6,475     $ -     $ (81 )   $ 6,394  
Foreign government securities     25       -       -       25  
Total securities held-to-maturity   $ 6,500     $ -     $ (81 )   $ 6,419  

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 9    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

 

The proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gains and losses are listed below for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

    2017     2016  
Proceeds   $ -     $ 2,771  
Gross gains     -       40  
Gross losses     -       -  

 

The tax provision related to the net realized gain was $17,000 in 2016.

 

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 are shown by contractual maturity. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date, primarily mutual funds and mortgage-backed securities are shown separately (dollars in thousands):

 

    Held to Maturity     Available for Sale  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
June 30, 2017   Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
Within one year   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
One to five years     25       25       -       -  
Five to ten years     -       -       -       -  
Beyond ten years     -       -       1,110       1,133  
      25       25       1,110       1,133  
Residential mortgage-backed securities     5,943       5,882       27,697       27,683  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     -       -       4,799       4,698  
CRA mutual fund     -       -       2,136       2,096  
    $ 5,968     $ 5,907     $ 35,742     $ 35,610  
December 31, 2016                                
Within one year   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
One to five years     25       25       -       -  
Five to ten years     -       -       -       -  
Beyond ten years     -       -       1,122       1,136  
      25       25       1,122       1,136  
Residential mortgage-backed securities     6,475       6,394       29,152       29,027  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     -       -       5,233       5,103  
CRA mutual fund     -       -       2,115       2,063  
    $ 6,500     $ 6,419     $ 37,622     $ 37,329  

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 10    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

 

There were no securities pledged at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 to secure borrowings.

 

At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, all of the mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations held by the Bank were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support.

Securities with unrealized losses at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

      Less than 12 Months       12 months or more     Total  
June 30, 2017   Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 16,168     $ (163 )   $ -     $ -     $ 16,168     $ (163 )
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     2,742       (48 )     1,956       (53 )     4,698       (101 )
CRA mutual fund     -       -       2,096       (40 )     2,096       (40 )
Total temporarily impaired   $ 18,910     $ (211 )   $ 4,052     $ (93 )   $ 22,962     $ (304 )
                                                 
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 5,882     $ (61 )   $ -     $ -     $ 5,882     $ (61 )
Total held-to-maturity   $ 5,882     $ (61 )   $ -     $ -     $ 5,882     $ (61 )
                                                 
December 31, 2016                                                
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 16,733     $ (290 )   $ -     $ -     $ 16,733     $ (290 )
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     2,887       (60 )     2,216       (70 )     5,103       (130 )
CRA mutual fund     -       -       2,063       (52 )     2,063       (52 )
Total temporarily impaired   $ 19,620     $ (350 )   $ 4,279     $ (122 )   $ 23,899     $ (472 )
                                                 
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 6,394     $ (81 )   $ -     $ -     $ 6,394     $ (81 )
Total held-to-maturity   $ 6,394     $ (81 )   $ -     $ -     $ 6,394     $ (81 )

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 11    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

 

Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

 

At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS

 

Loans, net consist of the following as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

(In thousands)     June 30, 2017     December 31, 2016  
Real estate                
Commercial   $ 669,963     $ 547,711  
Construction     40,386       29,447  
Multi-family     179,245       117,373  
One-to-four family     25,976       26,480  
      915,570       721,011  
                 
Commercial and industrial     332,291       315,870  
Consumer     38,115       18,825  
Total loans     1,285,976       1,055,706  
Deferred fees     (823 )     (1,160 )
Allowance for loan losses     (13,909 )     (11,815 )
Balance at the end of the period     1,271,244       1,042,731  

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 12    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS (Continued)

 

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by segment for the six months ending June 30, 2017 and 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

June 30, 2017   Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial &
Industrial
    Construction     Multi
Family
    One-to-four
Family
    Consumer     Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Beginning balance   $ 5,206     $ 5,364     $ 409     $ 620     $ 109     $ 107     $ 11,815  
Provision (credit) for loan losses     1,281       416       148       338       (24 )     201       2,360  
Loans charged-off     -       (220 )     -       -       -       (46 )     (266 )
Recoveries     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Total ending allowance balance   $ 6,487     $ 5,560     $ 557     $ 958     $ 85     $ 262     $ 13,909  

 

June 30, 2016   Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial &
Industrial
    Construction     Multi
Family
    One-to-four
Family
    Consumer     Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Beginning balance   $ 3,650     $ 4,254     $ 589     $ 986     $ 444     $ 19     $ 9,942  
Provision (credit) for loan losses     1,185       1,359       (131 )     (582 )     (62 )     41       1,810  
Loans charged-off     -       (51 )     -       -       -       -       (51 )
Recoveries     -       -       -       -       3       -       3  
Total ending allowance balance   $ 4,835     $ 5,562     $ 458     $ 404     $ 385     $ 60     $ 11,704  

 

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment based on impairment method as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

June 30, 2017   Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial &
Industrial
    Construction     Multi
Family
    One-to-four
Family
    Consumer     Total  
                                           
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ -     $ 366     $ -     $ -     $ 17     $ 34     $ 417  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     6,487       5,194       557       958       68       228       13,492  
Total ending allowance balance   $ 6,487     $ 5,560     $ 557     $ 958     $ 85     $ 262     $ 13,909  
                                                         
Loans:                                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 6,314     $ 4,805     $ -     $ -     $ 1,130     $ 68     $ 12,317  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     663,649       327,486       40,386       179,245       24,846       38,047       1,273,659  
Total ending loan balance   $ 669,963     $ 332,291     $ 40,386     $ 179,245     $ 25,976     $ 38,115     $ 1,285,976  

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 13    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS (Continued)

 

December 31, 2016   Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial &
Industrial
    Construction     Multi
Family
    One-to-four
Family
    Consumer     Total  
                                           
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ -     $ 366     $ -     $ -     $ 10     $ -     $ 376  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     5,206       4,998       409       620       99       107       11,439  
Total ending allowance balance   $ 5,206     $ 5,364     $ 409     $ 620     $ 109     $ 107     $ 11,815  
                                                         
Loans:                                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 5,504     $ 4,915     $ -     $ -     $ 1,130     $ -     $ 11,549  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     542,207       310,955       29,447       117,373       25,350       18,825       1,044,157  
Total ending loan balance   $ 547,711     $ 315,870     $ 29,447     $ 117,373     $ 26,480     $ 18,825     $ 1,055,706  

 

Recorded investment excludes accrued interest receivable and loan origination fees (net), due to immateriality.

 

The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment recognized as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

    June 30, 2017     December 31, 2016  
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Recorded
Investment
    Allowance for
Loan Losses
Allocated
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Recorded
Investment
    Allowance for
Loan Losses
Allocated
 
With an allowance recorded:                                                
Commercial & industrial   $ 8,783     $ 3,660     $ 366     $ 8,783     $ 3,660     $ 366  
One-to-four family     1,407       1,130       17       694       565       10  
Consumer     68       68       34       -       -       -  
Total   $ 10,258     $ 4,858     $ 417     $ 9,477     $ 4,225     $ 376  
                                                 
Without an allowance recorded:                                                
Commercial real estate   $ 6,783     $ 6,314     $ -     $ 5,974     $ 5,504     $ -  
Commercial & industrial     1,145       1,145       -       1,255       1,255       -  
One-to-four family     -       -       -       713       565       -  
Total   $ 7,928     $ 7,459     $ -     $ 7,942     $ 7,324     $ -  

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 14    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS (Continued)

 

The following table presents the average recorded investment and interest income of loans individually evaluated for impairment recognized by class of loans as of and for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

 

    June 30, 2017     June 30, 2016  
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
 
With an allowance recorded:                                
Commercial & industrial   $ 3,660     $ -     $ 1,928     $ 11  
One-to-four family     1,130       18       1,223       9  
Consumer     68       2       -          
Total   $ 4,858     $ 20     $ 3,151     $ 20  
                                 
Without an allowance recorded:                                
Commercial real estate   $ 6,388     $ 112     $ 7,693     $ 165  
Commercial & industrial     1,200       26       1,370       28  
One-to-four family     -               565       12  
Total   $ 7,588     $ 138     $ 9,628     $ 205  

 

Interest on non-accrual loans not recognized was $111,000 and $47,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016.

 

Non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 days still on accrual include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.

 

The following tables present the recorded investment in non-accrual loans and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual by class of loans as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

June 30, 2017   Nonaccrual     Loans Past Due
Over 90 Days Still
Accruing
 
Commercial Real Estate   $ 841     $ -  
Commercial & Industrial     3,660       -  
Consumer     68       -  
Total   $ 4,569     $ -  

 

December 31, 2016   Nonaccrual     Loans Past Due
Over 90 Days Still
Accruing
 
Commercial & Industrial   $ 3,660     $ -  

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 15    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS (Continued)

 

The following tables present the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class of loans as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

June 30, 2017   30-59 Days     60-89 Days     Greater than
90 days
    Total Past
Due
    Loans not
Past Due
    Total  
Commercial Real Estate   $ 937     $ -     $ -     $ 937     $ 669,026     $ 669,963  
Commercial & Industrial     220       -       3,660       3,880       328,411       332,291  
Construction     -       -       -       -       40,386       40,386  
Multi Family     -       -       -       -       179,245       179,245  
One-to-four Family     2,485       -       -       2,485       23,491       25,976  
Consumer     70       69       68       207       37,908       38,115  
Total   $ 3,712     $ 69     $ 3,728     $ 7,509     $ 1,278,467     $ 1,285,976  

 

December 31, 2016   30-59 Days     60-89 Days     Greater than
90 days
    Total Past
Due
    Loans not
Past Due
    Total  
Commercial Real Estate   $ -     $ 958     $ -     $ 958     $ 546,753     $ 547,711  
Commercial & Industrial     14       3,922       -       3,936       311,934       315,870  
Construction     -       -       -       -       29,447       29,447  
Multi Family     -       -       -       -       117,373       117,373  
One-to-four Family     -       -       -       -       26,480       26,480  
Consumer     -       34       -       34       18,791       18,825  
Total   $ 14     $ 4,914     $ -     $ 4,928     $ 1,050,778     $ 1,055,706  

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

 

Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired. Included in impaired loans at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, $7.7 million and $7.9 million of loans modified in troubled debt restructurings. The Bank has allocated $17,000 and $10,000 of specific reserves to customers whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 respectively. The Bank has not committed to lend additional amounts as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings.

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 16    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS (Continued)

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016, there were no loans modified as troubled debt restructurings for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification. A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days contractually past due under the modified terms. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Bank’s internal underwriting policy.

 

Credit Quality Indicators:

 

The Bank categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Bank analyzes all loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk at least annually. An analysis is performed on a quarterly basis for loans classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful. The Bank uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

 

Special Mention - Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution's credit position at some future date.

 

Substandard - Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

Doubtful - Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

 

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass-rated loans. Based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

June 30, 2017   Pass     Special
Mention
    Substandard     Doubtful     Total  
Commercial Real Estate   $ 660,485     $ 7,447     $ 2,031     $ -     $ 669,963  
Commercial & Industrial     327,089       1,542       3,660       -       332,291  
Construction     40,386       -       -       -       40,386  
Multi Family     179,245       -       -       -       179,245  
Total   $ 1,207,205     $ 8,989     $ 5,691     $ -     $ 1,221,885  

 

December 31, 2016   Pass     Special
Mention
    Substandard     Doubtful     Total  
Commercial Real Estate   $ 542,206     $ 4,293     $ 1,212     $ -     $ 547,711  
Commercial & Industrial     309,295       2,915       3,660       -       315,870  
Construction     29,447       -       -       -       29,447  
Multi Family     117,373       -       -       -       117,373  
Total   $ 998,321     $ 7,208     $ 4,872     $ -     $ 1,010,401  

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 17    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS (Continued)

 

For one-to-four family loans and consumer loans, the Bank evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which was previously presented, and by performance status. Non-performing loans are loans past due over 90 days or more still accruing interests and loans on non-accrual status. The following table presents the recorded investment in one-to-four family and consumer loans based on performance status as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

June 30, 2017   Performing     Non-
Performing
    Total  
One-to-four family   $ 25,976     $ -     $ 25,976  
Consumer     38,047       68     $ 38,115  
Total   $ 64,023     $ 68     $ 64,091  

 

December 31, 2016   Performing     Non-
Performing
    Total  
One-to-four family   $ 26,480     $ -     $ 26,480  
Consumer     18,825       -     $ 18,825  
Total   $ 45,305     $ -     $ 45,305  

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 18    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 4 – EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is shown below (in thousands, except per share data).

 

    June 30, 2017     June 30, 2016  
             
Basic                
Net income per consolidated statements of income   $ 5,200     $ 3,515  
Less: Dividends paid to preferred shareholders     -       -  
Less: Earnings allocated to participating securities     (100 )     (88 )
                 
Net income available to common stockholders     5,100       3,427  
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding including participating securities     4,629,004       3,146,198  
Less: Weighted average participating securities     (89,079 )     (78,222 )
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding     4,539,925       3,067,976  
                 
Basic earnings per common share   $ 1.12     $ 1.12  
                 
Diluted                
Net income allocated to common shareholders     5,100       3,427  
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share     4,539,925       3,067,976  
Add: Dilutive effects of assumed exercise of stock options     33,000       33,000  
                 
Average shares and dilutive potential common shares     4,572,925       3,100,976  
                 
Dilutive earnings per commons share   $ 1.12     $ 1.11  

 

Stock options for 45,500 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for June 30, 2017 and 2016 because they were antidilutive.

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 19    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 5 - STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN

 

The Company has two share-based compensation plans which are described below.

 

Stock Option Plan

 

The Company established the 1999 Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”), as amended, under which certain employees and directors may receive stock options. Stock options are generally granted with an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair value of the common stock at the date of grant. As of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there were no unissued shares of the Company’s common stock authorized for option grants under the Plan.

 

Equity Incentive Plan

 

In May 2009 the Company approved the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”) as a successor to the 1999 Plan. The 2009 Plan permits the granting of restricted shares, incentive stock options (“ISO”), nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted share units and other stock-based awards to employees, directors, officers, consultants, advisors, suppliers and any other persons or entity whose services are considered valuable for up to 1,183,000 shares. The authorized shares will be new issues upon exercise of any options granted. Under the terms of the 2009 Plan, each option agreement cannot have an exercise price that is less than 100% of the fair value of the shares covered by the option on the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to any 10% shareholder, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair value of the shares covered by the option on the date of grant.

 

In no event shall the exercise price of an option be less than the par value of the shares for which the option is exercisable. In no event shall the exercise period exceed ten years from the date of grant of the option, except, in the case of an ISO granted to a 10% shareholder, the exercise period shall not exceed five years from the date of grant. In the event of a change in control, the Committee may determine that any award then outstanding shall be assumed or an equivalent award shall be substituted by the successor corporation.

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black-Scholes) model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities based on historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock are not significant. The expected term of options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which takes into account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. Historically, the Company has not paid a dividend on its common shares and does not expect to do so in the near future. No options were granted during six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 20    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 5 - STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN (Continued)

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan and the change during the six months ended June 30, 2017 is presented below:

 

 

    June 30,  
    2017  
    Number
of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
             
Outstanding, beginning of year     276,500     $ 19.97  
Granted     -       -  
Exercised     -       -  
Cancelled/forfeited     -       -  
Outstanding, end of year     276,500     $ 19.97  
Options vested and exercisable at year-end     276,500     $ 19.97  
                 
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year           $ -  
                 
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)             5.99  

 

There was no unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted under the Plan during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and June 30, 2016.


No compensation cost related to stock option plan for the six months ended June 30, 2017, and total compensation cost related to this plan was $93,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2016.

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 21    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 5 - STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at June 30, 2017:

 

    Options Outstanding  
Range of
Average
Exercise
Prices
  Number
Outstanding at
June 30, 2017
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
$10 - 20     231,000       6.89     $ 18.00  
$21 - 30     45,500       1.40     $ 30.00  
$10 - 30     276,500       5.99     $ 19.97  

 

The Company issued restricted stock awards to certain key personnel under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. Each restricted stock award vests based on vesting schedule outlined in the reward agreement. Restricted stock awards are subject to forfeiture if the holder is not employed by the Company on the vesting date. In 2013, shareholders approved an additional 300,000 shares available under the plan, and in 2016, an additional 760,000 shares were authorized. Total shares issuable under the plan are 823,122 at June 30, 2017. There were 31,616 shares issued in the first six months of 2017. The fair value of the shares granted was estimated on the date of grant based on the most recent equity offering. As of June 30, 2017, there was $1.3 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.52 years.

 

Total compensation cost that has been charged against income for this plan was $203,000 and $164,000, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016.

 

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s non-vested restricted stock awards for the six months ended June 30, 2017:

 

    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 
Outstanding, beginning of year     64,638     $ 20.42  
 Granted     31,616       21.00  
 Forfeited     (3,167 )     -  
 Vested     (4,000 )     -  
Outstanding at June 30, 2017     89,087     $ 20.63  

 

The total fair value of shares vested is $84,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and $90,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2016.

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 22    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 6 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value.

 

Investment Securities : The fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2), using matrix pricing. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique commonly used to price debt securities that are not actively traded, values debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to the other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3 inputs). A third party is engaged to obtain the discounted cash flows and the resulting fair value. Rating agency and industry research reports as well as defaults and deferrals on individual securities are reviewed and incorporated into the calculations.

 

Impaired Loans : The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available for similar loans and collateral underlying such loans. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification. Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairments and adjusted accordingly.

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 23    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 6 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below (dollars in thousands):

 

    Fair Value Measurement
At December 31, Using
 
June 30, 2017   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
For Identical
Assets (Level 1)
    Significant Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 
Assets:                        
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ -     $ 27,683     $ -  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligation     -       4,698       -  
Municipal bond     -       1,133       -  
CRA Mutual Fund     2,096       -       -  
                         
December 31, 2016                        
Assets:                        
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ -     $ 29,027     $ -  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligation     -       5,103       -  
Municipal bond     -       1,136       -  
CRA Mutual Fund     2,063       -       -  

 

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 24    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 6 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Non-Recurring Basis

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below (dollars in thousands):

 

   

Fair Value Measurement
At December 31, Using

 
June 30, 2017   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
For Identical
Assets (Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 
Assets:                        
Impaired Loans:                        
Commercial and Industrial   $ -     $ -     $ 3,294  
One-to-four Family     -       -       554  
                         

 

    Fair Value Measurement
At December 31, Using
 
December 31, 2016   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
For Identical
Assets (Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 
(In thousands)                        
Impaired loans:                        
Commercial and Industrial   $ -     $ -     $ 3,294  

 

There were no transfers between level 1 and level 2 during the six month period ended June 30, 2017 nor the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

The following table presents quantitative information about level 3 fair value measurements for assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016:

 

    Fair Value     Valuation
Technique
  Unobservable Input   Range
(Weighted
Average)
 
June 30, 2017                        
Impaired loans – Commercial and industrial loan   $ 3,294     Market approach   Adjustments for the difference in comparable sales     10.0 %
                         
Impaired loans – One-to-four family   $ 554     Sales approach   Adjustments for the difference in comparable sales     10.0 %
                         
December 31, 2016                        
                         
Impaired loans – Commercial and industrial loan   $ 3,294     Market approach   Adjustments for the difference in comparable sales     10.0 %

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 25    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 6 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

As of June 30, 2017, impaired loans with allocated allowance for loan losses, which are assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, using the fair value of the collateral (Level 3 inputs), had a carrying amount of $4,292,889 with a valuation allowance of $411,615, resulting in an increase of provision for loan loss of $45,615 for the six months then ended.

 

As of December 31, 2016, impaired loans with allocated allowance for loan losses, which are assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, using the fair value of the collateral (Level 3 inputs), had a carrying amount of $3,660,000 with a valuation allowance of $366,000, resulting in an increase of provision for loan loss of $42,000 for the year then ended.

 

Carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments at year end were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

    June 30, 2017  
          Fair Value Measurement Using:        
(In thousands)   Carrying
Amount
    Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
 (Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
    Total
Fair Value
 
Financial assets:                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 227,553     $ 227,553     $ -     $ -     $ 227,553  
U.S Government securities money market funds     -       -       -       -       -  
Securities available for sale     35,610       2,096       33,514       -       35,610  
Securities held to maturity     5,968       -       5,907       -       5,907  
Loans, net     1,271,244       -       -       1,284,457       1,284,457  
Other investments     13,266       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Accrued interest receivable     3,059       -       123       2,936       3,059  
                                         
Financial liabilities:                                        
Deposits without stated maturities     1,255,548       1,255,548       -       -       1,255,548  
Deposits with stated maturities     73,750       -       73,904       -       73,904  
Borrowed funds     73,802       -       73,849       -       73,849  
Junior subordinated debentures     20,620       -       -       19,999       19,999  
Subordinated debt, net of issuance cost     24,453       -       25,000       -       25,000  
Accrued interest payable     912       9       443       460       912  

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 26    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 6 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

    December 31, 2016  
          Fair Value Measurement Using:        
(In thousands)   Carrying
Amount
    Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
 (Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
    Total
Fair Value
 
Financial assets:                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 82,931     $ 82,931     $ -     $ -     $ 82,931  
U.S Government securities money market funds     -       -       -       -       -  
Securities available for sale     37,329       2,063       35,266       -       37,329  
Securities held to maturity     6,500       -       6,419       -       6,419  
Loans, net     1,042,731       -       -       1,059,333       1,059,333  
Other investments     12,588       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Accrued interest receivable     2,735       -       157       2,578       2,735  
                                         
Financial liabilities:                                        
Deposits without stated maturities     903,267       903,267       -       -       903,267  
Deposits with stated maturities     90,513       -       90,559       -       90,559  
Borrowed funds     78,418       -       78,872       -       78,872  
Junior subordinated debentures     20,620       -       -       19,998       19,998  
Accrued interest payable     227       19       62       146       227  

 

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:

 

Cash and Due from Banks: Carrying amounts of cash approximate fair value, since these instruments are either payable on demand or have short-term maturities and as such are classified as Level 1.

 

Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity: If available, the estimated fair values are based on independent dealer quotations on nationally recognized securities exchanges and are classified as Level 1. For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair value is based on matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

Other Investments: It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB and FRB stock, and investments in Solomon Hess SBA Loan Fund, due to restrictions placed on transferability.

 

Loans: Fair values of loans, excluding loans held for sale are estimated as follows: For variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values resulting in a Level 3 classification. Fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality establishing discount factors for these types of loans and resulting in a Level 3 classification. The methods utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price.

 

Deposits without stated maturities: The Fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g. interest and non-interest checking, savings and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the recording date (i.e., their carrying amount) resulting in a Level 1 price.

 

Deposits with stated maturities : The estimated fair values of certificates of deposit are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for certificate of deposit maturities resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 27    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

 

NOTE 6 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

FHLB Borrowings: Represents FHLB advances for which the estimated fair values are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for funding maturities resulting in a Level 1 classification for all other maturity terms.

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures: The estimated fair value is based on estimates using market data for similarly risk weighted items and takes into consideration the features of the debentures which is an unobservable input resulting in a Level 3 classification.

 

Subordinated Debt, net of debt issuance costs: The fair value of subordinated debt is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on then current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements (deemed a Level 2 valuation), and is provided to the Company independently by a market maker in the underlying security .

 

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable: For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of the fair value resulting in a Level 1, 2 or 3 classification consistent with the underlying asset or liability the interest is associated with.

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Liabilities: The fair value of off-balance-sheet commitments to extend credit is estimated using fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements. The fair value is immaterial as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

 

Fair value estimates are made at specific points in time and are based on existing on-and off-balance sheet financial instruments. These estimates are subjective in nature and dependent on a number of significant assumptions associated with each financial instrument or group of financial instruments, including estimates of discount rates, risks associated with specific financial instruments, estimates of future cash flows, and relevant available market information. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. In addition, fair value estimates do not reflect the value of anticipated future business, premiums or discounts that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument, or the tax consequences of realizing gains or losses on the sale of financial instruments.

 

NOTE 7 – ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

The following table summarizes the components of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax effects:

 

    2017      2016  
  Unrealized Losses on       Unrealized Losses on  
Unrealized Losses on
Six months ended June 30,
  Available for Sale
Securities
    Available for Sale
Securities
 
             
Beginning balance     (165 )     16  
                 
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications     92       434  
                 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income     -       (23 )
                 
Net current period other comprehensive income     92       411  
Ending balance     (73 )     427  

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 28    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 7 – ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Continued)

 

The following represents the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) for the six months ended June 30, 2017, and 2016:

 

    Six months ended      
    June 30,
2017
    June 30,
2016
    Affected Line in the
Consolidated Statements of Income
                 
Realized gain on securities sales   $ -     $ 40     Net gains on securities transactions
Income tax expense     -       (17 )   Income tax expense
Total reclassifications, net of tax   $ -     $ 23      

 

NOTE 8 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

 

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

The Bank had outstanding the following off-balance-sheet financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

    June 30, 2017     December 31, 2016  
    Fixed
Rate
    Variable
Rate
    Fixed
Rate
    Variable
Rate
 
                         
Undrawn lines of credit   $ 65,921     $ 27,140     $ 60,984     $ 9,890  
Undrawn letters of credit     20,246       -       9,808       -  

 

A commitment to extend credit is a legally binding agreement to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally expire within 2 years. At June 30, 2017, the Bank’s fixed rate loan commitments are to make loans with interest rates ranging from 4.25% to 9.25% and maturities of one year or more. At December 31, 2016, the Bank’s fixed rate loan commitments are to make loans with interest rates ranging from 3.75% to 8.75%. The amount of collateral obtained, if any, by the Bank upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but may include mortgages on commercial and residential real estate, security interests in business assets, equipment, deposit accounts with the Bank or other financial institutions and securities.

 

  (Continued)  
  F- 29    

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (unaudited)

 

NOTE 8 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK (Continued)

 

The Bank has stand-by letters of credit in the amount of $20.2 million and $9.8 million included above as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively, for which the Bank has pledged interest-bearing accounts of $0.7 million and $4.0 million as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The stand-by letters of credit and the time deposits mature within one year.

 

NOTE 9 – SUBORDINATED DEBT

 

On March 8, 2017, Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. (“MBHC”) closed the issuance of its $25 million subordinated notes at 100% issue price to accredited institutional investors. The notes mature on March 15, 2027 and bear an interest rate of 6.25% per annum. The interests are paid semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year thru March 15, 2022 and quarterly thereafter on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year.

 

Interest rate from March 15, 2022 to the maturity date shall reset quarterly to an interest rate per annum equal to the then current three month LIBOR (not less than zero) plus 426 basis points, payable quarterly in arrears.

 

MBHC may redeem the subordinated notes beginning with the interest payment date of March 15, 2022 and on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter. The subordinated notes may be redeemed in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the subordinated notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

 

   
  F- 30    

 

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

 

Board of Directors and Audit Committee

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and Subsidiary

New York, New York

 

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for years then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America . Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

 

 

 

 

Crowe Horwath LLP

 

Livingston, New Jersey

August 31, 2017

 

   
  F- 31    

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

    2016     2015  
Assets                
Cash and cash equivalents:                
Cash and due from banks   $ 82,931     $ 65,622  
U.S. Government securities money market funds     -       25  
Total cash and cash equivalents     82,931       65,647  
Investment securities available for sale, at estimated fair value     37,329       47,467  
Investment securities held to maturity (estimated fair value of $6,419 and $4,970 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)     6,500       4,974  
Other investments     12,588       12,406  
Loans     1,055,706       821,473  
Deferred loan fees and unamortized costs, net     (1,160 )     (1,175 )
Allowance for loan losses     (11,815 )     (9,942 )
Net loans     1,042,731       810,356  
Accounts receivable, net     5,420       870  
Receivable from prepaid card programs, net     7,566       745  
Accrued interest receivable     2,735       2,301  
Premises and equipment, net     5,035       4,640  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     7,733       5,649  
Goodwill     9,733       9,733  
Total assets   $ 1,220,301     $ 964,788  
                 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity                
Deposits:                
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits   $ 403,402     $ 250,373  
Interest-bearing deposits     590,378       515,666  
Total deposits     993,780       766,039  
Borrowed Funds     78,418       96,147  
Junior subordinated debentures     20,620       20,620  
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     10,901       5,481  
Accrued interest payable     227       320  
Debit cardholder balances     6,864       229  
Total liabilities     1,110,810       888,836  
                 
Commitments and Contingencies     -       -  
                 
Stockholders’ equity:                
Class A preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 5,000,000 shares Issued and outstanding 0 and 391,044 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively Liquidation preference of $0 and $3,910 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively     -       4  
Class B preferred stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 2,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding 272,636 and 60,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively     3       1  
Common stock, $0.01 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares, issued and outstanding 4,604,563 and 3,095,784 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively     45       30  
Additional paid in capital     96,116       63,796  
Retained earnings     13,492       12,105  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax effect     (165 )     16  
Total stockholders’ equity     109,491       75,952  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 1,220,301     $ 964,788  

 

   
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.  
     
   F- 32  

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

    2016     2015  
Interest and dividend income:                
Loans, including fees   $ 42,360     $ 31,110  
Securities:                
Taxable     886       1,024  
Tax-exempt     30       31  
Money market funds, and commercial paper     142       110  
Other interest and dividends     737       407  
Total interest income     44,155       32,682  
Interest expense:                
Deposits     4,877       3,805  
Borrowed funds     1,212       1,455  
Total interest expense     6,089       5,260  
                 
Net interest income     38,066       27,422  
Provision for loan losses     8,060       2,015  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     30,006       25,407  
                 
Non-interest income:                
Service charges on deposit accounts     876       754  
Other service charges and fees     1,179       476  
Loan prepayment penalties     402       700  
Debit card income     2,926       2,568  
Net gains on securities transactions     40       -  
Total non-interest income     5,423       4,498  
                 
Non-interest expenses:                
Compensation and benefits     17,010       13,221  
Bank premises and equipment     3,985       3,620  
Professional fees     1,595       1,360  
FDIC assessment     675       554  
Core processing expenses     862       788  
Directors fees     611       540  
Insurance expense     333       363  
Other expenses     2,300       2,631  
Total non-interest expense     27,371       23,077  
                 
Net income before income tax expense     8,058       6,828  
Income tax expense     3,045       2,559  
Net Income   $ 5,013     $ 4,269  
                 
Earnings per common share                
Basic   $ 0.43     $ 1.54  
Diluted   $ 0.43     $ 1.54  

   

   
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.  
     
   F- 33  

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

    2016     2015  
Net Income   $ 5,013     $ 4,269  
                 
Other comprehensive loss                
Unrealized gains/losses of securities:                
Unrealized holding loss arising during the period     (268 )     (220 )
Reclassification adjustment for net gains included in net income     (40 )     -  
      (308 )     (220 )
Tax effect     (127 )     (107 )
Net of Tax     (181 )     (113 )
                 
Comprehensive income   $ 4,832     $ 4,156  

  

   
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.  
     
   F- 34  

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

    Preferred Stock,
Class A
    Preferred Stock,
Class B
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
    Retained     AOCI
(Loss),
       
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Earnings     Net     Total  
Balance at January 1, 2015     415,248     $ 4       60,000     $ 1       2,321,615     $ 23     $ 50,750     $ 7,836     $ 129     $ 58,743  
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock     (24,204 )     -       -       -       13,447       -       -       -       -       -  
Issuance of common stock, net     -       -               -       722,222       7       12,599       -       -       12,606  
Restricted stock     -       -       -       -       38,500       -       -       -       -       -  
Employee stock-based compensation expense     -       -       -       -       -       -       447       -       -       447  
Net income     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       4,269       -       4,269  
Other comprehensive loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (113 )     (113 )
Balance at  December 31, 2015     391,044       4       60,000       1       3,095,784       30       63,796       12,105       16       75,952  
Purchase and retirement of treasury preferred stock     (123,924 )     (1 )     -       -       -       -       (1,238 )     (161 )     -       (1,400 )
Preferred stock  - redemption     (267,120 )     (3 )     -       -       -       -       (2,624 )     (45 )     -       (2,672 )
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock     -       -       (60,000 )     (1 )     60,000       1       -       -       -       -  
Issuance of preferred stock, net     -       -       272,636       3       -       -       5,500       -       -       5,503  
Issuance of common stock, net     -       -       -       -       1,374,112       14       28,354       -       -       28,368  
Restricted stock     -       -       -       -       74,667                       -       -       -  
Class A  preferred stock  - dividend payment     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (3,420 )     -       (3,420 )
Employee stock-based compensation expense     -       -       -       -       -       -       2,328       -       -       2,328  
Net income     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       5,013       -       5,013  
Other comprehensive loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (181 )     (181 )
Balance at  December 31, 2016     -       -       272,636       3       4,604,563       45       96,116       13,492       (165 )     109,491  

   

   
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.  
     
   F- 35  

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

    2016     2015  
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net income   $ 5,013     $ 4,269  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash:                
Depreciation and amortization     785       696  
Net amortization on securities     355       492  
Gain on sale of securities     (40 )     -  
Provision for loan losses     8,060       2,015  
Net change in deferred loan fees     (15 )     (1,006 )
Deferred income tax benefit     (913 )     (455 )
Stock-based compensation expense     2,328       447  
Net change in:                
Accrued interest receivable     (434 )     (628 )
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities     5,327       (1,383 )
Accounts receivable     (4,550 )     245  
Receivable from prepaid card programs     (187 )     3,703  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     (1,171 )     (2,952 )
Net cash provided by operating activities     14,558       5,443  
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Loan originations and payments, net     (240,420 )     (184,597 )
Purchases of other investments     (182 )     (5,368 )
Purchase of securities available for sale     (1,546 )     -  
Proceeds from sales and calls of securities available for sale     2,771       -  
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities of securities available for sale     8,378       9,491  
Purchase of securities held to maturity     (2,684 )     (5,151 )
Proceeds from paydowns of securities held to maturity     1,198       283  
Purchase of premises and equipment, net     (1,180 )     (1,732 )
                 
Net cash used in investing activities     (233,665 )     (187,074 )
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net     28,368       12,606  
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net     5,503       -  
Purchase and retirement of treasury preferred stock     (1,400 )     -  
Redemption of preferred stock, net     (2,672 )     -  
Payment of preferred stock dividend     (3,420 )     -  
Proceeds from FHLB advances     120,000       97,426  
Repayments of FHLB advances     (137,729 )     (65,202 )
Net increase in deposits     227,741       156,793  
Net cash provided by financing activities     236,391       201,623  
                 
Increase in cash and cash equivalents     17,284       19,992  
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period     65,647       45,655  
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period   $ 82,931     $ 65,647  
                 
Supplemental information:                
                 
Cash paid during the year for:                
Interest   $ 6,182     $ 5,025  
Taxes   $ 5,270     $ 3,265  

  

   
  See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.  
     
   F- 36  

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Organization : Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. (a New York corporation) (the “Company”) is a bank holding company whose principal activity is the ownership and management of Metropolitan Commercial Bank (the “Bank”), its wholly-owned subsidiary. The Bank’s primary market is the New York metropolitan area. The Bank offers a traditional range of services to individuals, businesses and others needing banking services. Its primary lending products are commercial mortgages and commercial and industrial loans. Substantially all loans are secured by specific items of collateral including business assets, consumer assets, and commercial and residential real estate. Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. There are no significant concentrations of loans to any one industry or customer. However, the customer’s ability to repay their loans is dependent on the real estate and general economic conditions of the area. The Bank’s primary deposit products are checking, savings, and term deposit accounts, and its deposit accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) under the maximum amounts allowed by law. The Bank commenced operations on June 22, 1999.

 

The Bank faces competition from numerous existing New York bank holding companies, commercial banks and savings banks which have been in business for many years and have established customer bases. Competition also comes from a variety of other non-bank businesses that offer financial services. Many of these competitors operate in the same geographic market in which the Bank operates, are well-known with long-standing relationships and businesses and individuals in the communities, and are substantially larger with greater resources than the Bank.

 

The Company is subject to regulations of certain state and federal agencies and, accordingly, is periodically examined by those regulatory authorities. As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities, the Company’s business is susceptible to being affected by state and federal legislation and regulations.

 

A summary of the Company’s significant accounting policies consistently applied in the preparation of the accompanying financial statements follows.

 

Basis of Presentation : The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform with U.S generally accepted accounting principles and predominant practices within the U.S. banking industry. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and the Bank. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Use of Estimates : To prepare financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and actual results could differ.

 

Cash Flows : Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand and amounts due from banks and money market funds. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, and other investments.

 

Securities: Debt securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax.

  

  (Continued)  
   F- 37  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method. Gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations upon sale.

 

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis.

 

Accounts Receivable & Receivable from Prepaid Card Programs, Net :  Accounts receivable, net were $5,420,000 and $870,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, which primarily consisted of the Bank’s in-transit items and trade accounts receivable from prepaid debit card programs, and other miscellaneous receivables.  Receivables from prepaid card program, net were $7,566,000 and $745,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The receivables were predominantly government scheduled payments including financial assistance programs and pensions.  The Automated Clearing House (ACH) files were accepted in advance by the Federal Reserve Bank, and the Bank was able to verify that these funds were transferred with the Federal Reserve ACH reports within three business days after December 31, 2016. Management believes all outstanding receivables are fully collectible as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Revenue Recognition : Revenue is recognized when the related services have been provided and amounts have been earned. Prepaid debit card income consists of monthly maintenance fees, ATM fees, point-of-sale transaction fees, and other revenues. The Company recognizes revenue related to maintenance fees from cardholders on a monthly basis, ATM fees from cardholders when customers withdraw money at certain ATMs, and point-of-sale transaction fees when customers use the cards for purchases, in accordance with the terms and conditions in the cardholder agreements.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets : Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 38  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Loans and Allowance for Loan Losses : Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding principal balances, adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments.

 

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at an amount management deems adequate to cover probable incurred credit losses. In determining the level to be maintained, management evaluates many factors, including current economic trends, industry experience, historical loss experience, industry loan concentrations, the borrower’s ability to repay and repayment performance and estimated collateral values.

 

Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.

 

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired.

 

A loan is considered to be impaired when it is probable that the Bank will be unable to collect all principal and interest amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. All commercial and commercial real estate loans are individually evaluated for credit risk at least annually, and all classified loans are individually evaluated for impairment quarterly. Large groups of smaller balance homogenous loans such as residential real estate loans are collectively evaluated for impairment, and accordingly, are not separately evaluated for impairment disclosures unless the individual loan is classified.

 

Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

 

Troubled debt restructurings are separately identified for impairment disclosures and are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan, the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral. For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Bank determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 39  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

The general component of the allowance covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors. The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Bank over a rolling two-year period. This actual loss experience is supplemented with other economic factors based on the risks present for each portfolio segment. These economic factors include consideration of the following: levels of and trends in delinquencies and impaired loans; levels of and trends in charge-offs and recoveries; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects on any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards; other changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices; experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; national and local economic trends and conditions; industry conditions; and effects of changes in credit concentrations. The following portfolio segments have been identified: Construction Loans, Commercial Real Estate Loans, Multi-Family Real Estate Loans, One-to-Four Family Real Estate Loans, Commercial & Industrial Loans and Consumer Loans.

 

The risk characteristics of each of the identified portfolio segments are as follows:

 

Construction – Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of risk of loss than long-term financing on improved, occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction and the estimated cost of construction. During the construction phase, a number of factors could result in delays and cost overruns. If the estimate of construction costs proves to be inaccurate, additional funds may be required to be advanced in excess of the amount originally committed to permit completion of the building.

 

If the estimate of value proves to be inaccurate, the value of the building may be insufficient to assure full repayment if liquidation is required. If foreclosure is required on a building before or at completion due to a default, there can be no assurance that all of the unpaid balance of, and accrued interest on, the loan as well as related foreclosure and holding costs will be recovered.

 

Commercial Real Estate – Commercial real estate loans are secured by nonresidential real estate and generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than residential real estate loans. Repayment of commercial real estate loans depends on the global cash flow analysis of the borrower and the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability, and the value of the underlying property. Of primary concern in commercial real estate lending is the borrower’s creditworthiness and the cash flow from the property. Payments on loans secured by income properties often depend on successful operation and management of the properties. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject, to a greater extent than residential real estate loans, to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. Commercial real estate is also subject to adverse market conditions that cause a decrease in market value or lease rates, obsolescence in location or function and market conditions associated with oversupply of units in a specific region.

 

Multi-family Real Estate – Multi-family real estate loans are secured by multi-family real estate and generally have larger balances and involve a greater degree of risk than residential real estate loans. Repayment of multi-family real estate loans depends on the cash flow analysis of the property, occupancy rates, and unemployment rates, combined with the net operating income of the property, the borrower’s expertise, credit history and profitability, and the value of the underlying property. Payments on these loans depend on successful operation and management of the properties, and repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 40  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

One-to-Four Family Real Estate – One-to-four family loans are generally made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from his or her employment income or other income, and which are secured by real property whose value tends to be more easily ascertainable. Repayment of one-to-four family loans is subject to adverse employment conditions in the local economy leading to increased default rates and decreased market values from oversupply in a geographic area. In general, these loans depend on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and, therefore, are likely to be adversely affected by various factors, including job loss, divorce, illness, or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on such loans.

 

Commercial & Industrial – Commercial & Industrial loans are generally of higher risk and typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower’s business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial loans may depend substantially on the success of the business itself. Furthermore, any collateral securing such loans may depreciate over time, may be difficult to appraise, and may fluctuate in value.

 

Consumer – The Bank formed a Consumer Lending Joint Venture with Bankers HealthCare Group (BHG) and made loans to Licensed Medical Professionals for consumer purposes on an unsecured basis. As a result, repayment of such loans may be subject, to a greater extent than loans secured by collateral, to the financial condition of the borrower. These fully self-liquidating term loans have durations of no longer than 121 months and are in amounts not greater than $156,000 per loan.

 

While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance may be necessary, based on changes in economic conditions or any other factors used in management’s determination. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

 

Interest income on loans is accrued and credited to operations based upon the principal amounts outstanding. Loans are placed on non-accrual when a loan is specifically determined to be impaired or when principal or interest is delinquent for 90 days or more. Delinquent status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. Any unpaid interest previously accrued on those loans is reversed from income. Interest payments received on such loans are applied as a reduction of the loan principal balance when the collectability of principal, wholly or partially, is in doubt. Interest payments received may be deferred on nonaccrual loans in which the principal balance is deemed to be collectible. Interest income is recognized when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and the loans are returned to accrual status.

 

Goodwill : Goodwill and certain other intangibles generally arise from business combinations accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Goodwill and other intangibles deemed to have indefinite lives generated from business combinations are not subject to amortization and are instead tested for impairment not less than annually or more frequently if events and circumstances exists that indicate that a goodwill impairment test should be performed. The Company has selected December 31 as the date to perform the annual impairment test.

 

The goodwill of $9,733,000 is associated with a purchase of prepaid debit card business. The Company performed an impairment assessment, and determined that no impairment of goodwill exists as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 41  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Stock-Based Compensation : Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of options. The market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards. Compensation cost is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk : Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Bank to concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of temporary cash investments including due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks and real estate loans receivable. A significant portion of real estate loans are collateralized by property in the New York Metropolitan area. The ultimate collectability of these loans may be susceptible to changes in the real estate market in this area.

 

Premises and Equipment : Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed over the estimated useful lives of the assets by the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the terms of the respective leases or the estimated lives of the improvements.

 

Other Investments : Other investments includes Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) stock, Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock, and investments in the Solomon Hess SBA Loan Fund. The Bank is a member of the FRB and the FHLB systems. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors. FRB and FHLB stock are carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income. The Bank invested in a SBA Loan Fund for the purpose of satisfying its Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”) lending requirements. An investor can redeem its interest in the Fund for the balance of its capital account at any quarter end assuming the investor provides the Fund 60 days’ notice. The investment in this Fund is recorded at cost and periodically evaluated for impairment. The Company holds FRB and FHLB stock of $7,588,000 and $7,406,000, and a SBA Loan Fund investment of $5,000,000 and $5,000,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

Comprehensive Income : Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale which are also recognized as separate components of equity.

 

Restrictions on Cash : Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank (“FRB”) was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements. Total amounts on deposit with the FRB were $57.3 million and $56.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There was $659,000 and $657,000 of cash pledged for a collateral account as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

In addition, there was $3.6 million and $5.7 million of cash held in escrow for debit card program managers as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 42  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Earnings per Common Share : Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the applicable period, excluding outstanding participating securities. Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted average number shares determined for the basic computation plus the dilutive effect of potential common shares issuable under certain stock compensation plans. Unvested share-based payments awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and are included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to the two-class method. The Company has determined that its outstanding non-vested stock awards are participating securities.

 

Income Taxes : Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. The primary temporary difference relates to allowance for loan losses. A valuation allowance is recorded, as necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to an estimated amount expected to be realized.

 

A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.

 

The Company recognizes interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.

 

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments : Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments : Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

Loss Contingencies : Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Reclassifications : Some items in the prior year financial statements may have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Reclassification had no effect on prior year net income or stockholders’ equity.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 43  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

Operating segments: While the chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. Operating segments are aggregated into one as operating results for all segments are similar. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards: Pursuant to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”), Emerging Growth Company (“EGC”) is permitted to elect to adopt new accounting guidance using adoption dates of nonpublic entities. The Company elected delayed effective dates of recently issued accounting standards.

 

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) .  ASU 2014-09 impacts any entity that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services, or that enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards ( e.g., insurance or lease contracts).  Under ASU 2014-09, an entity is required to recognize revenue for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.  ASU 2014-09 also requires disclosure of sufficient information to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers, as well as qualitative and quantitative disclosure related to contracts with certain customers, significant judgments and changes in judgments, and assets recognized from the costs to obtain or fulfill a contract.  In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal Versus Agent Consideration - Reporting Revenue Gross Versus Net. The amendments in ASU 2016-08 affect the guidance in ASU 2014-09.  Both ASU 2014-09 and ASU 2016-08 are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is evaluating the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-01, an amendment to Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (Subtopic 825-10) . The objectives of the ASU are to: (1) require equity investments to be measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in net income, (2) simplify the impairment assessment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values, (3) eliminate the requirement to disclose methods and significant assumptions used to estimate fair value for financial instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet, (4) require the use of the exit price notion when measuring the fair value of financial instruments, and (5) clarify the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available-for-sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets. The amendments in this ASU are effective for nonpublic business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is evaluating the potential impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). ASU 2016-02 requires companies that lease valuable assets to recognize on their balance sheets the assets and liabilities generated by contracts longer than a year. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, however, early adoption is permitted. Under ASU 2016-02, the Company will recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease obligation liability on the consolidated balance sheet, which will increase the Company’s assets and liabilities.  The Company is evaluating other potential impact of ASU 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements. 

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 44  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting . The objectives of the ASU are to simplify accounting for the tax consequences of a stock payment and amend the manner in which excess tax benefits and a business's payments to satisfy the tax obligation for recipients of the shares should be classified. The amendments: (i) allow companies to estimate the number of stock awards they expect to vest, and (ii) revise the withholding requirements for classifying stock awards as equity. For all nonpublic entities, the amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018.   Management expects ASU 2016-09 will not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) , which requires the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date be based on historical experience, current condition, and reasonable and supportable forecasts. Financial institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit loss estimates.  This guidance also amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial assets with credit deterioration. For the Company, this guidance is effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 31, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating this guidance to determine the impact on its consolidated financial statements. The Company expects to recognize a one-time cumulative effect increase to the allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the reporting period in which the ASU takes effect, however, cannot yet determine the magnitude of the impact on the consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230) , which provides guidance on eight specific cash flow issues in order to reduce diversity in the manner in which certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statements of cash flows. The amendments in this ASU are effective for nonpublic business entities fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, however, early adoption is permitted. Management expects ASU 2016-15 will not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04,  Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment , which eliminates the second step in the goodwill impairment test which requires an entity to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Instead, an entity should recognize an impairment loss if the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, with the impairment loss not to exceed the amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The standard is effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted for goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The Company expects to early adopt this standard in our next goodwill impairment test cycle in 2017. Management expects ASU 2017-04 will not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-08,  Premium Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities , which shortens the amortization period for the premium on certain purchased callable debt securities to the earliest call date. Today, entities generally amortize the premium over the contractual life of the security. The new guidance does not change the accounting for purchased callable debt securities held at a discount as discounts continue to be amortized to maturity. ASU No. 2017-08 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018 and early adoption is permitted. The guidance includes a modified retrospective transition approach under which a cumulative-effect adjustment will be made to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. Management expects ASU 2017-08 will not have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 45  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of securities available-for-sale and securities held-to-maturity at December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the corresponding amounts of gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and gross unrecognized gains and losses (dollars in thousands):

 

          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
December 31, 2016   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 29,152     $ 165     $ (290 )   $ 29,027  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     5,233       -       (130 )     5,103  
Municipal bond     1,122       14       -       1,136  
CRA mutual fund     2,115       -       (52 )     2,063  
Total securities available-for-sale   $ 37,622     $ 179     $ (472 )   $ 37,329  
                                 
          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrecognized     Unrecognized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 6,475     $ -     $ (81 )   $ 6,394  
Foreign government securities     25       -       -       25  
Total securities held-to-maturity   $ 6,500     $ -     $ (81 )   $ 6,419  
                                 
          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
December 31, 2015   Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 39,679     $ 280     $ (165 )   $ 39,794  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     4,560       -       (111 )     4,449  
Municipal bond     1,145       29       -       1,174  
CRA mutual fund     2,068       -       (18 )     2,050  
Total securities available-for-sale   $ 47,452     $ 309     $ (294 )   $ 47,467  
                                 
          Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrecognized     Unrecognized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 4,877     $ -     $ (4 )   $ 4,873  
Foreign government securities     97       -       -       97  
Total securities held-to-maturity   $ 4,974     $ -     $ (4 )   $ 4,970  

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 46  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

 

The proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gains and losses are listed below (dollars in thousands):

 

    2016     2015  
Proceeds   $ 2,771     $ -  
Gross gains     40       -  
Gross losses     -       -  

 

The tax provision related to the net realized gain was $17,000 in 2016.

 

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities at year-end December 31, 2016 and 2015 are shown by contractual maturity. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date, primarily mutual funds and mortgage-backed securities are shown separately (dollars in thousands):

 

    Held to Maturity     Available for Sale  
    Amortized     Fair     Amortized     Fair  
December 31, 2016   Cost     Value     Cost     Value  
Within one year   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
One to five years     25       25       -       -  
Five to ten years     -       -       -       -  
Beyond ten years     -       -       1,122       1,136  
      25       25       1,122       1,136  
Residential mortgage-backed securities     6,475       6,394       29,152       29,027  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     -       -       5,233       5,103  
CRA mutual fund     -       -       2,115       2,063  
    $ 6,500     $ 6,419     $ 37,622     $ 37,329  
                                 
December 31, 2015                        
Within one year   $ 53     $ 53     $ -     $ -  
One to five years     44       44       -       -  
Five to ten years     -       -       -       -  
Beyond ten years                     1,145       1,174  
      97       97       1,145       1,174  
Residential mortgage-backed securities     4,877       4,873       39,679       39,794  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     -       -       4,560       4,449  
CRA mutual fund     -       -       2,068       2,050  
    $ 4,974     $ 4,970     $ 47,452     $ 47,467  

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 47  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)

 

There were no securities pledged at year-end 2016 and 2015 to secure borrowings.

 

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, all of the mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations held by the Bank were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support.

 

Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is likely that it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Securities with unrealized losses at years ended 2016 and 2015, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

    Less than 12 Months     12 months or more     Total  
December 31, 2016   Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
 
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 16,733     $ (290 )   $ -     $ -     $ 16,733     $ (290 )
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     2,887       (60 )     2,216       (70 )     5,103       (130 )
CRA mutual fund     -       -       2,063       (52 )     2,063       (52 )
Total temporarily impaired   $ 19,620     $ (350 )   $ 4,279     $ (122 )   $ 23,899     $ (472 )
                                                 
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 6,394     $ (81 )   $ -     $ -     $ 6,394     $ (81 )
Total held-to-maturity   $ 6,394     $ (81 )   $ -     $ -     $ 6,394     $ (81 )
                                                 
December 31, 2015                                                
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ 20,232     $ (165 )   $ -     $ -     $ 20,232     $ (165 )
Residential collateralized mortgage obligations     -       -       4,449       (111 )     4,449       (111 )
CRA mutual fund     -       -       2,050       (18 )     2,050       (18 )
Total temporarily impaired   $ 20,232     $ (165 )   $ 6,499     $ (129 )   $ 26,731     $ (294 )
                                                 
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ -     $ -     $ 4,873     $ (4 )   $ 4,873     $ (4 )
Total held-to-maturity   $ -     $ -     $ 4,873     $ (4 )   $ 4,873     $ (4 )

 

At year-end 2016 and 2015, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. Government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of stockholders’ equity.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 48  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS

 

Loans, net consist of the following as of December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 

    2016     2015  
Real estate                
Commercial   $ 547,711     $ 364,802  
Construction     29,447       38,447  
Multifamily     117,373       118,367  
One-to-four family     26,480       37,371  
      721,011       558,987  
                 
Commercial & Industrial     315,870       258,661  
Consumer     18,825       3,825  
Total loans     1,055,706       821,473  
                 
Deferred Fees     (1,160 )     (1,175 )
Allowance for loan losses     (11,815 )     (9,942 )
Balance at the end of period   $ 1,042,731     $ 810,356  

 

The Company's loan portfolio includes originated and purchased loans. Originated loans, and purchased loans for which there was no evidence of credit deterioration at their acquisition date and for which it was probable that the Company would be able to collect all contractually required payments, are referred to collectively as "loans". The Company originates commercial business, commercial real estate, land, multi-family real estate, real estate construction, residential real estate, agricultural and other consumer loans. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no loans to foreign domiciled businesses or foreign countries, or loans related to highly leveraged transactions. Substantially all of the mortgage loans in the Company's portfolio are secured by properties located in the New York Metropolitan area and accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Company's loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in the local economic conditions in these markets. Loans and extensions of credit outstanding at one time to one borrower are generally limited by federal regulations to 15% of the Bank's shareholders' equity, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The Company considers its loan portfolio to have no exposure to sub-prime mortgage loans since the Company has not historically engaged in this type of lending.

 

The following tables represent the changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2016, and 2015, by portfolio segment, as defined under FASB ASC 310-10. The portfolio segments represent the categories that the Bank uses to determine its allowance for loan losses.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 49  

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS (Continued)

 

December 31, 2016   Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial
& Industrial
    Construction     Multi
Family
    One-to-four
Family
    Consumer     Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Beginning balance   $ 3,650     $ 4,254     $ 589     $ 986     $ 444     $ 19       9,942  
Provision (credit) for loan losses     1,556       6,640       (180 )     (366 )     322       88       8,060  
Loans charged-off     -       (5,530 )     -       -       (659 )     -       (6,189 )
Recoveries     -       -       -       -       2       -       2  
Total ending allowance balance   $ 5,206     $ 5,364     $ 409     $ 620     $ 109     $ 107     $ 11,815  
                                                         
December 31, 2015   Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial
& Industrial
    Construction     Multi
Family
    One-to-four
Family
    Consumer     Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Beginning balance   $ 3,283     $ 3,106     $ 269     $ 778     $ 480     $ -     $ 7,916  
Provision (credit) for loan losses     367       1,148       320       208       (47 )     19       2,015  
Loans charged-off     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Recoveries     -       -       -       -       11       -       11  
Total ending allowance balance   $ 3,650     $ 4,254     $ 589     $ 986     $ 444     $ 19     $ 9,942  

 

Total charge offs were $6.19 million and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 respectively. Included in the charge offs for the year ended December 31, 2016, was a write down associated with taxi medallion loans of $5.12 million. Unpaid principal balance on the taxi-medallion loan amounts to $3.66 million and is classified as a non-performing loan as of December 31, 2016.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 50  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS (Continued)

 

The following tables present the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment based on impairment method as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31, 2016   Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial
& Industrial
    Construction     Multi
Family
    One-to-four
Family
    Consumer     Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ -     $ 366     $ -     $ -     $ 10     $ -     $ 376  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     5,206       4,998       409       620       99       107     $ 11,439  
Total ending allowance balance   $ 5,206     $ 5,364     $ 409     $ 620     $ 109     $ 107     $ 11,815  
                                                         
Loans:                                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 5,504     $ 4,915     $ -     $ -     $ 1,130     $ -     $ 11,549  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     542,207       310,955       29,447       117,373       25,350       18,825       1,044,157  
Total ending loan balance   $ 547,711     $ 315,870     $ 29,447     $ 117,373     $ 26,480     $ 18,825     $ 1,055,706  
                                                         
December 31, 2015   Commercial
Real Estate
    Commercial
& Industrial
    Construction     Multi
Family
    One-to-four
Family
    Consumer     Total  
Allowance for loan losses:                                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ -     $ 134     $ -     $ -     $ 293     $ -     $ 427  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     3,650       4,120       589       986       151       19     $ 9,515  
Total ending allowance balance   $ 3,650     $ 4,254     $ 589     $ 986     $ 444     $ 19     $ 9,942  
                                                         
Loans:                                                        
Individually evaluated for impairment   $ 1,806     $ 3,358     $ -     $ 5,971     $ 1,788     $ -     $ 12,923  
Collectively evaluated for impairment     362,996       255,303       38,447       112,396       35,583       3,825       808,550  
Total ending loan balance   $ 364,802     $ 258,661     $ 38,447     $ 118,367     $ 37,371     $ 3,825     $ 821,473  

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 51  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 3 – LOANS (Continued)

 

The following table presents information related to loans determined to be impaired by class of loans as defined by FASB ASC No. 310, “Receivables” with an allowance allocated as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31, 2016   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Recorded
Investment
    Allowance for
Loan Losses
Allocated
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
    Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
 
With an allowance recorded:                                                
Commercial & industrial   $ 8,783     $ 3,660     $ 366     $ 6,330     $ 207     $ 207  
One-to-four family     694       565       10       565       21       21  
Total   $ 9,477     $ 4,225     $ 376     $ 6,895     $ 228     $ 228  
                                                 
Without an allowance recorded:                                                
Commercial real estate   $ 5,974     $ 5,504     $ -     $ 5,814     $ 267     $ 267  
Commercial & industrial     1,255       1,255       -       1,340       54       54  
One-to-four family     713       565       -       565       23       23  
Total   $ 7,942     $ 7,324     $ -     $ 7,719     $ 344     $ 344  
                                                 
December 31, 2015   Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Recorded
Investment
    Allowance for
Loan Losses
Allocated
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
    Cash Basis
Interest
Recognized
 
With an allowance recorded:                                                
Commercial & industrial   $ 1,933     $ 1,933     $ 134     $ 1,983     $ 136     $ 136  
One-to-four family     1,694       1,223       293       1,223       21       21  
Total   $ 3,627     $ 3,156     $ 427     $ 3,206     $ 157     $ 157  
                                                 
Without an allowance recorded:                                                
Commercial real estate   $ 2,155     $ 1,806     $ -     $ 1,833     $ 93     $ 93  
Commercial & industrial     1,425       1,425       -       1,510       61       61  
Multi-family     5,971       5,971       -       6,010       235       235  
One-to-four family     713       565       -       565       21       21  
Total   $ 10,264     $ 9,767     $ -     $ 9,918     $ 410     $ 410  

 

Interest on non-accrual loans not recognized was $57,000 and $158,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Non-accrual loans and loans past due 90 days still on accrual include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.

 

For a loan to be considered impaired, management determines after review whether it is probable that the Bank will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Management applies its normal loan review procedures in making these judgments. Impaired loans include individually classified nonaccrual loans and troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”). For impaired loans, the Bank evaluates the impairment of the loan in accordance with FASB ASC 310-10-35-22. Impairment is determined based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. For loans that are collateral dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the collateral is determined based on recent appraised values. The fair value of the collateral or present value of expected cash flows is compared to the carrying value to determine if any write-down or specific loan loss allowance allocation is required.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 52  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS (Continued)

 

The following tables present the recorded investment in non-accrual loans and loans past due over 90 days still on accrual by class of loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2016   Nonaccrual     Loans Past Due
Over 90 Days Still
Accruing
 
Commercial & Industrial   $ 3,660     $ -  
                 
December 31, 2015   Nonaccrual     Loans Past Due
Over 90 Days Still
Accruing
 
Commercial Real Estate   $ 1,373     $ -  
Commercial & Industrial     46          
One-to-four family     659       -  
Total   $ 2,078     $ -  

 

The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class of loans as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31, 2016   30-59 Days     60-89 Days     Greater than
90 days
    Total Past
Due
    Loans not Past
Due
    Total  
Commercial Real Estate   $ -     $ 958     $ -     $ 958     $ 546,753     $ 547,711  
Commercial & Industrial     14       3,922       -       3,936       311,934       315,870  
Construction     -       -       -       -       29,447       29,447  
Multi Family     -       -       -       -       117,373       117,373  
One-to-four Family     -       -       -       -       26,480       26,480  
Consumer     -       34       -       34       18,791       18,825  
Total   $ 14     $ 4,914     $ -     $ 4,928     $ 1,050,778     $ 1,055,706  
                                                 
December 31, 2015   30-59 Days     60-89 Days     Greater than
90 days
    Total Past
Due
    Loans not Past
Due
    Total  
Commercial Real Estate   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ 364,802     $ 364,802  
Commercial & Industrial     -       -       46       46       258,615       258,661  
Construction     -       -       -       -       38,447       38,447  
Multi Family     -       -       -       -       118,367       118,367  
One-to-four Family     -       -       659       659       36,712       37,371  
Consumer     -       -       -       -       3,825       3,825  
Total   $ -     $ -     $ 705     $ 705     $ 820,768     $ 821,473  

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 53  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 3 – LOANS (Continued)

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings:

 

Loans for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired. Included in impaired loans at year-end 2016 and 2015 were $7.9 million and $12.3 million of loans modified in troubled debt restructurings. The Bank has allocated $10,000 and $153,000 of specific reserves to customers whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Bank has not committed to lend additional amounts as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the terms of certain loans were modified as troubled debt restructurings. The modification of the terms of such loans included one or a combination of the following: a reduction of the stated interest rate of the loan; an extension of the maturity date at a stated rate of interest lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk. Modifications involving a reduction of the stated interest rate and/or an extension of the maturity date were for a period of three to five years.

 

The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31, 2016   Number of
Loans
  Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Troubled debt restructurings:                    
Commercial Real Estate   1     3,875       3,875  
Total   1   $ 3,875     $ 3,875  
                     
December 31, 2015   Number of
Loans
  Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Troubled debt restructurings:                    
Commercial & Industrial   1   $ 1,933     $ 1,933  
Total   1   $ 1,933     $ 1,933  

 

In 2016 and 2015, there were no loans modified as troubled debt restructurings for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification. A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days contractually past due under the modified terms. In order to determine whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty, an evaluation is performed of the probability that the borrower will be in payment default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification. This evaluation is performed under the Bank’s internal underwriting policy.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 54  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 3 – LOANS (Continued)

 

Credit Quality Indicators :

 

The Bank categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends, among other factors. The Bank analyzes all loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk at least annually. An analysis is performed on a quarterly basis for loans classified as special mention, substandard, or doubtful. The Bank uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

 

Special Mention - Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management's close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution's credit position at some future date.

 

Substandard - Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-

defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

Doubtful - Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

 

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass-rated loans. Based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31, 2016   Pass     Special
Mention
    Substandard     Doubtful     Total  
Commercial Real Estate   $ 542,206     $ 4,293     $ 1,212     $ -     $ 547,711  
Commercial & Industrial     309,295       2,915       3,660       -       315,870  
Construction     29,447       -       -       -       29,447  
Multi Family     117,373       -       -       -       117,373  
Total   $ 998,321     $ 7,208     $ 4,872     $ -     $ 1,010,401  

 

December 31, 2015   Pass     Special
Mention
    Substandard     Doubtful     Total  
Commercial Real Estate   $ 353,713     $ 9,716     $ 1,373     $ -     $ 364,802  
Commercial & Industrial     254,874       1,808       1,979       -       258,661  
Construction     34,626       3,821       -       -       38,447  
Multi Family     114,367       4,000       -       -       118,367  
Total   $ 757,580     $ 19,345     $ 3,352     $ -     $ 780,277  

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 55  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS (Continued)

 

For one-to-four family loans and consumer loans, the Bank evaluates credit quality based on the aging status of the loan, which was previously presented, and by performance status. Non-performing loans are loans past due over 90 days or more still accruing interests and loans on non-accrual status. The following table presents the recorded investment in one-to-four family and consumer loans based on performance status as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31, 2016   Performing     Non-
Performing
    Total  
One-to-four family   $ 26,480     $ -     $ 26,480  
Consumer     18,825       -       18,825  
Total   $ 45,305     $ -     $ 45,305  

 

December 31, 2015   Performing     Non-
Performing
    Total  
One-to-four family   $ 36,712     $ 659     $ 37,371  
Consumer     3,825       -       3,825  
Total   $ 40,537     $ 659     $ 41,196  

 

NOTE 4 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows for the years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

    2016     2015  
Furniture and Equipment  (usage life of 3 to 7 years)   $ 5,973     $ 5,528  
Leasehold Improvements (usage life of 3 to 10 years)     10,012       9,284  
      15,985       14,812  
                 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization     (10,950 )     (10,172 )
Total Premises and Equipment, net   $ 5,035     $ 4,640  

 

Depreciation and amortization expense amounted to $785,000 and $696,000 for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 56  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 5 - DEPOSITS

 

Deposits consisted of the following for the years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands):

 

    2016     2015  
             
Noninterest bearing demand accounts   $ 403,402     $ 250,373  
Money market and savings accounts     499,865       411,393  
Total core deposits     903,267       661,766  
Time deposits under $250,000     69,188       91,540  
Time deposits $250,000 and over     21,325       12,733  
Total deposits   $ 993,780     $ 766,039  

 

The Bank had $97.3 million and $73.6 million of brokered deposits as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, which were primarily included in money market and savings accounts.

 

The following are scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2016 (dollars in thousands):

 

December 31,      
       
2017   $ 56,363  
2018     18,948  
2019     14,853  
2020     67  
2021     282  
Total Time Deposits   $ 90,513  

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 57  

 

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 6 - BORROWED FUNDS

 

Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (“FHLBNY”) Advances : The Bank had outstanding borrowings as of December 31, 2016, under FHLBNY advances that mature over the next five years and thereafter as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

    Principal     Weighted
Average Rate
 
             
2017   $ 66,013       1.73 %
2018     12,405       0.81 %
2019     -       -  
2020     -       -  
Thereafter     -       -  
Total FHLB Advances   $ 78,418          

 

At year-end, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank were as follows:

 

    2016     2015  
Maturing 2016 through 2018, fixed rate at rates from 0.56% to 4.92%, weighted averaging 1.15%   $ -     $ 76,147  
                 
Maturing 2017 through 2018, fixed rate at rates from 0.77% to 3.23%, weighted averaging 0.95%     78,418       -  
Maturing in 2016, floating rates of 0.72%     -       20,000  
Total   $ 78,418     $ 96,147  

 

Each advance is payable at its maturity date, with a prepayment penalty for fixed rate advances. The advances from the FHLBNY are collateralized by mortgage loans under a blanket lien agreement in the amount of approximately $204.4 million and $199.1 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Based on this collateral and the Company’s holdings of FHLB stock, the Company was eligible to borrow approximately an additional $126.0 million and $152.8 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

There were no secured borrowings related to certain loan participations sold by the Bank as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 58  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 6 - BORROWED FUNDS (Continued)

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures : On December 7, 2005, the Company established MetBank Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (“Trust I”). The Company owns all of the common capital securities of Trust I in exchange for contributed capital of $310,000. Trust I issued $10 million of preferred capital securities to investors in a private transaction and invested the proceeds, combined with the proceeds from the sale of Trust I’s common capital securities, in the Company through the purchase of $10.310 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures”) issued by the Company. The Debentures, the sole assets of Trust I, mature on December 9, 2035 and bear interest at a fixed rate of 6.82% for the first five years, then at a floating rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 1.85%. The Debentures are callable after five years. The interest rates were 2.17% and 2.73% as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

On July 14, 2006, the Company established MetBank Capital Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust (“Trust II”). The Company owns all of the common capital securities of Trust II in exchange for contributed capital of $310,000. Trust II issued $10 million of preferred capital securities to investors in a private transaction and invested the proceeds, combined with the proceeds from the sale of Trust II’s common capital securities, in the Company through the purchase of $10.310 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Debentures”) issued by the Company. The Debentures, the sole assets of Trust II, mature on October 7, 2036, and bear interest at a fixed rate of 7.61% for the first five years, then at a floating rate of three-month LIBOR plus 2.00%. The Debentures are callable after five years. The interest rates were 2.32% and 2.88% as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of these trusts, therefore the trusts are not consolidated in the Company’s financial statements; the subordinated debentures are shown as a liability on the consolidated statements of financial condition. Interest on the subordinated debentures may be deferred by the Company at any time or from time to time for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarterly payments (5 years), provided there is no event of default. At the end of the deferral period, the Company must pay accrued interest, at which point it may elect a new deferral period provided that no deferral may extend beyond maturity.

 

The investments in the common capital securities of Trust I and Trust II are included in other assets on the consolidated statements of financial condition. The subordinated debentures may be included in Tier 1 capital (with certain applicable limitations) under current regulatory guidelines and interpretations.

 

NOTE 7 - INCOME TAXES

 

    2016     2015  
Current                
Federal   $ 3,466     $ 2,873  
State and local     492       141  
      3,958       3,014  
Deferred                
Federal     (795 )     (622 )
State and local     (118 )     167  
      (913 )     (455 )
                 
    $ 3,045     $ 2,559  

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 59  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 7 - INCOME TAXES (Continued)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following (dollars in thousands):

 

    2016     2015  
Deferred tax assets:                
Allowance for loan losses   $ 4,990     $ 4,164  
Nonaccrual interest income     159       204  
Off balance sheet reserves     68       54  
Restricted stock     165       150  
Tangible asset     36       41  
State NOL     -       139  
Non-Qualified stock options     251       -  
Unrealized loss on securities available for sale     118       -  
Total gross deferred tax assets     5,787       4,752  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities:                
Depreciation and amortization     427       365  
Prepaid asset     150       207  
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale     -       7  
Total gross deferred tax liabilities     577       579  
                 
Net deferred tax asset, included in other assets   $ 5,210     $ 4,173  

 

The following is a reconciliation of the Company’s statutory federal income tax rate of 34% to its effective tax rate at December 31:

 

Effective tax rate reconciliation   For the year ended  
    December 31, 2016     December 31, 2015  
    Tax expense
/(benefit)
    Rate     Tax expense
/(benefit)
    Rate  
Pretax income at statutory rates   $ 2,740       34.0 %   $ 2,322       34.0 %
State and local taxes, net of federal income     -       3.1       -       -  
tax benefit     247               204       3.0  
Nondeductible expenses     19       0.2       13       0.2  
Stock options     49       0.6       16       0.2  
Tax-exempt income, net     (10 )     (0.1 )     -       -  
Other     -       -       4       0.1  
                                 
Effective income tax expense/rate   $ 3,045       37.8 %   $ 2,559       37.5 %

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corporation and Metropolitan Commercial Bank file consolidated Federal, New York State and New York City tax returns in 2016 and 2015. As of December 31, 2016, there are no unrecognized tax benefits, and the Company does not expect this to significantly change in the next twelve months.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 60  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 7 - INCOME TAXES (Continued)

 

The Company and its subsidiary are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of the State and City of New York. The Company is no longer subject to examination by the U.S. federal and state or local tax authorities for years prior to 2013.

 

NOTE 8 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

A member of the Board of Directors of the Company is a stockholder of PASL Holding LLC (“PASL”). PASL conducts no business other than the holding of shares of the Company.

 

A member of the Board of Directors is the managing director of a law firm which acts (1) in connection with certain regulatory and corporate compliance matters and in the preparation of and negotiation of certain contractual vendor arrangements, and (2) as the Bank’s counsel in certain lending transactions. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Bank incurred legal fees of $111,000 and $110,000, respectively, in connection with these services.

 

Deposits from principal officers, directors, and their affiliates at year-end 2016 and 2015 were $710,000 and $538,000, respectively.

 

A promissory note of $780,000 was made to an executive officer of the Bank during 2016. The note has a fixed interest rate of 2.125% per annum (determined by reference to the 5-year LIBOR rate in effect on the note date, plus 100 basis points) and interest is payable on the last day of each calendar quarter. The note has a balloon payment term and the due date is August, 15, 2021, with no prepayment penalty. The outstanding balance of the subject loan was $780,000 as of December 31, 2016. There were no loans to related parties as of December 31, 2015.

 

NOTE 9 - LEASE COMMITMENTS

 

The Company leases certain branch properties under operating leases. Approximate future minimum rental payments required under all non-cancellable operating leases, before considering renewal options that generally are present, were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Year ending December 31,      
       
2017   $ 2,142  
2018     2,111  
2019     2,186  
2020     2,177  
2021     1,586  
Thereafter (and through 2035)     6,059  
    $ 16,261  

 

Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, was $2.3 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 61  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 10 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Fair Value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value.

 

Investment Securities : The fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2), using matrix pricing. Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique commonly used to price debt securities that are not actively traded, values debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to the other benchmark quoted securities (Level 2 inputs). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3 inputs). A third party is engaged to obtain the discounted cash flows and the resulting fair value. Rating agency and industry research reports as well as defaults and deferrals on individual securities are reviewed and incorporated into the calculations.

 

Impaired Loans : The fair value of impaired loans with specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses is generally based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available for similar loans and collateral underlying such loans. Such adjustments are typically significant and result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower’s financial statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management’s expertise and knowledge of the client and client’s business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification. Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairments and adjusted accordingly.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 62  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 10 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below (dollars in thousands):

 

    Fair Value Measurement 
At December 31, Using
 
2016   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
For Identical
Assets (Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs (Level 3)
 
Assets:                        
Residential mortgage-backed securities   $ -     $ 29,027     $ -  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligation     -       5,103       -  
Municipal bond     -       1,136       -  
CRA Mutual Fund     2,063       -       -  
                         
2015                        
Assets:                        
U.S. Government agency securities   $ -     $ 39,794     $ -  
Residential mortgage-backed securities     -       4,449       -  
Residential collateralized mortgage obligation     -       1,174       -  
CRA Mutual Fund     2,050       -       -  

 

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2016 or 2015.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 63  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 10 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Non-Recurring Basis

 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below (dollars in thousands):

 

          Fair Value Measurements Using:  
(In thousands)  

Total at

December 31,
2016

    Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
 (Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Impaired loans:                                
Commercial and industrial loan   $ 3,294     $ -     $ -     $ 3,294  

 

          Fair Value Measurements Using:  
(In thousands)  

Total at

December 31,

2015

    Quoted Prices
In Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
 (Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Impaired loans:                                
Commercial and industrial loan   $ 1,800     $ -     $ -     $ 1,800  
One-to-four family     385       -       -       385  

 

The following table presents quantitative information about level 3 fair value measurements for assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2016 and 2015:

 

    Fair Value     Valuation
Technique
  Unobservable Input   Range
(Weighted
Average)
 
December 31, 2016                        
                         
Impaired loans – Commercial and industrial loan   $ 3,294     Market approach   Adjustments for the difference in comparable sales     10.0 %
                         
December 31, 2015                        
                         
Impaired loans – Commercial and industrial loan   $ 1,800     Market approach   Adjustments for the difference between carrying value of business assets held by the borrower, including receivables and inventory and liquidation value     36.7 %
                         
Impaired loans- One-to-four family   $ 385     Sales comparison approach   Adjustments for the difference in comparable sales     14.5 %

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 64  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 10 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2016, impaired loans with allocated allowance for loan losses, which are assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, using the fair value of the collateral (Level 3 inputs), had a carrying amount of $3,660,000 with a valuation allowance of $366,000, resulting in an increase of provision for loan loss of $42,000 for the year then ended.

 

As of December 31, 2015, impaired loans with allocated allowance for loan losses, which are assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, using the fair value of the collateral (Level 3 inputs), had a carrying amount of $2,593,000 with a valuation allowance of $408,000, resulting in an increase of provision for loan loss of $299,000 for the year then ended.

 

Carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments at year end were as follows (dollars in thousands):

    December 31, 2016  
          Fair Value Measurement Using:        
(In thousands)   Carrying
Amount
    Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
 (Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
    Total
Fair Value
 
Financial assets:                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 82,931     $ 82,931     $ -     $ -     $ 82,931  
Securities available for sale     37,329       2,063       35,266       -       37,329  
Securities held to maturity     6,500       -       6,419       -       6,419  
Loans, net     1,042,731       -       -       1,059,333       1,059,333  
Other investments     12,588       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Accrued interest receivable     2,735       -       157       2,578       2,735  
                                         
Financial liabilities:                                        
Deposits without stated maturities     903,267       903,267       -       -       903,267  
Deposits with stated maturities     90,513       -       90,559       -       90,559  
FHLB advances     78,418       -       78,872       -       78,872  
Junior subordinated debentures     20,620       -       -       19,998       19,998  
Accrued interest payable     227       19       62       146       227  

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 65  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 10 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

    December 31, 2015  
          Fair Value Measurement Using:        
(In thousands)   Carrying
Amount
    Quoted Prices In
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
 (Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
    Total
Fair Value
 
Financial assets:                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 65,622     $ 65,622     $ -     $ -     $ 65,622  
U.S government securities money market fund     25       25       -       -       25  
Securities available for sale     47,467       2,050       45,417       -       47,467  
Securities held to maturity     4,974       -       4,970       -       4,970  
Loans, net     810,356       -       -       827,489       827,489  
Other investments     12,406       N/A       N/A       N/A       N/A  
Accrued interest receivable     2,301       16       172       2,113       2,301  
                                         
Financial liabilities:                                        
Deposits without stated maturities     661,766       661,766       -       -       661,766  
Deposits with stated maturities     104,273       -       104,094       -       104,094  
FHLB advances     96,147       -       96,755       -       96,755  
Junior subordinated debentures     20,620       -       -       19,998       19,998  
Accrued interest payable     320       12       189       119       320  

 

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:

 

Cash and Due from Banks: Carrying amounts of cash approximate fair value, since these instruments are either payable on demand or have short-term maturities and as such are classified as Level 1.

 

Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity: If available, the estimated fair values are based on independent dealer quotations on nationally recognized securities exchanges and are classified as Level 1. For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair value is based on matrix pricing, which is a mathematical technique widely used in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted securities resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

Other Investments: It is not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB and FRB stock, and investments in Solomon Hess SBA Loan Fund, due to restrictions placed on transferability.

 

Loans: Fair values of loans, excluding loans held for sale are estimated as follows: For variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values resulting in a Level 3 classification. Fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality establishing discount factors for these types of loans and resulting in a Level 3 classification. The methods utilized to estimate the fair value of loans do not necessarily represent an exit price.

 

Deposits without stated maturities: The Fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g. interest and non-interest checking, savings and certain types of money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the recording date (i.e., their carrying amount) resulting in a Level 1 price.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 66  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 10 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

 

Deposits with stated maturities: The estimated fair values of certificates of deposit are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for certificate of deposit maturities resulting in a Level 2 classification.

 

FHLB Borrowings: Represents FHLB advances for which the estimated fair values are based on discounted cash flow calculations that use a replacement cost of funds approach to establishing discount rates for funding maturities resulting in a Level 1 classification for all other maturity terms.

 

Junior Subordinated Debentures: The estimated fair value is based on estimates using market data for similarly risk weighted items and takes into consideration the features of the debentures which is an unobservable input resulting in a Level 3 classification.

 

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable: For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of the fair value resulting in a Level 1, 2 or 3 classification consistent with the underlying asset or liability the interest is associated with.

 

Off-Balance-Sheet Liabilities: The fair value of off-balance-sheet commitments to extend credit is estimated using fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements. The fair value is immaterial as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

 

Fair value estimates are made at specific points in time and are based on existing on-and off-balance sheet financial instruments. These estimates are subjective in nature and dependent on a number of significant assumptions associated with each financial instrument or group of financial instruments, including estimates of discount rates, risks associated with specific financial instruments, estimates of future cash flows, and relevant available market information. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates. In addition, fair value estimates do not reflect the value of anticipated future business, premiums or discounts that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument, or the tax consequences of realizing gains or losses on the sale of financial instruments.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 67  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 11 - STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

The Class A preferred stock is nonvoting and contains a dividend rate of 8.00% per annum. Dividends are non-cumulative and are payable out of surplus or net profits of the Company when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, provided that no dividends will be paid on common stock until the Class A preferred stock have received all current dividends and any supplementary dividends. Supplementary dividends can be declared at the Board of Directors’ discretion to make up for unpaid ordinary dividends from prior fiscal years.

 

During 2015, a shareholder converted a total of 24,204 shares of Class A preferred stock to 13,477 shares of common stock. The Company did not issue any preferred stock in 2015. During 2015, the Company issued 722,222 shares of common stock via a rights offering. Total proceeds net of direct offering cost of $394,000 were $12,606,000.

 

In February 2016, a shareholder converted a total of 60,000 shares of Class A preferred stock to 60,000 shares of common stock without any monetary exchange.

 

In April 2016, one of the Company’s Preferred Class A shareholders forfeited 123,924 shares and all rights to these Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Class A shares to the United States Marshals Service. The Company purchased these shares and all rights to these shares from the United States Marshals Office for $1.4 million, equating to a price per share of $11.30. These shares were purchased by the Company as Treasury Preferred Stock and retired in August 2016.

 

In August 2016, all of the remaining outstanding 267,120 Class A preferred stock were redeemed at the issued price of $10.00 per share, totaling $2,672,000. The Company also paid dividends totaling $3,420,000 on the shares, which represented the dividend rate of 8% for the period from issuance through redemption.

 

The Series F, Class B preferred stock is nonvoting and with a par value of $0.01 per share. The stock is subordinate and junior to all indebtedness of the Company and to all other series of preferred stock of the Company. The holders of the stock are entitled to receive ratable dividends as provided herein only if and when dividends are concurrently declared and payable on the shares of common shares.

 

During August 2016, the Company issued 272,636 shares of Series F, Class B preferred stock for a net amount of $5,503,000, and 1,365,969 shares of common stock via a rights offering for a net amount of $28,197,000. The direct offering cost associated with the preferred stock and common stock offering were $710,000. The Company did not issue any preferred stock in 2015.

 

During 2016, restricted common stock vesting totaled 82,806 shares and 8,143 common shares were sold to directors for $170,000.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 68  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 12 - STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN

 

The Company has two share-based compensation plans which are described below.

 

Stock Option Plan

 

The Company established the 1999 Stock Option Plan (the “1999 Plan”), as amended, under which certain employees and directors may receive stock options. Stock options are generally granted with an exercise price equal to 100% of the fair value of the common stock at the date of grant. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, there were no unissued shares of the Company’s common stock authorized for option grants under the Plan.

 

Equity Incentive Plan

 

In May 2009 the Company approved the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”) as a successor to the 1999 Plan. The 2009 Plan permits the granting of restricted shares, incentive stock options (“ISO”), nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted share units and other stock-based awards to employees, directors, officers, consultants, advisors, suppliers and any other persons or entity whose services are considered valuable for up to 423,000 shares. The authorized shares will be new issues upon exercise of any options granted. Under the terms of the 2009 Plan, each option agreement cannot have an exercise price that is less than 100% of the fair value of the shares covered by the option on the date of grant. In the case of an ISO granted to any 10% shareholder, the exercise price shall not be less than 110% of the fair value of the shares covered by the option on the date of grant. In no event shall the exercise price of an option be less than the par value of the shares for which the option is exercisable. In no event shall the exercise period exceed ten years from the date of grant of the option, except, in the case of an ISO granted to a 10% shareholder, the exercise period shall not exceed five years from the date of grant. In the event of a change in control, the Committee may determine that any award then outstanding shall be assumed or an equivalent award shall be substituted by the successor corporation.

 

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black-Scholes) model that uses the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatilities based on historical volatilities of the Company’s common stock are not significant. The expected term of options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which takes into account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. Historically, the Company has not paid a dividend on its common shares and does not expect to do so in the near future. No options were granted in 2016. The fair value of options granted was determined using the following weighted-average assumptions as of grant date:

 

    2016     2015  
             
Risk-free interest rate     NA       2.19 %
Expected term     NA       10 years  
Dividend yield     NA       0 %

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 69  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 12 - STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN (Continued)

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan and the change during the year is presented below:

 

    2016     2015  
    Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
    Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
                         
Outstanding, beginning of year     289,000     $ 20.41       260,793     $ 22.59  
Granted     -       -       70,000       18.00  
Exercised     -       -       -       -  
Cancelled/forfeited     (12,500 )     30.00       (41,793 )     30.00  
Outstanding, end of year     276,500     $ 19.97       289,000     $ 20.41  
Options vested and exercisable at year-end     276,500     $ 19.97       110,400     $ 24.30  
                                 
Weighted average fair value of options granted during the year           $ -             $ 3.54  
                                 
Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)             6.25               7.25  

 

There was no unrecognized compensation cost and $622,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted under the Plan as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Total compensation cost related to stock option plan was $620,000 and $166,000 for 2016 and 2015, respectively. 178,600 shares of stock options were accelerated to vest as part of restructuring an executive management employment agreement, during the third quarter of 2016.

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2016:

 

    Options Outstanding  
Range of
Average
Exercise
Prices
  Number
Outstanding at
December 31,
2016
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
                   
$10 – 20     231,000       7.39     $ 18.00  
$21 – 30     45,500       1.90     $ 30.00  
$10 – 30     276,500       6.25     $ 19.97  

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 70  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 12 - STOCK COMPENSATION PLAN (Continued)

 

The Company issued restricted stock awards to certain key personnel under the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan. Each restricted stock award vests based on vesting scheduled outlined in the award agreement. Restricted stock awards are subject to forfeiture if the holder is not employed by the Company on the vesting date. In 2013, shareholders approved an additional 300,000 shares available under the plan. In 2016, additional shares of 760,000 were authorized. Total shares issuable under the plan are 851,571 and 153,738 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. There were 77,667 and 38,500 shares issued in 2016 and 2015, respectively. The fair value of the shares granted was estimated on the date of grant based on the most recent equity offering. As of December 31, 2016, there was $795,000 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.48 years.

 

Total compensation cost that has been charged against income for this plan was $1,708,000 and $281,000 for 2016 and 2015, respectively. Out of the total compensation cost related to restricted stocks in 2016, $1,400,000 was associated with the grant and immediate vesting of 66,667 restricted shares. These shares were issued as a part of restructuring an executive management employment agreement, during the third quarter of 2016.

 

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s non-vested restricted stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2016:

 

    Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 
             
Outstanding, beginning of year     72,777     $ 18.00  
Granted     77,667       20.58  
Forfeited     (3,000 )     -  
Vested     (82,806 )     -  
Outstanding at December 31, 2016     64,638     $ 20.42  

 

The total fair value of shares vested is $1,691,000 and $68,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

NOTE 13 - EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

 

The Company has a 401(k) plan for eligible employees. The contribution for any participant may not exceed the maximum amount allowable by law. Each year, the Company may elect to match a percentage of participant contributions. The Company may also elect each year to make additional discretionary contributions to the plan. The total contributions were $268,000 and $221,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 71  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 14 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

 

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit. These instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the financial statements. The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

 

The Bank had outstanding the following off-balance-sheet financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk as of December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 

    2016     2015  
    Fixed     Variable     Fixed     Variable  
    Rate     Rate     Rate     Rate  
Undrawn lines of credit   $ 60,984     $ 9,890     $ 74,841     $ 898  
Letters of credit     9,808       -       6,460       -  
                                 
    $ 70,792     $ 9,890     $ 81,301     $ 898  

 

A commitment to extend credit is a legally binding agreement to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally expire within 2 years. At December 31, 2016, the Bank’s fixed rate loan commitments are to make loans with interest rates ranging from 3.75% to 8.75% and maturities of one year or more. At December 31, 2015 the Bank’s fixed rate loan commitments were to make loans with interest rates ranging from 3.50% to 8.50% and maturities of one year or more. The amount of collateral obtained, if any, by the Bank upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but may include mortgages on commercial and residential real estate, security interests in business assets, equipment, deposit accounts with the Bank or other financial institutions and securities.

 

The Bank has stand-by letters of credit in the amount of $9.8 million and $5.8 million included above as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, for which the Bank has pledged interest-bearing accounts of $4.0 million and $0.7 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The stand-by letters of credit and the time deposits mature within one year.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 72  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 15 - REGULATORY CAPITAL

 

The Holding Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. The foregoing capital ratios are based in part on specific quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about capital components, risk weightings and other factors. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action. The final rules implementing Basel Committee on Banking Supervision’s capital guidelines for U.S. banks (Basel III rules) became effective for the Bank on January 1, 2015 with full compliance with all of the requirements being fully phased in by January 1, 2019. The capital conservation buffer requirement is being phased in beginning January 1, 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and increasing by 0.625% each subsequent January 1, until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019. The net unrealized gain or loss on available for sale securities is not included in the computation of the regulatory capital. Management believes as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Holding Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the most recent regulatory notifications categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

 

The Company’s principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends received from the Bank. Banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval of regulatory agencies.

 

The following is a summary of actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, for the Holding Company and the Bank compared to the requirements for minimum capital adequacy and classification as well capitalized. Actual and required capital amounts (in thousands) and ratios are presented below at year end:

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 73  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 15 - REGULATORY CAPITAL (Continued)

 

    Actual     For Capital
 Adequacy
Purposes
    To be Well
Capitalized under
Prompt Corrective
Action Regulations
 
    Amount     Ratio     Amount         Ratio     Amount         Ratio  
December 31, 2016:                                                        
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                        
Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.   $ 131,895       12.45 %   $ 84,733           ≥ 8.00 %     N/A           N/A  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank   $ 130,949       12.38 %   $ 84,619           ≥ 8.00 %   $ 105,774           ≥ 10.00 %
Tier I common equity (to risk-weighted assets)                                                        
Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.     114,421       10.80 %     47,662           ≥ 4.50 %     N/A           N/A  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank     118,977       11.25 %     47,598           ≥ 4.50 %   $ 68,753           ≥ 6.50 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                        
Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.     119,923       11.32 %     63,549           ≥ 6.00 %     N/A           N/A  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank     118,977       11.25 %     63,465           ≥ 6.00 %   $ 84,619           ≥ 8.00 %
Tier I capital (to average assets)                                                        
Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.     119,923       10.49 %     45,742           ≥ 4.00 %     N/A           N/A  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank     118,977       10.41 %     45,703           ≥ 4.00 %   $ 57,128           ≥ 5.00 %
                                                         
December 31, 2015:                                                        
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                        
Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.   $ 94,566       11.98 %   $ 63,125           ≥ 8.00 %     N/A           N/A  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank   $ 95,183       12.08 %   $ 63,045           ≥ 8.00 %   $ 78,806           ≥ 10.00 %
Tier 1 common equity (to risk-weighted assets)                                                        
Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.     82,353       10.44 %     35,508           ≥ 4.50 %     N/A           N/A  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank     85,329       10.83 %     35,463           ≥ 4.50 %   $ 51,224           ≥ 6.50 %
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                        
Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.     86,219       10.93 %     47,344           ≥ 6.00 %     N/A           N/A  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank     85,329       10.83 %     47,284           ≥ 6.00 %   $ 63,045           ≥ 8.00 %
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)                                                        
Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.     86,219       9.34 %     36,911           ≥ 4.00 %     N/A           N/A  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank     85,329       9.26 %     36,871           ≥ 4.00 %   $ 46,089           ≥ 5.00 %

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 74  

 

   

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 15 - REGULATORY CAPITAL (Continued)

 

The following is a summary of actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2016 for the Company and the Bank compared to the requirements for minimum capital adequacy plus the 0.625% capital conservation buffer implemented effective January 1, 2016. No such buffer was required as of December 31, 2015.

 

    Actual     Minimum for Capital
Adequacy plus
Capital Conservation
Buffer
 
    Amount     Ratio     Amount         Ratio  
December 31, 2016:                                    
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                    
Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.   $ 131,895       12.45 %     N/A           N/A  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank   $ 130,949       12.38 %     91,230           ≥ 8.625 %
Tier I common equity (to risk-weighted assets)                                    
Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.     114,421       10.80 %     N/A           N/A  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank     118,977       11.25 %     54,209           ≥ 5.125 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                    
Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.     119,923       11.32 %     N/A           N/A  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank     118,977       11.25 %     70,075           ≥ 6.625 %
Tier I capital (to average assets)                                    
Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.     119,923       10.49 %     N/A           N/A  
Metropolitan Commercial Bank     118,977       10.41 %     45,703           ≥ 4.000 %

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 75  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 16 – EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

 

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is shown below (in thousands, except per share data).

 

    2016     2015  
Basic                
Net income per consolidated statements of income   $ 5,013     $ 4,269  
Less:  Dividends paid to preferred shareholders     (3420 )     -  
Less:  Earnings allocated to participating securities     (30 )     (85 )
                 
Net income available to common stockholder   $ 1,563     $ 4,184  
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding including participating securities     3,708,734       2,775,152  
Less:  Weighted average participating securities     (68,708 )     (55,347 )
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding     3,640,026       2,719,805  
                 
Basic earnings per common share   $ 0.43     $ 1.54  
                 
Diluted                
Net income allocated to common shareholders   $ 1,563     $ 4,184  
                 
Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share     3,640,026       2,719,805  
Add:  Dilutive effects of assumed exercise of stock options     33,000       -  
                 
Average shares and dilutive potential common shares     3,673,026       2,719,805  
                 
Dilutive earnings per commons share   $ 0.43     $ 1.54  

 

Stock options for 45,500 and 289,000 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for 2016 and 2015 respectively, because they were antidilutive.

 

NOTE 17 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

On March 8, 2017, Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. (“MBHC”) closed the issuance of its $25 million subordinated notes at 100% issue price to accredited institutional investors. The notes mature on March 15, 2027 and bear an interest rate of 6.25% per annum. The interest is paid semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year thru March 15, 2022 and quarterly thereafter on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year.

 

Interest rate from March 15, 2022 to the maturity date shall reset quarterly to an interest rate per annum equal to the then current three month LIBOR (not less than zero) plus 426 basis points, payable quarterly in arrears.

 

MBHC may redeem the subordinated notes beginning with the interest payment date of March 15, 2022 and on any scheduled interest payment date thereafter. The subordinated notes may be redeemed in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the subordinated notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 76  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 18 – PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Condensed financial information for the Corporation (parent company only) is as follows:

 

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    December 31,  
    2016     2015  
    (in thousands)  
Assets:                
Cash and due from banks   $ 818     $ 1,081  
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses     776       -  
Investments     620       620  
Investment in subsidiary bank, at equity     128,671       95,205  
Other assets     11       35  
                 
Total assets   $ 130,896     $ 96,941  
                 
Liabilities:                
Junior subordinated debentures     20,620       20,620  
Other liabilities     785       369  
Total liabilities     21,405       20,989  
                 
Stockholders' equity:                
Preferred stock     3       5  
Common stock     45       30  
Surplus     96,116       63,796  
Retained earnings     13,492       12,105  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax     (165 )     16  
Total equity     109,491       75,952  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 130,896     $ 96,941  

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 77  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 18 – PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

    2016     2015  
Income:                
Loan   $ 6     $ -  
Securities and money market funds     19       25  
Total interest income     25       25  
                 
Interest expense:                
Borrowed funds     539       455  
Total interest expense     539       455  
                 
Net interest income     (514 )     (430 )
Provision for loan losses     4       -  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     (518 )     (430 )
Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank     5,319       4,526  
                 
Income before income tax expense     4,801       4,096  
Income tax benefit     (212 )     (173 )
                 
Net income   $ 5,013     $ 4,269  

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 78  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 18 – PARENT COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)

 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    2016     2015  
             
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:                
Net income   $ 5,013     $ 4,269  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                
Undistributed earnings of subsidiary bank     (5,319 )     (4,526 )
Provision for loan losses     4       -  
Decrease (increase) in other assets     25       (29 )
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities     415       26  
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     138       (260 )
                 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:                
Investments in subsidiary bank     (26,000 )     (11,400 )
Loan to related party     (780 )     -  
                 
Net cash used in Investing activities     (26,780 )     (11,400 )
                 
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:                
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net     28,368       12,606  
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net     5,503       -  
Purchase and retirement of preferred stock     (1,400 )     -  
Redemption of preferred stock, net     (2,672 )     -  
Payment of preferred stock dividend     (3,420 )     -  
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities     26,379       12,606  
                 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (263 )     946  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     1,081       135  
                 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 818     $ 1,081  

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 79  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 19 – OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

The following table summarizes the components of other comprehensive loss balances, net of tax effects at the dates indicated:

 

(In thousands)   2016     2015  
Beginning balance   $ 16     $ 129  
Net change in other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification, net of tax     (158 )     (113 )
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax     (23 )     -  
                 
Net current period other comprehensive loss     (181 )     (113 )
                 
Ending balance   $ (165 )   $ 16  

 

The following represents the reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

(In thousands)   2016     2015     Affected Line item in the Consolidated Statements of Operations
Realized gain on sale of available for sale securities   $ 40     $ -     Net gains on securities transactions
Income tax expense     (17 )     -     Income tax expense
Total reclassifications, net of income tax   $ 23     $ -      

 

  (Continued)  
   F- 80  

 

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
December 31, 2016 and 2015
 

 

NOTE 20 – QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

Selected Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data

 

    2016 Quarter Ended  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
Interest income   $ 9,929     $ 10,970     $ 11,337     $ 11,919  
Interest expense     1,480       1,598       1,519       1,492  
Net interest income     8,449       9,372       9,818       10,427  
Provision for loan losses     560       1,250       350       5,900  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     7,889       8,122       9,468       4,527  
Non-interest income     1,156       1,658       1,321       1,288  
Non-interest expense     6,243       6,662       8,267       6,199  
Income (loss) before income taxes     2,802       3,118       2,522       (384 )
Income tax expense (benefits)     1,138       1,268       1,072       (433 )
Net income   $ 1,664     $ 1,850     $ 1,450     $ 49  
Basic earnings per share   $ 0.53     $ 0.59     $ (0.50 )   $ 0.01  
Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.53     $ 0.58     $ (0.50 )   $ 0.01  

 

    2015 Quarter Ended  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)   March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
Interest income   $ 7,404     $ 7,768     $ 8,351     $ 9,159  
Interest expense     1,270       1,323       1,308       1,359  
Net interest income     6,134       6,445       7,043       7,800  
Provision for loan losses     270       350       630       765  
Net interest income after provision for loan losses     5,864       6,095       6,413       7,035  
Non-interest income     755       1,155       1,321       1,267  
Non-interest expense     5,390       5,454       5,523       6,710  
Income before income taxes     1,229       1,796       2,211       1,592  
Income tax expense     523       687       910       439  
Net income   $ 706     $ 1,109     $ 1,301     $ 1,153  
Basic earnings per share   $ 0.30     $ 0.43     $ 0.42     $ 0.38  
Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.30     $ 0.43     $ 0.42     $ 0.38  

  

   F- 81  

 

 

                           shares of Common Stock

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Prospectus

 

J.P. Morgan Keefe, Bruyette & Woods
  A Stifel Company

 

Piper Jaffray 

 

                            , 2017

 

Until                              , 2017, all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with the sale of shares of our common stock being registered, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts shown are estimates, except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the NASDAQ listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee   $ 12,450  
FINRA filing fee     15,500  
Listing fees     *  
Records management fees and expenses     *  
Printing fees and expenses     *  
Legal and accounting fees and expenses     *  
Transfer agent’s fees     *  
Miscellaneous     *  
Total   $ *  

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Reference is made to Sections 721 to 725 of the New York Business Corporation Law (“NYBCL”) which provide for indemnification of directors and officers, subject to certain limitations, for liabilities and expenses in connection with actions or proceedings involving them in such capacity. Pursuant to Section 721 of the NYBCL, no indemnification shall be made to or on behalf of a director or officer if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that his or her acts were committed in bad faith or were the results of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he or she personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled. Section 402(b) of the NYBCL permits a certificate of incorporation to set forth a provision limiting or eliminating the personal liability of directors to a corporation or its shareholders for damages for any breach of duty in such capacity, provided that no such provision shall eliminate or limit the liability of a director (i) if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to him or her establishes that his or her acts were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or (ii) that he or she personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled, or (iii) in certain other cases specified in Section 719 of the NYBCL.

 

Articles Sixth and Seven of the Certificate of Incorporation of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:

 

SIXTH: No director of the Corporation shall have any personal liability to the Corporation or its shareholders for damage resulting from any breach of such director’s duties as a director of the Corporation, provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of any director if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to him establishes that his acts or omissions were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled or that his acts violated Section 719 of the NYBCL.

 

  II- 1    

 

 

SEVENTH: The Corporation shall indemnify any present or former officer or director of the Corporation or the personal representatives thereof, made or threatened to be made a party in any civil or criminal action or proceeding by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or served any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise in any capacity at the request of the Corporation, against judgments, fines (including excise tax assessed on such a person in connection with service to an employee benefit plan), amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and those of accountants and other experts and consultants incurred as a result of such action or proceeding or any appeal therein, all of which expenses as incurred shall be advanced by the Corporation pending the final disposition of such action or proceeding. Such required indemnification shall be subject only to the exception that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any director or officer in the event and to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that his acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled (provided, however, that indemnification shall be made upon any successful appeal of any such adverse judgment or final adjudication). For purposes of this article, the Corporation shall be deemed to have requested such present or former officer or director to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the Corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any and other rights to which any such person, his testator or intestate, may be entitled apart from this provision.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

The following sets forth information regarding unregistered securities that were sold by the Company within the past three years.

 

(1) In the past three years, we have granted 100,000 stock options and 150,783 shares of restricted stock pursuant to our 2009 Equity Incentive Plan to our employees and directors. No underwriter or placement agent was involved in the issuance or sale of any of these securities, and no underwriting discounts or commissions were paid. The issuance and sale of the securities described above were made in reliance upon exemptions from registration requirements under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering and pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation .

 

(2) Between March and April 2015, we issued an aggregate of 722,223 shares of common stock to accredited investors, at a price of $18.00, for aggregate consideration of approximately $13.0 million. No underwriter or placement agent was involved in the issuance or sale of any of these securities, and no underwriting discounts or commissions were paid. The securities were issued under an exemption from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

 

(3) Between June and August 2016, we issued an aggregate of 1,365,969.47619 shares of common stock to accredited investors, at a price of $21.00, for aggregate consideration of approximately $28.68 million. Additionally, o n August 11, 2016, we issued 272,636 shares of Class B Non -Voting Preferred Stock to Endicott Opportunity Partners IV, L.P. at a price of $21.00 per share, for aggregate consideration of $5.73 million in a private placement transaction. The placement agent for these transactions was Houlihan Lokey Capital, Inc.   The aggregate placement agent commission for these transactions was $450,000 . The securities were issued under an exemption from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

 

(4) On March 8, 2017, we issued an aggregate of $25 Million Fixed-to-Floating Rate Subordinated Notes due 2027 to institutional investors. The placement agent for these transactions was Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.   The aggregate placement agent commission for these transactions was $418,563 . The securities were issued under an exemption from registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder as a transaction by an issuer not involving any public offering.

 

  II- 2    

 

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:

 

The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:

 

(a) List of Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.   Description
1.1   Underwriting Agreement*
3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. , as amended
3.2   Bylaws of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.
4.1   Form of Common Stock Certificate of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.*
4.2   Form of Class B Preferred Stock Certificate of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.
4.3   Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of the Company and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K. The Company hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the SEC upon request.
5   Form of Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
10.1   Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 21 , 2016, between Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and Endicott Opportunity Partners IV, L.P.
10.2   Employment Agreement by and among Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., Metropolitan Commercial Bank and Mark R. DeFazio
10.3   Change of Control Agreement by and between Metropolitan Commercial Bank and Sangeeta Kishore
10.4   Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan
21   Subsidiaries of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.
23.1   Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP
23.2   Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (set forth in Exhibit 5)
24.1   Power of Attorney (set forth on the signature page to this Registration Statement)

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

 

  II- 3    

 

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the indemnification provisions described herein, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

  II- 4    

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of New York, State of New York on October 4 , 2017.

 

  METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.
     
  By: /s/ Mark R. DeFazio
    Mark R. DeFazio
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    (Duly Authorized Representative)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

We, the undersigned directors of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. (the “Company”), severally constitute and appoint Mark R. DeFazio with full power of substitution, our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things and acts in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Mark R. DeFazio may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Mark R. DeFazio shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures   Title   Date
         
/s/ Mark R. DeFazio   President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   October 4 , 2017
Mark R. DeFazio        
         
/s/ Sangeeta Kishore     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   October 4 , 2017
Sangeeta Kishore        
         
/s/ David M. Gavrin     Chairman of the Board   October 4 ,  2017
David M. Gavrin        
         
/s/ Dale Fredston   Director   October 4 , 2017
Dale Fredston        
         
/s/ David Gold   Director   October 4 , 2017
David Gold        
         
/s/ Mark H. Goldberg     Director   October 4 , 2017
Mark H. Goldberg        

 

 

 

 

/s/ Harvey M. Gutman     Director   October 4 , 2017
Harvey M. Gutman        
         
/s/ Terence J. Mitchell     Director   October 4 , 2017
Terence J. Mitchell        
         
/s/ Robert C. Patent     Director   October 4 , 2017
Robert C. Patent        
         
/s/ Maria Ramirez     Director   October 4 , 2017
Maria Ramirez        
         
/s/ William Reinhardt     Director   October 4 , 2017
William Reinhardt        
         
/s/ Robert Usdan     Director   October 4 , 2017
Robert Usdan        
         
/s/ George J. Wolf, Jr.     Director   October 4 , 2017
George J. Wolf, Jr.        

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.   Description
1.1   Underwriting Agreement*
3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. , as amended
3.2   Bylaws of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.
4.1   Form of Common Stock Certificate of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.*
4.2   Form of Class B Preferred Stock Certificate of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.
4.3   Certain instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of the Company and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K. The Company hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the SEC upon request.
5   Form of Opinion of Luse Gorman, PC regarding legality of securities being registered
10.1   Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 21 , 2016, between Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and Endicott Opportunity Partners IV, L.P.
10.2   Employment Agreement by and among Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., Metropolitan Commercial Bank and Mark R. DeFazio
10.3   Change of Control Agreement by and between Metropolitan Commercial Bank and Sangeeta Kishore
10.4   Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan
21   Subsidiaries of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.
23.1   Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP
23.2   Consent of Luse Gorman, PC (set forth in Exhibit 5)
24.1   Power of Attorney (set forth on the signature page to this Registration Statement)

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

971124000 819 CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION CT-07 OF METBANK HOLDING CORP. (Under Section 402 of the business corporation Law) The undersigned, a natural parson over the age of eighteen years, desiring to form a corporation pursuant to Section 402 of the Business Corporation Law of the state of New York, hereby certifies: FIRST: The name of the corporation is METBANK HOLDING CORP.. hereinafter sometimes called the “Corporation”. SECOND; The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are as follows: To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be formed under the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York. The Corporation is not formed to engage in any act or activity requiring the consent or approval of any state official, department, board, agency or other body without such consent or approval first being obtained. It is the intention that, to the extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall have all of the powers specified in section 202 of the New York Business Corporation Law.

 

   

 

 

 

The foregoing shall not be deemed to limit or restrict in any manner the general powers of the Corporation and the enjoyment and exercise thereof as conferred by the laws of the State of New York upon corporations organized under the provisions of the New York Business Corporation Law. THIRD: The office of the Corporation in the State of New York shall be located in the County of New York. FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Six million (6,000,000), of which Two Million (2,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share; Two Million (2,000,000) shares shall be Class A Preferred Stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share; and Two Million (2,000,000) shares shall be Class B Preferred Stock, par value one cent (8,02) per share. The designations end the powers, preferences and rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Common Stock, the Class A Preferred Stock and the Class B Preferred Stock are as follows: A. class A Preferred Stock The Class A Preferred Stock shall consist of 2,000,000 shares of par value of $.01 per share, which shares shall be non-voting, except an provided herein. Dividends. The holders of Class A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to ordinary dividends at the rate of eight (8%) percent per annum on the initial issue price thereof of $.01 per share,

 

   

 

 

 

 

payable out of surplus or net profits when and as declared by the Board of Directors, payable annually on the 15th day of April in each year, which dividends shall be non-cumulative, and, in addition, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, supplementary dividends payable out of surplus or net profits when and as declared by the Board of Directors, payable annually on the 15th day of April in each year, in an amount determined by the Board of Directors, which amount shall not for any year be greater than the excess of (a) the unpaid ordinary dividends for prior calendar years over (b) supplementary dividends paid for all prior calendar Years. Supplementary dividends shall be non-cumulative. No dividends shall be paid or set aside for shares of common stock (or any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends) unless (X) the full amount of the 8% ordinary dividends for the current calendar year on the Class A Preferred Stock shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment and (y) supplementary dividends on the Class A Preferred stock in an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate unpaid ordinary dividends for all prior calendar years shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment. (i) liquidation preference upon dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all the assets of the Corporation, the holders of Class A Preferred Stock shall first be entitled to receive, out of the net assets of the Corporation, after all appropriate reserves, the sum equal to the par value of their shares ($.01 per share) plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon together with an amount

 

   

 

 

 

equal to the excess of (a) the unpaid ordinary dividends thereon for all prior calendar years over (b) all supplementary dividends paid thereon, all without interest. The consolidation or merger of the Corporation with any other entity shall not be considered as a dissolution of the Corporation for these purposes. (ii) Corporation’s Right to Redeem. The Corporation shall have the right to redeem its Class A Preferred Stock, or any number of shares thereof, at any time by paying to the holders thereof the sum of $.01 per share redeemed together with the amount of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon at the time of redemption and an amount equal to the excess of (a) the unpaid ordinary dividends thereon for all prior calendar years over (b) all supplementary dividends paid thereon. The Corporation may apply toward the purchase or redemption of its class A Preferred Stock as herein provided any part of its surplus funds or an amount of its stated capital which shall not be greater than the stated capital represented by the shares purchased or redeemed, but under no circumstances shall the Corporation apply any other funds or any further part of its stated capital toward the purchase or redemption of such stock. The purchase or redemption of any such stock shall not be made where the effect of any such purchase or redemption and application of stated capital thereto shall be to reduce the net assets of the Corporation below the stated capital remaining after giving effect to the

 

   

 

 

 

 

cancellation of such shares, or it the Corporation is insolvent or would thereby be made insolvent. If the Corporation shall redeem less than all issued and outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock, then the redemption shall be made pro-rata among all holders of Class A Preferred Stock in accordance with the number of shares of Class A Preferred Stock held by them. In all instances, the Board of Directors shall have complete authority to determine upon and take the necessary proceedings fully to effect the purchase or redemption of the shares, and the cancellation of the certificates representing such shares. Upon the completion of such proceedings, the rights of holders of the shares of such Class A Preferred Stock which have been redeemed and called in shall in all respects cease, except that such holders shall be entitled to receive the redemption price for their respective shares. whenever any charts of such Class A Preferred Stock of the Corporation are purchased or redeemed as herein authorized, the Corporation may, by resolution of its Board of Directors, retire such shares. (iv) Corporation’s Right to Convert to Debt obligation The Corporation shall have the right to convert its Class A preferred Stock, or any number of shares thereof, to a debt obligation, on the terms and conditions stated herein, at any time, by the execution and delivery of the Corporation’s promissory note payable

 

   

 

 

 

 

to the holder of Class A Preferred Stock co converted, in a principal amount equal to the sum of $.01 per share converted together with the amount of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon at the time of conversion and an amount equal to the excess of (a) the unpaid ordinary dividends thereon for all prior calendar years over (b) all supplementary dividends paid thereon, bearing interest at the rate or eight 8% percent per annum, payable on the unpaid balance of principal semiannually with each payment of principal, interest to run from the date fixed for the conversion, with the principal to be payable in not more than 10 equal semiannual installments beginning not later than six months following the date fixed for conversion end with a final maturity of five (5) years from the date fixed for conversion. The Corporation shall have the right to prepay such debt obligation in whole or in part, including the payment of interest to the date of such prepayment. Provision shall be made for the acceleration of maturity of said promissory note at the option of the holder thereof if any installment of interest or principal is not made within 30 days after the due date of any installment of interest or principal. The debt obligations of the Corporation resulting from such conversion shall (unless otherwise determined by the Corporation in its sole discretion) be unsecured, must clearly state on their face that they are not a deposit and are not insured by any Federal agency and must be subordinated in right of payment to all senior indebtedness of the Corporation, and shall contain all other terms and conditions (including without limitation, to the extent necessary, subordination to other liabilities, deposits, and

 

   

 

 

 

 

indebtedness of the Corporation or its subsidiaries) required to qualify such debt obligations as “Tier 2 Capital” of the Corporation under the applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve Board or any successor banking regulatory agency having supervisory Jurisdiction over the Corporation. If the Corporation shall convert less than all issued and outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock, then the conversion shall be made pro-rata among all holders of Class A Preferred Stock in accordance with the number of shares of Class A Preferred Stock held by them. In all instances, the Board of Directors shall have complete authority to determine upon and take the necessary proceedings fully to effect the conversion of the shares and the cancellation of the certificates representing such shares.Upon the completion of such conversion proceedings, the rights of holders of the shares of such Class A Preferred Stock which have been converted and called in shall in all respects cease, except that such holders shall be entitled to receive the debt obligation to be delivered to them for their respective shares. whenever any shares of such Clan A Preferred Stock of the corporation are converted as herein authorized, the Corporation may, by resolution of its Board of Directors, retire such shares. B. Class B Preferred Stock. The Class B Preferred Stock shall consist of 2,000,000 shares of par value $.01 per share, which shares shall be non-voting, except as provided herein. The Class B

 

   

 

 

 

 

Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors as shares of one or more series of Class S Preferred Stock and, subject to the provisions hereof and the limitations prescribed by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized, prior to issuance, by adopting resolutions providing for the issue of, or providing for a change in the number of, shares of any particular aeries and by filing a certificate pursuant to the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York, to establish or change the number of Shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each such series. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following: (i) the distinctive serial designation of such series and the number of shares constituting such series (provided that the aggregate number of shares constituting all series of Class B Preferred Stock shall not exceed 2,000,000); (ii) the dividend rate on shares of such series and whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates; (iii) whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon and after which such shares shall be redeemable, the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different

 

   

 

 

 

redemption dates, and the manner of selecting shares for redemption if less than all shares of such series are to be redeemed; (iv) the obligation, if any, of the Corporation to retire shares of such series pursuant to a sinking fund; (v) whether shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of stock of any other class or classes and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including the price or prices or the rate or, rates of conversion or exchange and the terms of adjustment, it Any; (vi) whether the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law and, if so, the terms of such voting rights; (vii) the rights of the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation in preference to the Common Stock of the Corporation; (viii) whether or not the holders of shares of such series shall have any preemptive rights with respect to issuance of any class of equity shares of the Corporation, with respect to the granting by the corporation of rights or options to purchase its equity shares of any Class or the issuance of shares or other

 

   

 

 

 

securities convertible into or carrying rights or options to purchase its equity shares of any class) and (ix) any other terms, relative rights, preferences and limitations of such series. C. Common stock. The Common Stock shall consist of 2,000,000 shares of par value $.01 per share. Subject to the rights of the Class A Preferred Stock and Class B Preferred Stock, and except as may be expressly provided by law, the entire voting power for the election of directors and in any corporate proceeding and upon any matter or question whatever pertaining to the Corporation shall be vested exclusively in the holders of the shares of Common Stock, each holder of Common Stock being entitled to one vote Per share. D. subject to the rights of the Class B Preferred Stock, no holder of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled as such, as a matter of right, to any preemptive or preferential right to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any new or additional issue of stock of the corporation of any class whatsoever, or of any notes, bonds, obligations, warrants or other securities, whether or not the same be convertible into or exchangeable for stock of the Corporation of any class whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized, or whether issued for cash or other consideration, or by way of dividend. FIFTH: The Secretary of State of the state of New York is hereby designated as the Agent of the Corporation upon Whom process

 

   

 

 

 

against the Corporation may be served. The post office address to which the secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against the Corporation served upon him is: cjo Herrick,: Feinstein LLP, 2 :park Avenue, New York, New York 10016, Attention; Lawrence M. Levinson, Esq. STXTH: No director of the Corporation shall have any personal liability to the Corporation or its shareholders for damage resulting from any breach of such director’s duties as a director of the Corporation, provided that this provision Shall not eliminate or limit the liability of any director if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to him entablishee that his acts or omissions were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled or that his acts Violated section 719 of the New York Business Corporation Law. SEVENTH: The Corporation shall indemnify any present or former officer or director of the Corporation or the personal representatives thereof, made or threatened to be made a party in any civil or criminal action or proceeding by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate in or was a director Or officer of the Corporation, or served any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise in any capacity at the request of the Corporation, against judgments, fines (including excise tax assessed on such a person in connection

 

   

 

 

 

with service to an employee benefit plan), amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including without limitation, court coats, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and those of accountants and other experts and consultants incurred as a result of such action or proceeding or any appeal therein, all of which exponent as incurred shall be advanced by the Corporation pending the final disposition of such action or proceeding. Such required indemnification shall be subject only to the exception that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any director or officer in the event and to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that his acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled (provided, however, that indemnification shall be made upon any successful appeal of any such adverse judgment or final adjudication). For purposes of this article, the corporation shall be deemed to have requested such present or former officer or director to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the Corporation also imposes duties On, or otherwise involves serviette by, such person to the Plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any and Other rights to which any such person, his testator or intestate, may be entitled apart from this provision.
 
   

 

 

 

 

NOU-24-1997 11:26 P.15/15 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto sign my name and affirm that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury, this 10th day of November, 1997. /s/ Lawrence M. Levinson Lawrence M. Levinson Sole Incorporator 2 Park Avenue New York, New York 10016

 

   

 

 

 

State of new York, Banking Department I, MANUEL KURSKY, Deputy Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York, DO HEREBY APPROVE, pursuant to Section 301 (a) (5) (B) of the New York Business Corporation Law, the use of a word or a derivative of the word “bank” in the name of METBANK HOLDING CORP. Witness, my hand and official seal of the Banking Department at the City of New York, this 18th day of November in the Year of our Lord one thousand nine hundred and ninety-seven. Deputy Superintendent of Banks.

 

   

 

 

 

NOV-24-1997 11 08 P.02/15 971124000 CT-07 CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF METBANK HOLDING CORP. (Under Section 402 of the Business Corporation Law) STATE OF NEW YORK DEPARTMENT OF STATE FILED NOV 2 4 1997 HERRICK, FEINSTEIN 2 Park Avenue, 21st Floor New York, New York 10016 Attn: Lawrence M. Levinson, Esq. (212) 592-1400 971124000845 BILLED

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:19 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15104636533 P.03 F 971203000 674 CT-07 RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF METHANE HOLDING CORP. (Under Section 807 of the Business Corporation Law) There being no shares issued, and no officers and directors elected, I, the undersigned, the Sole Incorporator of METBANK HOLDING CORP., a New York corporation, hereby certify as follows: 1. The name of the Corporation is METBANK HOLDING CORP. 2. The Certificate of Incorporation was filed by the Department of State on November 24, 1997. 3. The certificate was authorized by the Sole Incorporator, there being no officers or directors. 4. The Certificate of Incorporation is amended to amend ARTICLE FOURTH to correct initial issue price per share. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby restated, as so amended, to read as herein set forth as follows:

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:20 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15184636533 P.04 CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF METBANK HOLDING CORP. (Under Section 402 of the Business Corporation Law) FIRST: The name of the corporation is METBANK HOLDING CORP., hereinafter sometimes called the “Corporation”. SECOND: The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are as follows: To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be formed under the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York. The Corporation is not formed to engage in any act or activity requiring the consent or approval of any state official, department, board, agency or other body without such consent or approval first being obtained. It is the intention that, to the extent permitted by law, the Corporation shall have all of the powers specified in Section 202 of the New York Business Corporation Law. The foregoing shall not be deemed to limit or restrict in any manner the general powers of the Corporation and the enjoyment

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:20 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15184636533 P.05 and exercise thereof as conferred by the laws of the State of New York upon corporations organized under the provisions of the New York Business Corporation Law. THIRD: The office of the Corporation in the State of New York shall be located in the County of New York. FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Six Million(6,000,000), of which Two Million (2,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, par value one cent ($.01) per share; Two Million (2,000,000) shares shall be Class A Preferred Stock, par value one cent($.01) per share; and Two Million (2,000,000) shares shall be Class B Preferred Stock, par value one cent($.01) per share. The designations and the powers, preferences and rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Common Stock, the Class A Preferred Stock and the Class B Preferred Stock are as follows: Class A preferred Stock. The Class A Preferred Stock shall consist of 2,000,000 shares of par value of $.01 per share, which shares shall be non-voting, except as provided herein. (i) Dividends. The holders of Class A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to ordinary dividends at the rate of eight (8%) percent per annum on the initial issue price thereof of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share, payable out of surplus or net profits when and as declared by the Board of Directors, payable annually on the 15th

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:20 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12126897577 TO 151E14636533 P.06 day of April in each year, which dividends shall be non-cumulative, and, in addition, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, supplementary dividends payable out of surplus or net profits when and as declared by the Board of Directors, payable annually on the 15th day of April in each year, in an amount determined by the Board of Directors, which amount shall not for any year be greater than the excess of (a) the unpaid ordinary dividends for all prior calendar years over (b) supplementary dividends paid for all prior calendar years. Supplementary dividends shall be non-cumulative. No dividends shall be paid or set aside for shares of common stock (or any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends) unless (x) the full amount of the 8% ordinary dividends for the current calendar year on the Class A Preferred Stock shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment and (y) supplementary dividends on the Class A Preferred Stock in an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate unpaid ordinary dividends for all prior calendar years shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment. (ii) Liquidation Preference. Upon dissolution or liquidation Or the sale of all the assets of the Corporation, the holders of Class A Preferred Stock shall first be entitled to receive, out of the net assets of the Corporation, after all appropriate reserves, the sum equal to the initial issue price thereof of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon together with an amount equal to the excess of (a) the unpaid ordinary dividends thereon for all prior calendar years over (b)

 

   

 

 

 

DEC 1’87 11:21 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15184636533 P.07 all supplementary dividends paid thereon, all without interest. The consolidation or merger of the Corporation with any other entity shall not be considered as a dissolution of the Corporation for these purposes. (iii) Corporation’s Right to Redeem The Corporation shall have the right to redeem its Class A Preferred Stock, or any number of shares thereof, at any time by paying to the holders thereof the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share redeemed together with the amount of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon at the time of redemption and an amount equal to the excess of (a) the unpaid ordinary dividends thereon for all prior calendar years over (b) all supplementary dividends paid thereon. The Corporation may apply toward the purchase or redemption of its Class A Preferred Stock as herein provided any part of its surplus funds or an amount of its stated capital which shall not be greater than the stated capital represented by the shares purchased or redeemed, but under no circumstances shall the Corporation apply any other funds or any further part of its stated capital toward the purchase or redemption of such stock. The purchase or redemption of any such stock shall not be made where the effect of any such purchase or redemption and application of stated capital thereto shall be to reduce the net assets of the Corporation below the stated capital remaining after giving effect to the cancellation of such shares, or if the Corporation is insolvent or would thereby be made insolvent.

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:21 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15184636533 P.08 If the Corporation shall redeem less than all issued and outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock, then the redemption shall be made pro-rata among all holders of Class A Preferred Stock in accordance with the number of shares of Class A Preferred Stock held by them. In all instances, the Board of Directors shall have complete authority to determine upon and take the necessary proceedings fully to effect the purchase or redemption of the shares, and the cancellation of the certificates representing such shares. Upon the completion of such proceedings, the rights of holders of the shares of such Class A Preferred Stock which have been redeemed and called in shall in all respects cease, except that such holders shall be entitled to receive the redemption price for their respective shares. Whenever any shares of such Class A Preferred Stock of the Corporation are purchased or redeemed as herein authorized, the Corporation may, by resolution of its Board of Directors, retire such shares. (iv) Corporation’s Right to convert to debt obligation. The corporation shall have the right to convert its Class A Preferred Stock, or any number of shares thereof, to a debt obligation, on the terms and conditions stated herein, at any time by the execution and delivery of the Corporation’s promissory note payable to the holder of Class A Preferred Stock so converted, in a principal amount equal to the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share converted together with the amount of any dividends declared but

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:21 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128997577 TO 15184636533 P.09 unpaid thereon at the time of conversion and an amount equal to the excess of (a) the unpaid ordinary dividends thereon for all prior calendar years over (b) all supplementary dividends paid thereon, bearing interest at the rate of eight (8%) percent per annum, payable on the unpaid balance of principal semiannually with each payment of principal, interest to run from the date fixed for the conversion, with the principal to be payable in not more than 10 equal semiannual installments beginning not later than six months following the date fixed for conversion and with a final maturity of five(5) years from the date fixed for conversion. The Corporation shall have the right to prepay such debt obligation in whole or in part, including the payment of interest to the date of such prepayment. Provision shall be made for the acceleration of maturity of said promissory note at the option of the holder thereof if any installment of interest or principal is not made within 30 days after the due date of any installment of interest or principal. The debt obligations of the Corporation resulting from such conversion shall(unless otherwise determined by the Corporation in its sole discretion) be unsecured, must clearly state on their face that they are not a deposit and are not insured by any Federal agency and must be subordinated in right of payment to all senior indebtedness of the Corporation, and shall contain all other terms and conditions(including without limitation, to the extent necessary, subordination to other liabilities, deposits, and indebtedness of the Corporation or its subsidiaries) required to qualify such debt obligations as “Tier 2 Capital” of the Corporation under the applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:22 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15184636533 P.10 Board or any successor banking regulatory agency having supervisory jurisdiction over the Corporation. If the Corporation shall convert less than all issued and outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock, then the conversion shall be made pro-rata among all holders of Class A Preferred Stock in accordance with the number of shares of Class A Preferred Stock held by them. In all instances, the Board of Directors shall have complete authority to determine upon and take the necessary proceedings fully to effect the conversion of the shares, and the cancellation of the certificates representing such shares. Upon the completion of such conversion proceedings, the rights of holders of the shares of such Class A Preferred Stock which have been converted and called in shall in all respects cease, except that such holders shall be entitled to receive the debt obligation to be delivered to them for their respective shares. Whenever any shares of such Class A Preferred Stock of the Corporation are converted as herein authorized, the Corporation may, by resolution of its Board of Directors, retire such shares. B. Class B Preferred stock. The Class B Preferred Stock shall consist of 2,000,000 shares of par value $.01 per share, which shares shall be non-voting, except as provided herein. The Class B Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:22 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15184636533 P.11 Directors as shares of one or more series of class B Preferred Stock and, subject to the provisions hereof and the limitations prescribed by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized, prior to issuance, by adopting resolutions providing for the issue of, or providing for a change in the number of, shares of any particular series and by filing a certificate pursuant to the Business Corporation Law of the State of New York, to establish or change the number of shares to be included in each such series and to fix the designation and relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each such series. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following; (i) the distinctive serial designation of such series and the number of shares constituting such series (provided that the aggregate number of shares constituting all series of Class B Preferred Stock shall not exceed 2,000,000); (ii) the dividend rate on shares of such series and whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates; (iii) whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption, including the date or dates upon and after which such shares shall be redeemable, the amount per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:22 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15184636533 P.12 redemption dates, and the manner of selecting shares for redemption if less than all shares of such series are to be redeemed; (iv) the obligation, if any, of the Corporation to retire shares of such series pursuant to a sinking fund; (v) whether shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of stock of any other class or classes and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including the price or prices or the rate or rates of conversion or exchange and the terms of adjustment, if any; (vi) whether the shares of such series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law and, if so, the terms of such voting rights; (vii)the rights of the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation in preference to the Common Stock of the Corporation; (viii)whether or not the holders of shares of such series shall have any preemptive rights with respect to issuance of any class of equity shares of the Corporation, with respect to the granting by the Corporation of rights or options to purchase its equity shares of any class or the issuance of shares or other

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:23 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15184636533 P.13 securities convertible into or carrying rights or options to purchase its equity shares of any class; and (ix) any other terms, relative rights, preferences and limitations of such series. C. Common Stock. The Common Stock shall consist of 2,000,000 shares of par value $.01 per share. Subject to the rights of the Class A Preferred Stock and Class B Preferred Stock, and except as may be expressly provided by law, the entire voting power for the election of directors and in any corporate proceeding and upon any matter or question whatever pertaining to the Corporation shall be vested exclusively in the holders of the shares of Common Stock, each holder of Common Stock being entitled to one vote per share. D. Subject to the rights of the Class B Preferred Stock, no holder of any class of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled as such, as a matter of right, to any preemptive or preferential right to subscribe for, purchase or receive any part of any new or additional issue of stock of the Corporation of any class whatsoever, or of any notes, bonds, obligations, warrants or other securities, whether or not the same be convertible into or exchangeable for stock of the Corporation of any class whatsoever, whether now or hereafter authorized, or whether issued for cash or other consideration, or by way of dividend.

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:23 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15184636533 P.14 FIFTH: The Secretary of State of the State of New York is hereby designated as the agent of the Corporation upon whom process against the Corporation may be served. The post office address to which the Secretary of State shall mail a copy of any process against the Corporation served upon him is: c/o Herrick, Feinstein LLP, 2 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10016, Attention: Lawrence M. Levinson, Esq. SIXTH: No director of the Corporation shall have any personal liability to the Corporation or its shareholders for damage resulting from any breach of such director’s duties as a director of the Corporation, provided that this provision shall not eliminate or limit the liability of any director if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to him establishes that his acts or omissions were in bad faith or involved intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled or that his acts violated Section 719 of the New York Business Corporation Law. SEVENTH: The Corporation shall indemnify any present or former officer or director of the Corporation or the personal representatives thereof, made or threatened to be made a party in any civil or criminal action or proceeding by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or served any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise in

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC l’97 11:23 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15184636533 P.15 any capacity at the request of the Corporation, against judgments, fines (including excise tax assessed on such a person in connection with service to an employee benefit plan), amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses, including without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and those of accountants and other experts and consultants incurred as a result of such action or proceeding or any appeal therein, all of which expenses as incurred shall be advanced by the Corporation pending the final disposition of such action or proceeding. Such required indemnification shall be subject only to the exception that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any director or officer in the event and to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer establishes that his acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated, or that he personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he was not legally entitled (provided, however, that indemnification shall be made upon any successful appeal of any such adverse judgment or final adjudication). For purposes of this article, the Corporation shall be deemed to have requested such present or former officer or director to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the Corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be deemed exclusive of any and other

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:24 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15184636533 P.16 rights to which any such person, his testator or intestate, may be entitled apart from this provision. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto sign my name and affirm that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury, this 1st day of December, 1997. /s/ Lawrence M. Levinson Lawrence M. Levinson Sole Incorporator 2 Park Avenue New York, New York 10016

 

   

 

 

 

 

DEC 1’97 11:19 FR HERRICK FEINSTEIN 12128897577 TO 15184636533 P.02 CT-07 F 971203000 674 RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF METBANK HOLDING CORP. (Under Section 807 of the Business Corporation Law) STATE OF NEW YORK DEPARTMENT OF STATE FILED DEC 0 3 1997 TAX$BY: RECEIVED RECEIVED HERRICK, FEINSTEIN LLP 2 PARK AVENUE, 21ST FLOOR NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10016 (212) 592-1400 971203000703

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

  

F990408000363CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENTOFCERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATIONOFMETBANK HOLDING CORP.(Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law)The undersigned, Lawrence M. Levinson, the sole incorporator of METBANK HOLDING CORP., hereby certifies:1. The name of the Corporation is METBANK HOLDING CORP.2. The Certificate of Incorporation was filed by the Department of State on November 24th, 1997.3. The amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation affected by this Certificate of Amendment is to change SECTION A (iv) to ARTICLE FOURTH, which Section sets forth the terms and conditions of the Corporation’s right to convert its Class A Preferred Stock to a debt obligation.4. To accomplish the foregoing amendment, SECTION A (iv) to ARTICLE FOURTH of the Certificate of incorporation is here by amended to read in its entirety as follows:(iv) Corporation’s Right to convert to Debt Obligation. The Corporation shall have the right to convert its Class A Preferred Stock, or any number of shares thereof, to a debt obligation, on the terms and conditions stated herein, at any time by the execution and delivery of the corporation’s promissory note Payable to the holder of Class A preferred Stock so converted, in a principal amount equal to the sum of ten Dollar ($10.00) per share converted together with the amount of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon at the time of conversion and an amount equal to the excess of (a) the unpaid ordinary dividends

 

 

 

 

  

thereon for all prior calendar years over (b) all supplementary dividends paid thereon, bearing Interest at the rata of eight (8%) percent per annum, payable on the unpaid balance of principal semiannually, interest to run from the date fixed for the conversion, with the principal to be payable at a final maturity of five (5) years from the date fixed for conversion. The Corporation shall have the right to prepay such debt obligation in whole or in part, include the payment of interest to the date of such prepayment. Provision shall be made for the acceleration of maturity of said promissory note at the option of the holder thereof If any installment of interest or principal is not made within 30 days after the due date of any installment of interest or principal. The debt obligations of the Corporation resulting from such conversion shall (unless otherwise determined by the Corporation in its sole discretion) be unsecured must clearly state on their face that they are not a deposit and are not insured by any Federal agency and must be subordinated in right of payment to all senior indebtedness of the Corporation, and shall contain all other terms, and conditions (including without limitation to the extent necessary, subordination to other liabilities, deposits, and indebtedness of the Corporation or its subsidiaries) required to qualify such debt obligations as “Tier 2 Capital”, of the Corporation under the applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve Board Or any successor banking regulatory agency having supervisory jurisdiction over the Corporation.If the Corporation shall convert less than all issued and outstanding shares of Class A Preferred Stock, then the conversion Shall be made pro-rata among all holders of Class A Preferred Stock in Accordance with the number of a shares of Class A Preferred Stock held by them. In all instances, the Board of Directors shall have complete authority to determine upon and take the necessary proceedings fully to effect the conversion of the shares, and the cancellation of the certificates representing such shares.Upon the completion of such conversion proceedings, the rights of holders of the shares of such Class A Preferred Stock which have been converted and called in all respects cease, except that such holders shall be entitled to receive the debt obligation to be delivered to them for their respective sharesWhenever any shares of such Class A Preferred Stock of the Corporation are converted as herein authorized, the Corporation may, by resolution of its Board of Directors, retire such shares”.5. The foregoing amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was authorized by the sole incorporator of the Corporation, pursuant to Section 803(d) of the Business corporation Law. The corporation having no shareholders of record, no subscribers for shares Whose subscriptions have been accepted and no directors.

 

 

 

 

  

IN WIINESS WHEREOF, I hereunto sign my name and affirm that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury, this 31st day of march, 1999/s/Lawrence M. LevinsonLawrence M. LevinsonSole Incorporator2 Park AvenueNew York, Ncw York 10016

 

 

 

 

  

F990408000363CERTIFICATE OF AMENDEMENTOFCERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATIONOFMETBANK HOLDING CORP.(Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law)STATE OF NEW YORKDEPERTMENT OF STATEAPR 08 1999FILEDTAX $BY: VFDFiled by: Herrick, Feinstein2 park avenueNew York, New York 10016Attention: Lawrence M. Levinson, Esq.990408000372

 

 

 

 

  

F010814000992CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENTOF THECERTIFICATE Of INCORPORATIONOfMETBANK HOLDING CORP.Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation LawThe undersigned. Leonard Grunstein, being the Chairman of METBANK HOLDING CORP., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows1 The name of the Corporation is METBANK HOLDING CORP2 The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of the State of New York on the 24th day of November, 1997. The Certificate of incorporation was amended and restated on the 3rd day of December, 1997 (as amended and restated, the “Certificate of incorporation”)3 The Certificate of incorporation is being amended to effect an increase the number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation may issue from an aggregate of 6,000,000 shares to an aggregate of 12,000,000 shares by (i) increasing the number of shares of Common Stock, per value $0.01 per share, that the Corporation is authorized to issue from 2,000,000 shares to 5,000,000 shares and (ii) increase the number of shares Class A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, that the Corporation is authorized to issue from 2,000,000 shares to 5,000,000 sharesTo the effect the foregoing, Article “Fourth” of the Certificate of incorporation is hereby unaided as follows(A) The first sentence of the first paragraph of Artical Fourth of the Certificate of incorporation is here by amended and restated to, as so amended, read in its entirety as follows FOURTH The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is Twelve Million (12,000,000), of which Five Million (5,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, Per value one cent ($01) per share, five million (5,000,000)Shares shall be Class A Preferred Stock, per value one cent ($01) per share; and Two million (2,000,000) shares shall be class B Preferred stock par value one cent ($0.01) per share

 

 

 

 

  

(B) The first sentence of Article Fourth A, is amended by replacing the number “2,000,000” set forth there in with the number “5,000,000”(C) The first sentence of Article Fourth C, is amended by replacing the number “2,000,000” set forth therein with the number “5,000,000”5 This Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted by an alternative vote of a majority of the board followed by an alternative vote of a majority of the corporation’s shareholders entitled to vote hereon at a meeting of shareholders in accordance with section 803(a) of the BCLIN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned has signed this certificate of Amendment on this 10th day august 2001/s/ Leonard GrunsteinLeonard GrunsteinChairman

 

 

 

 

  

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENTOF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATIONOFMETBANK HOLDING CORP.UNDER SECTION 805 0F THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAWDRAWDOWNDELANEY - 30STATE OF NEW YORKDEPARTMENT OF STATEFILED BY: AUG 14 2001TAX $BY:FILED BY:BRIDGE SERVICE CORP.277 BROADWAY, SUITE 510NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10007-2001

 

 

 

 

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE  CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION  OF  METBANK HOLDING CORP,  (Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law) FIRST: The name of the corporation is METBANK HOLDING CORP. (the “Corporation”),  SECOND The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the New York Department of State on November 24, 1997, restated on December 3, 1997, amended on April 8, 1999, and amended on August 14, 2001 (as so amended, the “Certificate of Incorporation”)THIRD: Pursuant to authority conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) by Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation and pursuant to the provisions of Section 502 of the New York Business Corporation Law, the Board, on June 29, 2005, adopted the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation providing for the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of a new series of Class B Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (“Class B Preferred Stock”) called Series A Class B Preferred Stock.To effect the foregoing, the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Article EIGHTH:A. Number of Shares. Of the 2,000,000 authorized shares of Class B Preferred Stock, 3,200 shares shall be designated as “Series A Class B Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Stock”), the designations and the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of which are set forth in Sections B through F hereof.B Ranking The Series A Stock shall rank, as to dividends and preference in liquidation, pari passu to the Class A Preferred Stock and any other series of Class B Preferred Stock hereafter designated, and senior and prior to the Common Stock.C Dividends, Each share of Series A Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to ordinary dividends at the rate of three and 69/100 percent (3.69%) percent per annum on the initial issue price thereof of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per share (“Ordinary Dividends”), payable out of surplus or net profits when and as declared by the Board of Directors, payable on the 15th day of April in the year in which such Ordinary Dividends are declared. Ordinary Dividends shall be non-cumulative. In addition to the declaration of Ordinary Dividends, the Board of Directors may also declare supplementary dividends payable out of surplus or net

 

 

 

 

  

profits on the 15th day of April in the year in which such supplementary dividends arc declared (“Supplementary Dividends”), which amount shall not for any year be greater than the excess of (a) all undeclared Ordinary Dividends which the Corporation was permitted to, but did not, declare hereunder (“Undeclared Ordinary Dividends”) with respect to all calendar years prior to such year over (b) Supplementary Dividends declared and paid for all such prior calendar years. Supplementary Dividends shall be non-cumulative. No dividends shall be paid or set aside for shares of Common Stock (or any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends) unless (x) the full amount of any Ordinary Dividends and Supplementary Dividends for the then current calendar year shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment and (y) the full amount of the dividends payable for the then current calendar year on the Class A Preferred Stock shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment.D Liquidation Preference. Upon dissolution or liquidation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, the holders of Series A Stock shall first be entitled to receive, out of the net assets of the Corporation, after all appropriate reserves, the sum equal to the initial issue price thereof of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per share plus any Ordinary Dividends declared but unpaid plus an amount equal to the excess of (a) all Undeclared Ordinary Dividends for all calendar years prior to the year in which such dissolution or liquidation occurs over (b) all Supplementary Dividends paid during such years, all without interest. Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with any other entity, nor the sale of all or any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, shall be considered as a dissolution of the Corporation for these purposes.E. Corporation’s Right to Redeem. The Corporation shall have the right to redeem all of its outstanding Series A Stock, or any number of shares thereof, at any time by paying to the holders thereof the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per share redeemed plus the amount of any Ordinary Dividends declared but unpaid thereon at the time of redemption plus an amount equal to the excess of (a) all Undeclared Ordinary Dividends for all calendar years prior to the year in which such redemption occurs over (b) all Supplementary Dividends paid during those years, all without interestThe Corporation may apply toward the purchase or redemption of its Series A Stock as herein provided any part of its surplus funds of an amount of its stated capital which shall not be greater than

 

 

 

 

 

 

the stated capital represented by the shares purchased or redeemed, but under no circumstances shall the Corporation apply any other funds or any further part of its stated capital toward the purchase or redemption of such stock. The purchase or redemption of any such stock shall not be made where the effect of any such purchase or redemption and application of stated capital thereto shall be to reduce the net assets of the Corporation below the stated capital remaining after giving effect to the cancellation of such shares, or tithe Corporation is insolvent or would thereby be made insolvent.If the Corporation shall redeem less than all issued and outstanding shares of Series A Stock, then the redemption shall be made pro-rata among all holders of Series A Stock in accordance with the number of shares of Series A Stock held by them. In all instances, the Board of Directors shall have complete authority to determine upon and take the necessary proceedings fully to effect the purchase or redemption of the shares, and the cancellation of the certificates representing such shares. Upon the completion of such proceedings, the rights of holders of the shares of such Series A Stock which have been redeemed and called in shall in all respects cease, except that such holders shall be entitled to receive the redemption price for their respective shares.Whenever any shares of such Series A Stock of the Corporation are purchased or redeemed as herein authorized, the Corporation may, by resolution of its Board of Directors, retire such shares.F Automatic Conversion(i) If at any time the Corporation effects a Qualified Offering, (a) each share of Series A Stock shall be automatically converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by (i) multiplying the number of shares of Series A Stock to be convened by One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) end (ii) dividing such result by the price per share of Common Stock offered under the Qualified Offering and (b) each holder of shares of Series A Stock shall promptly, but in no case later than 20 dos after the completion of the first sale of stock tinder such Qualified Offering, surrender to the Corporation the certificates representing such shares of convened Series A Stock. If after converting the Series A Stock pursuant to this Section F, a holder would otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional share of Common Stock, such fractional share shall be adjusted upward (and not downward) to the nearest whole share of Common Stock, As used herein, the term “Qualified Offering” means an offering consummated after the date hereof that gives each holder of shares of Common Stock the right, exercisable for cash at the same price

 

 

 

 

 

 

JUN 29 2005 14.30 FR DECHERT PRICE TO 917034155217 P 05and on the same terms as are offered to all other holders of shares of Common Stock, to acquire such number of shares of Common Stock that when added to the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the automatic conversion of all the shares of Series A Stock owned by such holder, will allow such holder (upon exercise of such right) to maintain the same percentage ownership of all shares of Common Stock outstanding as such shareholder held prior to the issuance of the Series A Stock.(ii) Within 20 days after receipt by the Corporation of the certificates representing the shares of converted Series A Stock, the Corporation shell (x) pay to the holder of such shares of Series A Stock (i) all declared and unpaid Ordinary Dividends and (ii) an amount equal to the excess of (a) all Undeclared Ordinary Dividends for all calendar year prior to the year in which such conversion occurs over (b) all Supplementary Dividends paid during those years, all without interest, and (y) issue and deliver, or cause to be issued and delivered, to the holder, registered in such name as such holder may direct, a certificate for the number of Whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such shares of Series A Stock. To the extent pertained by law, such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the date on which the first sale is completed under the Qualified Offering, and at such time the rights of the holder of such shares of Series A Stock shall cease, and the person in whose name any certificate for shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock represented thereby.FOURTH: This Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted by an affirmative vote of the majority of the directors present at a Board meeting in which quorum was present.IN WITNESS WHEREOF ,I hereunto sign my name and affirm that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury, this 29th day of June, 2005./s/ Mask DelanoMask DelanoPresident** TOTAL PAGE.05 **

 

 

 

 

  

 

050630050CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENTOFMETHANK HOLDING CORP,Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation LawSTATE OF NEW YORKDEPARTMENT OF STATEFILED JUN 30 2005TAXS 10BY Filed by: DECHERT 22nd Floor30 Rockefeller PlazaNew York, NY 10112Cust.Ref. #457006MTSDRAWDOWNCSC 45DRAW DOWN

 

 

 

 

  

 

F050928000541CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATIONOFMETBANK HOLDING CORP(Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law)FIRST: The name of the corporation is METBANK HOLDING CORP. (the “Corporation”).SECOND. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the New York Department of State on November 24, 1997, restated on December 3, 1997, amended on April 8, 1999, amended on August 14, 2001 and amended on June 30, 2005 (as so amended, the “Certificate of incorporation”)THIRD. Pursuant to authority conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) by Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation and pursuant to the provisions of Section 502 of the New York Business Corporation Law, the Board of Directors, on September 11 2005, adopted the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation providing for the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of a new series of Class B Preferred Stock, $ 01 par value per share (“Class B Preferred Stock”) called Series B Class B Preferred Stock.To effect the foregoing, the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Article NINTH.A. Number of Shares. Of the 2,000,000 authorized shares of Class B Preferred Stock, 35,000 shares shall be designated as “Series B Class B Preferred Stock” (the “Series 13 Stock”), the designations and the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of which are set forth in Sections B through F hereof.B. Ranking The Series B Stock shall rank, as to dividends and preference in liquidation, part passu to the Class A Preferred Stock, the Series A Stock and any other series of Class B Preferred Stock hereafter designated, and senior and prior to the Common Stock.C. Dividends. Each share of Series B Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to ordinary dividends at the rate of three and 69/100 percent (3.69%) per annum on the initial issue price thereof of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per share (“Series B Ordinary Dividends”), payable out of surplus or net profits when and as declared by the Board of Directors, payable on the 15th day of April in the year in which such Series B Ordinary Dividends are declared. Series B Ordinary Dividends shall be non-cumulative. In addition to the declaration of Series B Ordinary Dividends, the Board of Directors may also declare supplementary dividends11654614 6 BUSINESS

 

 

 

 

  

payable out of surplus or net profits on the 15th day of April in the year in which such supplementary dividends are declared (“Series 13 Supplementary Dividends”), which amount shall not for any year be greater  than the excess of (a) all undeclared Series B Ordinary Dividends which the Corporation was permitted to, but did not, declare hereunder (“Undeclared Series B Ordinary Dividends”) with respect to all calendar years prior to such year over (b) Series B Supplementary Dividends declared and paid for all such prior calendar years Series B Supplementary Dividends shall be non-cumulative. No dividends shall be paid or set aside for shares of Common Stock (or any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends) unless (x) the full amount of any Series B Ordinary Dividends and Series B Supplementary Dividends for the then current calendar year shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment and (y) the full amount of the dividends payable for the then current calendar year on the Class A Preferred Stock and the Series A Stock shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment.D. Liquidation Preference Upon dissolution or liquidation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, the holders of Series B Stock shall first be entitled to receive, out of the net assets of the Corporation, after all appropriate reserves, the sum equal to the initial issue price thereof of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per share plus  any Series B Ordinary Dividends declared but unpaid plus an amount equal to the excess of (a) all Undeclared Series B Ordinary Dividends for all calendar years prior to the year in which such dissolution or liquidation occurs over (b) all Series B Supplementary Dividends paid during such years, all without interest Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with any other entity, nor the sale of all or any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, shall be considered as a dissolution of the Corporation for these purposes.E. Corporation’s Right to Redeem If the Corporation shall have entered into a letter of intent with any entity providing for a Sale Transaction prior to the Series B Conversion Date (as defined in Article NINTH Section F), then upon entering into such letter of intent, the Corporation shall redeem all of its issued and outstanding shares of Series B Stock by paying to the holders thereof the sum of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per share redeemed plus the amount of any Series B Ordinary Dividends declared but unpaid thereon at the time of redemption plus an amount equal to the excess of (a) all Undeclared Series B Ordinary Dividends for all calendar years prior to the year in which such redemption occurs over (b) all Series B Supplementary Dividends paid during those years, all without interest. As used herein, the term “Sale Transaction” means the acquisition by any entity of ail11654614 6 BUSINLSS

 

 

 

 

  

of the equity interests of the Corporation or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with such entity.The Corporation may apply toward the purchase or redemption of its Series B Stock as herein provided any part of its surplus funds or an amount of its stated capital which shall not be greater than the stated capital represented by the shares purchased or redeemed, but under no circumstances shall the Corporation apply any other funds or any further part of its stated capital toward the purchase or redemption of such stock. The purchase or redemption of any such stock shall not be made where the effect of any such purchase or redemption and application of stated capital thereto shall be to reduce the net assets of the Corporation below the stated capital remaining after giving effect to the cancellation of such shares, or if the Corporation is insolvent or would thereby be made insolvent.If the Corporation shall redeem less than all issued and outstanding shares of Series B Stock, then the redemption shall be made pro-rate among all holders of Series B Stock in accordance with the number of shares of Series B Stock held by them. In all instances, the Board of Directors shall have complete authority to determine upon and take the necessary proceedings fully to effect the purchase or redemption of the shares, and the cancellation of the certificates representing such shares. Upon the completion of such proceedings, the rights of holders of the shares of such Series B Stock which have been redeemed and called in shall all respects cease, except that such holders shall be entitled to receive the redemption price for their respective shares.Whenever any shares of such Series B Stock of the Corporation are purchased or redeemed as herein authorized, the Corporation may, by resolution of its Board of Directors, retire such shares.F Automatic Conversion. (i) If on or before September 26, 2005, or such later date, determined by the Corporation in its solo discretion, upon which the Corporation terminates the offering of Series B Stock made pursuant to the Corporation’s Confidential Private Offering Memorandum dated August 29, 2005, (the “Series B Conversion Date”), the Corporation shall not have entered into a letter of intent with any entity providing for a Sale Transaction, (a) each share of Series B Stock shall be automatically converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined by dividing (i) the sum of the One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) per share original issuance price of such share, plus the amount of any Series B Ordinary Dividends declared but unpaidI 1654614 6 BUSINES S

 

 

 

  

 

thereon immediately prior to the Series B Conversion Date plus an amount equal to the excess of (x) all Undeclared Series B Ordinary Dividends for all calendar years prior to the year in which the Series B Conversion Date occurs over (y) all Series B Supplementary Dividends paid during those years, all without interest, by (ii) Thirty Dollars ($30) and (b) each holder of shares of Series B Stock shall promptly, but in no case later than 20 days after the Series B Conversion Date, surrender to the Corporation the certificates representing such shares of converted Series B Stock. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series B Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series B Stock to the same holder shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of a fractional share. If after converting the Series B Stock of such holder pursuant to this Section F, a holder would otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional share of Common Stock, such fractional share shall be adjusted upward (and not downward) to the nearest whole share of Common Stock.(ii) To the extent permitted by law, such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the Series B Conversion Date, and at such time the rights of the holder of such shares of Series B Stock shall cease, and the person in whose name any certificate for shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock represented thereby. Promptly following the Series B Conversion Date, the Corporation shall issue and deliver, or cause to be issued and delivered, to each holder of Series B Stock, registered in such name as such holder may direct, a certificate for the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such shares of Series B Stock.FOURTH: This Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted by an affirmative vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting of the Board of Directors in which quorum was present.IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto sign my name and affirm that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury, this 21 day of September, 2005./s/ Mark DeFazioMark DeFazioPresident11654614 6 BUSINESS

 

 

 

  

F050928000541CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENTOFMETBANK HOLDING CORP.Under Section 802 of the Business Corporation LawSTATE OF NEW YORKDEPARTMENT OF STATEFILED SEP 28 2005TAX $ Y:FILED BY:DECHERT22nd Floor30 Rockefeller PlazaNew York, NY 10112Cust. Ref#614012JBADRAWDOWNCSC 45 5

 

 

 

 

  

P070103000827CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENTOFTHE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATIONOFMETBANK HOLDING CORP.(Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law)1. The name of the Corporation is METBANK HOLDING CORP, (the “Corporation”).

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of New York on November 24, 1997.

3. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is amended to change the corporate name of the Corporation from NetBank Holding Corp. to Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.To effect the foregoing, Article “FIRST” of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:FIRST: The name of the corporation is METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP., hereinafter sometimes called the “Corporation”.4. This Certificate of Amendment was authorized by the consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation at a duly convened meeting of the Board of Directors, and by the consent of the holders of all outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation at a duly convened meeting of the shareholders.5. This Certificate of Amendment is dated this 3rd day of January, 2007 and the amendment to the Corporation’s Certificate of Amendment shall be effective at 5:00 pm on such date.By: /s/ Mark R DeFazioName: Mark R DeFazioTitle: President

 

 

 

 

  

State of new yorkBanking DepartmentI, Sara A. Kelsey, Deputy Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York, hereby approve, pursuant to the New York Business Corporation Law Section 30(a)(5)(B), as amended, the use of the word or a derivative of the word “bank” in the name of METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.Witness, my hand and official seal of the Ranking Department at the City ofNew York, this 30th day of November in the Year two thousand six.Deputy Superintendent of BanksCSC 45DRAW DOWN

 

 

 

  

  

P070103000827CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENTOFCERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATIONOFMETBANK HOLDING CORP.(Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law)STATE OF NEW YORKDEPARTMENT OF STATEFILED JAN 03 2007TAX$BY:NEW YORKHERRICK, FEINSTEIN LLP2 PARK AVENUE,NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10016(212) 592-1400CSC 45DRAW DOWNCUSTOMER REF. #695672MTSHF 3464319v.1 #03593/0054

 

 

 

 

 

 

091105000648 CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. (Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law) FIRST: The name of the corporation is METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. (the “Corporation”). SECOND: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the New York Department of State on November 24, 1997 under the original name of MetBank Holding Corp., restated on December 3, 1997, amended on April 8, 1999, amended on August 14, 2001, amended on June 30, 2005, amended on September 28, 2005, and amended on January 3, 2007 (as so amended, the “Certificate of Incorporation”). THIRD: Pursuant to authority conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) by Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation and pursuant to the provisions of Section 502 of the New York Business Corporation Law, the Board, on September 17, 2009, adopted the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation providing for the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of a new series of Class B Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share (“Class B Preferred Stock”) called Series C Class B Preferred Stock. To effect the foregoing, the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Article TENTH: A. Number of Shares. Of the 2,000,000 authorized shares of Class B Preferred Stock, 2,500 shares shall be designated as “Series C Class B Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Stock”), the designations and the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of which are set forth in Sections B through G hereof. B. Ranking. The Series C Stock shall rank, as to dividends and preference in liquidation, pari passu to the Class A Preferred Stock and any other series of the Class B Preferred Stock hereinbefore, now or hereafter designated, and senior and prior to the Common Stock. C. No Voting Rights. The Series C Stock shall be non-voting, except as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, or as required by law. D. Amendments. In connection with authorizing, effecting or validating any action which amends or alters in any materially adverse manner the designations, powers, rights, preferences or privileges of, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Series C Stock, the consent of holders of 66 2/3% of all shares of the Series C Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, by a vote at a meeting called for such purpose, or by written consent in lieu thereof, at which holders of shares of Series C Stock shall vote together as a separate class, shall be necessary and required. Any other action which amends or alters the designations, powers, rights, preferences or privileges of, or the qualifications, 091105000648

 

   

 

 

 

limitations or restrictions of the Series C Stock, shall be subject to authorization as provided for in Section 803 of the New York Business Corporation Law. E. Dividends. Each share of Series C Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to ordinary dividends at the rate of eight and 00/100 (8.00%) percent per annum on the initial issue price thereof of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) (“Initial Issue Price”) per share (“Ordinary Dividends”), payable out of surplus or net profits when and as declared by the Board of Directors, payable on the 15th day of April in the year in which such Ordinary Dividends are declared, Ordinary Dividends shall be non-cumulative. In addition to the declaration of Ordinary Dividends, the Board of Directors may also declare supplementary dividends payable out of surplus or net profits on the 15th day of April in the year in which such supplementary dividends are declared (“Supplementary Dividends”), which amount shall not for any year be greater than the excess of (a) all undeclared Ordinary Dividends which the Corporation was permitted to, but did not, declare hereunder (“Undeclared Ordinary Dividends”) with respect to all calendar years prior to such year over (b) Supplementary Dividends declared and paid for all such prior calendar years. Supplementary Dividends shall be non-cumulative. No dividends shall be paid or set aside for shares of Common Stock (or any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends) unless (x) the full amount of any Ordinary Dividends and Supplementary Dividends for the then current calendar year shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment and (y) the full amount of the dividends payable for the then-current calendar year on the Class A Preferred Stock shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, Upon the exercise of any conversion right provided for in Section G below, no Undeclared Ordinary Dividends shall accrue or be payable for any purposes hereunder with respect to any such shares converted, and all rights to receive payment of any dividends thereon shall be deemed: (i) void ab initio, and (ii) to have never accrued. For purposes of clarification, no Undeclared Ordinary Dividends shall be payable with respect to any share of Series C Stock that is converted into Common Stock upon the exercise by the holder of such share of Series C Stock of any conversion option set forth in Section G below. F. Liquidation Preference. Upon dissolution or liquidation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, the holders of Series C Stock shall first be entitled to receive, out of the net assets of the Corporation, after all appropriate reserves, the sum equal to the Initial Issue Price per sham plus any Ordinary Dividends declared but unpaid plus an amount equal to the excess of (a) all Undeclared Ordinary Dividends for all calendar years prior to the year in which such dissolution or liquidation occurs over (b) all Supplementary Dividends paid during such years, all without interest. Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with any other entity, nor the sale of all or any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, shall be considered as a dissolution of the Corporation for these purposes. Upon the exercise of any conversion right provided for in Section G below, no Undeclared (Ordinary Dividends shall accrue or be payable for any purposes hereunder, including, without limitation, the determination of any liquidation preference, with respect to any such shares converted, and all rights to receive payment of any dividends thereon shall be

 

   

 

 

 

deemed: (i) void ab initio, and (ii) to have never accrued. For purposes of clarification, no Undeclared Ordinary Dividends shall be payable with respect to any share of Series C Stock that is converted into Common Stock upon the exercise by the holder of such share of Series C Stock of any conversion option set forth in Section G below. G. Conversion Rights. The holders of shares of Series C Stock may convert all or any portion of such shares into Common Stock at any time commencing with the date of issuance of such shares of Series C Stock and ending at 5 P.M. New York time on the second anniversary of the date of issuance, TIME BEING OF THE ESSENCE (the “Conversion Expiration Date”), (i) Upon the written election of the holder thereof and without payment of any additional consideration, each outstanding share of Series C Stock held by such holder shall be converted into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing (A) the Initial Issue Price per share (i.e., $1,000 per share), by (B) the Conversion Price at the time in effect for such Series C Stock The number of shares to be issued upon conversion shall be determined without regard or consideration to the amount of Undeclared Ordinary Dividends or any declared, but unpaid, Ordinary Dividends. The initial “Conversion Price” per share for shares of Series C Stock shall be $20, subject to adjustment as set forth in Section G(iv). Any election by a holder of Series C Stock pursuant to this Section G(i) shall be made by written notice to the Corporation, and such notice may be given at any time and from time to time after the date of issuance of Series C Stock and prior to the Conversion Expiration Date. Any shares of Series C Stock that arc not converted prior to the Conversion Expiration Date shall continue to be outstanding, but without any rights of conversion. (ii) Upon election to convert pursuant to Section G(i), the relevant holder or holders of Series C Stock shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing the Series C Stock being converted to the Corporation, duly assigned or endorsed for transfer to the Corporation (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers relating thereto) or shall deliver an affidavit of loss to the Corporation, at its principal executive office or such other place as the Corporation may from time to time designate by notice to the holders of the Series C Stock. Upon surrender of such certificate(s) or delivery of an affidavit of loss, the Corporation shall issue and send by hand delivery, by courier or by first class mail (postage prepaid) to the holder thereof or to such holder’s designee, at the address designated by such holder, certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled upon conversion. The issuance of certificates for Common Stock upon conversion of Series C Stock shall be deemed effective as of the date of surrender of such Series C Stock certificates or delivery of such affidavit of loss and will be made without charge to the holders of such shares for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other costs incurred by the Corporation in connection with such conversion and the related issuance of such stock.

 

   

 

 

 

 

 (iii) The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Series C Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shalt from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series C Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series C Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase the number of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose, and to reserve the appropriate number of shares of Common Stock for issuance upon such conversion. (iv) If and whenever after the date this Certificate of Amendment is filed with the Department of State of New York (the “Filing Date”), the Corporation shall issue or sell any shares of Common Stock for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issuance or sale, then, upon such issuance or sale the Conversion Price shall be reduced to such lesser amount. Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, nothing herein shall require any adjustment to the Conversion Price upon the issuance of any shares of Common Stock in accordance with the Corporation’s 1999 Option Plan, the Corporation’s 2009 Equity Incentive Plan, each as in effect on the Filing Date, as such plans may be amended in accordance with their respective terms, or any other options, warrants or rights issued and outstanding as of the Filing Date. In case any shares of Common Stock shall be issued or sold for a consideration other than cash, the amount of the consideration other than cash received by the Corporation shall be deemed to be the fair value of such consideration received as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. (v) In case the Corporation shall at any time after the Filing Date subdivide its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares (by any stock split, stock dividend or otherwise), the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision shall be proportionately reduced, and, conversely, in case the Corporation shall at any time after the Filing Date combine its outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares (by any reverse stock split or otherwise), the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased. The subdivision of the Corporation’s shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares shall not be deemed an event that results in adjustment of the Conversion Price in accordance with Section G(iv). (vi) If any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be effected in such a way that holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive stock, securities or assets with respect to or in exchange for Common Stock, then, as a condition of such reorganization or reclassification, lawful and adequate provisions shall be made whereby each holder of a share or shares of Series C Stock shall thereupon have the right, but not the obligation, to receive, upon the basis and upon the terms and conditions

 

   

 

 

 

 specified herein and in lieu of the shares of Common Stock immediately theretofore receivable upon the conversion of such share or shares of Series C Stock, as the case may be, such shares of stock, securities or assets as may be issued or payable with respect to or in exchange for a number of outstanding shares of such Common Stock equal to the number of shares of such Common Stock immediately receivable upon such conversion had such reorganization or reclassification not taken place, and in any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interests of such holder to the end that the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, provisions for adjustment of the Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as may be, in relation to any shares of stock, securities or assets thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of such conversion rights. (vii) Upon any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation or business entity, each share of Series C Stock shall remain outstanding and shall thereafter be convertible into the kind and amount of securities or other property to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation deliverable upon conversion of such shares of Series C Stock would have been entitled upon such merger or consolidation. FOURTH: This Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted by an affirmative vote of the majority of the directors present at a Board meeting in which quorum was present. FIFTH: IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto sign my name and affirm that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury, this 4th day of November, 2009. /s/ Mark DeFazio Mark DeFazio President

 

   

 

 

 

 

 091105000648 CSC 45 DRAW DOWN FILED 2009 NOV – 5 PM 2.30 CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law Filed by: Herrick, Feinstein LLP 2 Park Avenue New York, NY 10016 Cruet Ref # 17863/MPJ HF 5308785v. #03593/0091 STATE OF NEW YORK DEPARTMENT OF STATE FILED NOV 05 2009 Taxs By: 2009 NOV -5 PM 1:35 09110500715

 

   

 

 

 

09/28/2011 12:25 FAX 3026745266 005/007 110928001037 CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. (Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law) The undersigned, hereby certifies: 1. The name of the Corporation is METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. (the “Corporation”). 2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of New York on November 24, 1997. The name of the Corporation on the date that the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of New York was METBANK HOLDING CORP. 3. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation being amended to effect an increase in the number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation may issue from an aggregate of 12,000,000 shares to an aggregate of 17,000,000 shares by increasing the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, that the Corporation is authorized to issue from 5,000,000 shares to 10,000,000. To effect the foregoing, the first sentence of the first paragraph of Article “FOURTH” of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows: FOURTH: The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have the authority to Issue is Seventeen Wilton (17,000,000) of which Ten Million (10,000,000) shares shall be Common Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share, Five Million (5,000,000) shares shall be Class A Preferred Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share, and Two Million (2,000,000) shares shall be Class B Preferred Stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share. 4. This Certificate of Amendment was authorized by the consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation at a duly convened meeting of the Board of Directors, and by the consent of the holders of a majority of all outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation at a duly convened meeting of the shareholders in accordance with 803(a) of the Business Corporation Law. 5, This Certificate of Amendment is dated this 22th day of September, 2011 and the amendment to the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation shall be effective at 5:00 pm on such date. 110928001037

 

   

 

 

 

 

 08/28/2011 12:25 FAX 3026745288 0006/007 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned officer of the Corporation has executed this Certificate of Amendment. By:/s/ Mark R. DeFazio Name: Mark R. DeFazio Title: President

 

   

 

 

 

 

 09/28/2011 12:25 FAX 2028745268 g1007/007 110928001037 CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. (Under Section $05 of the Business Corporation Law) STATE4OF MY YORK DEPARTMENT Of STATE FLED SEP 28 2011 TINA BONOVICH TAXS 25 NRAI SERVICES, LLC BY: 160 GREENTREE DRIVE, SUITE 101 New York DOVER, DELAWARE 19904 (302)674-4089 2011 SEP 28 PM 1:04 FILED 2011 SEP 28 PM par - 25 1108

 

   

 

 

 

 

120313000844 CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. (Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law) FIRST: The name of the corporation is METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. (the “Corporation”). SECOND: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the New York Department of State on November 24, 1997 under the name MetBank Holding Corp. THIRD: Pursuant to authority conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) by Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation, which authorizes 2,000,000 shares of Class B Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B Preferred Stock”), and pursuant to the provisions of Section 502 of the New York Business Corporation Law, the Board, on March 12, 2012, adopted the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation providing for the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of a new series of Class B Preferred Stock hereby designated as the Series D Class B Preferred Stock of the Corporation. To effect the foregoing, the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Article ELEVENTH: ELEVENTH: A. Number of Shares. Of the 2,000,000 authorized shares of Class B Preferred Stock, 2,000 shares shall be designated as “Series D Class B Preferred Stock” (the “Series D Stock”), the designations and the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of which are set forth in Sections B through F hereof. B. Ranking. The Series D Stock shall rank, as to dividends and preference in liquidation, pari passu to the Class A Preferred Stock and any other series of the Class B Preferred Stock issued and outstanding on the date of the issuance of any Series D Stock or hereafter designated, and senior and prior to the Common Stock. C. No Voting Rights, The Series D Stock shall be non-voting, except as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, or as required by law. D. Amendments. In connection with authorizing, effecting or validating any action which amends or alters in any materially adverse manner the designations, powers, rights, preferences or privileges of, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Series D Stock, the consent of holders of 66 2/3% of all shares of the Series D Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, by a vote at a meeting called for such purpose, or by written consent in lieu thereof, at which holders of shares of Series D Stock shall vote together as a separate class, shall be necessary and required. Any other action which amends or alters the designations, powers, rights, preferences or privileges of, or the qualifications, limitations or HF 7269876v.2 #03593/0141 120313000844

 

   

 

 

 

 

  

 

restrictions of the Series D Stock, shall be subject to authorization as provided for in Section 803 of the New York Business Corporation Law.E. Dividends. Each share of Series D Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to ordinary dividends at the rate of thirteen and 00/100 percent (13.00%) percent per annum on the initial issue price thereof of One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) (“Initial Issue Price”) per share (“Ordinary Dividends”), payable out of surplus or net profits when and as declared by the Board of Directors, payable on the 15th day of April in the year in which such Ordinary Dividends are declared. Ordinary Dividends shall be non-cumulative (i.e., Ordinary Dividends shall accrue from time to time but shall not be compounded). In addition to the declaration of Ordinary Dividends, the Board of Directors may also declare supplementary dividends payable out of surplus or net profits on the 15th day of April in the year in which such supplementary dividends are declared (“Supplementary Dividends”), which amount shall not for any year be greater than the excess of (a) all undeclared Ordinary Dividends which the Corporation was permitted to, but did not, declare hereunder (“Undeclared Ordinary Dividends”) with respect to all calendar years prior to such year over (b) Supplementary Dividends declared and paid for all such prior calendar years. Supplementary Dividends shall be non-cumulative (i,e., Supplementary Dividends shall accrue from time to time once declared but shall not be compounded). No dividends shall be paid or set aside for shares of Common Stock (or any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends) unless (x) the full amount of any Ordinary Dividends and Supplementary Dividends (including accrued Ordinary Dividends and Supplementary Dividends that have accrued from prior years but not yet paid) for the then current calendar year shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment and (y) the full amount of the dividends payable for the then current calendar year on the Class A Preferred Stock shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment.F. Liquidation Preference. Upon dissolution or liquidation, or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, the holders of Series D Stock shall first be entitled to receive, out of the net assets of the Corporation, after all appropriate reserves, the sum equal to the Initial Issue Price per share plus any Ordinary Dividends declared but unpaid plus an amount equal to the excess of (a) all Undeclared Ordinary Dividends for all calendar years prior to the year in which such dissolution or liquidation occurs over (b) all Supplementary Dividends paid during such years, all without interest. Neither the consolidation nor merger of the Corporation with any other entity, nor the sale of all or any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, shall be considered a dissolution of the Corporation for these purposes.FOURTH: This Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted by an affirmative vote of the majority of the directors present at a Board meeting in which quorum was present,[continued on the following page]

 

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto sign my name and affirm that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury, this 12th day of March, 2012. /s/ Mark DeFazio  Mark DeFazio  President

 

 

 

  

 

120313000844CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THECERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATIONOFMETROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.UNDER SECTION 805 OF THE BUSINESS CORPORATION LAWDRAWD OWN DELANEY – 30 STATE OF NEW YORK DEPARTMENT OF STATE FILED MAR 13 2012  TAX $ BY: FILED BY:HERRICK, FEINSTEIN LLPTWO PARK AVENUENEW YORK, NEW YORK 10016

 

 

 

 

  

CSC 45DRAW DOWN130125000332CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OFMETROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.(Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law)FIRST: The name of the corporation is, METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. (the “Corporation”).SECOND: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the New York Department of State on November 24, 1997 under the name MetBank Holding Corp.THIRD: Pursuant to authority conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) by Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation, which authorizes 2,000,000 shares of Class B Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B Preferred Stock”), and pursuant to the provisions of Section 502 of the New York Business Corporation Law, the Board, on December 31, 2012, adopted the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation providing for the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of a new series of Class B Preferred Stock hereby designated as the Series E Class B Preferred Stock of the Corporation.To effect the foregoing, the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Article TWELFTH:TWELFTH:A. Number of Shares. Of the 2,000,000 authorized shares of Class B Preferred Stock, sixty thousand (60,000) shares shall be designated as “Series E Class B Preferred Stock” (the “Series E Stock”), the designations and the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of which are set forth in this Article TWELFTH. B. Stated Value. The stated value per share of the Series E Stock, which on the date of original issuance shall be equal to the amount of consideration of the par value and the additional paid in capital paid to the Corporation for each share of Series E Stock, is equal to twenty dollars ($20.00). C. Ranking. The Series E Stock shall rank, as to dividends and preference in liquidation, pari passu to the Common Stock. D. No Voting Rights. Until the Series E Stock is converted to Common Stock as provided for in Section H of this Article TWELTH, the Series E Stock shall be non-voting, except to the extent specifically required by the New York Business Corporation Law and any voting rights of the Series E Stock required by the New York Business Corporation Law shall be together with the shares of the Common Stock voting as a single class where the holders of all of the shares of the issued and

 

 

 

 

  

outstanding Series E Stock shall be entitled to not more than one (1) vote per share of Series E Stock. E. Amendments. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section D of this Article TWELFTH, in connection with authorizing, effecting or validating any action which amends or alters in any materially adverse manner the designations, powers, rights, preferences or privileges of, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Series E Stock, the consent of holders of 66 2/3% of all shares of the Series E Stock at the time outstanding, given in person or by proxy, by a vote at a meeting called for such purpose, or by written consent in lieu thereof, at which holders of shares of Series E Stock shall vote together as a separate class, shall be necessary and required. Any other action which amends or alters the designations, powers, rights, preferences or privileges of, or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Series E Stock, shall be subject to authorization as provided for in Section 803 of the New York Business Corporation Law. F. Dividends. No dividends will be paid on account of any shares of the Series E Stock and holders of the Series E Stock shall not have any right to any dividends or other distributions on account of their ownership of any shares of Series E Stock, except, that each share of Series E Stock shall be entitled and paid any dividend declared and paid on account of a share of Common Stock of the Corporation.G. Liquidation Preference. Upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holder of the Series E Stock that has not been converted to shares of Common Stock shall receive such proceeds upon the liquidation of the Corporation as if such shares of Series E Stock have been converted and shall receive such proceeds pari passu with the distributions to the holders of the shares of Common Stock on account of their shares of Common Stock.H. Conversion of the Series E Stock to Common Stock. (i) Subject to the provisions of Section I of this Article TWELFTH, all or any of the shares of the Series E Stock will be converted as of the Series E Conversion Date, as defined in this Section H, into an equal number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock if there is a Series E Conversion Event, as defined in this Section H.(ii) Subject to the provisions of Section I of this Article TWELFTH, all or any of the shares of the Series E Stock will be converted into an equal number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the option and right of the Corporation as exercised by the Board (the “Corporation Conversion Election”). The Board shall evidence the exercise of the Corporation Conversion Election by providing a notice to the registered holders of such shares of Series E Stock. The date for such conversion of the Series E Stock shall be the date specified by the Board in such notice, which

 

 

 

 

  

date shall not be earlier than 10 days after the date of such notice nor later than 120 days after the date of such notice. (iii) The conversion of all or any Series E Stock pursuant to a Series E Conversion Event, as defined in this Section H, will be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the Series E Conversion Date, as defined in this Section H of this Article TWELFTH, and subject to the provisions of Section I of this Article TWELFTH, each share of Series E Stock shall be automatically converted into an equal number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at the Series E Conversion Date. (iv) Each holder of shares of Series E Stock shall promptly, but in no case later than 20 days after the Series E Conversion Date, surrender to the Corporation the certificates representing such shares of converted Series E Stock. (v) No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of Series E Stock. All shares of Common Stock (including fractions thereof) issuable upon conversion of more than one share of Series E Stock to the same holder shall be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the conversion would result in the issuance of a fractional share. If after converting the Series E Stock of such holder pursuant to this Section H, a holder would otherwise be entitled to receive a fractional share of Common Stock, such fractional share shall be adjusted upward (and not downward) to the nearest whole share of Common Stock.(vi) Within 20 days after receipt by the Corporation of the certificates representing the shares of converted Series E Stock (or if such 20th day is not a business day, the next business day), the Corporation shall issue and deliver, or cause to be issued and delivered, to the Person who surrendered such certificate, registered in such name as the registered holder of such certificate, a certificate for the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such shares of Series E Stock. To the extent permitted by law, such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected as of the close of business on the Series E Conversion Date, and at such time the rights of the holder of such shares of Series E Stock shall cease, and the Person in whose name any certificate for shares of Common Stock shall be issuable upon such conversion shall be deemed to have become the holder of record of the shares of Common Stock represented thereby.(vii) For the purposes of this Article TWELFTH, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in this Section H (vii) of this Article TWELFTH: (A) “Acquisition” shall mean (i) the acquisition by means of any transaction or series of related transactions by any Person (including a group of persons as described in Rule 13d-5(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act

 

 

 

 

  

of 1934, as amended, whether or not such regulation shall then be applicable to the Corporation or its securities) of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Common Stock of the Corporation or (ii) any reorganization, merger or consolidation (excluding any merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation) in which outstanding shares of Common Stock are exchanged for cash, securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued by the acquiring Person or its subsidiary to the holders of the Common Stock.(B) “Affiliate” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.(C) “Asset Sale” shall mean a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property, assets or business of the Corporation to a Person, other than an Affiliate of the Corporation or any bank holding company of the Depository Institution, in which such property, assets or business of the Corporation are exchanged for securities or other consideration issued, or caused to be issued by the acquiring Person or its subsidiary to the Corporation or its shareholders.(D) “Depository Institution” shall mean Metropolitan National Bank, a national banking association.(E) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.(F) “Sale of Control” shall mean a transaction or series of transactions in which more than 50% of the voting power of the Corporation is acquired by or disposed of to a Person or Persons who are not Affiliates of the Corporation or any bank holding company of the Depository Institution, or any other transaction or series of transactions as a result of which the ability to control the Board shall be vested in any Person or “group” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) who is not an Affiliate of the Corporation or any bank holding company of the Depository Institution immediately prior to such Sale of Control, whether such transaction is effected through a sale of assets or stock, merger, consolidation or like combination.(G) “Series E Conversion Event” shall mean any Acquisition, Asset Sale, Sale of Control, Public Offering or Public Registration.(H) “Series E Conversion Date” shall mean the date of the consummation of any Series E Conversion Event.(I) “Person” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a limited liability company, an unincorporated

 

 

 

  

 

business organisation, a trust or other entity or organization, and any government or political subdivision or any agency or instrumentality thereof. (J) “Public Offering” shall mean any offering of any of the Corporation’s Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and applicable regulations.(K) “Public Registration” shall mean the registration of any of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and applicable regulations.I. Requirements of Applicable Law. (i) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section H of this Article TWELFTH, no shares of the Series E Stock held by any holder thereof shall be converted to shares of Common Stock if the issuance of such shares of Common Stock to such holder would cause a violation of applicable law by the Corporation or by such holder or if such issuance of such shares of Common Stock requires the consent, approval or non-objection of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or of any Federal Reserve Bank or the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or any other government agency or authority without such consent, approval or non-objection having first been obtained and being in full force and effect on the date of the issuance of such shares of Common Stock. (ii) In the event that shares of Series E Stock are not converted to Common Stock for the reasons set forth in Section I(i) above, the Corporation shall cooperate with the holder of the Series E Stock to obtain any required consent, approval or non-objection, including but not limited to providing information that is within the possession or control of the Corporation and that is reasonably requested by the holder of the Series E Stock, including the and filing and signing of any required applications or notices by the Corporation that are necessary for the holder of the Series E Stock to obtain such consent, approval or non-objection. To the extent that the Corporation retains outside legal counsel to assist the Corporation in cooperating with any requests from holders of Series E Stock, including the filing of any required applications or notices, then the holders of the Series E Stock agree to reimburse the Corporation for the amount of the reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by the Corporation as agreed to in advance by the holder(s) of the Series E Stock and the Corporation. If the holders of the Series E Stock and the Corporation do not agree on the amount of reasonable legal fees and expenses to be reimbursed, then the Corporation will have no obligation to file any applications or notices as contemplated under this Section I(ii).

 

 

 

  

 

J. Adjustments for Certain Events. (i) Changes in Capitalization. In the event any stock dividend, stock split, or other similar event affecting the Common Stock occurs before a Series E Conversion Date, each share of Series E Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such share by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the effective time of such event (excluding for such purpose shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series E Stock but including any other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock to the extent such other securities are required to be converted into or exchanged for Common Stock), and (ii) the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of such event (excluding for such purpose shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series E Stock but including any other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock to the extent such other securities are required to be converted into or exchanged for Common Stock). For avoidance of doubt, no issuance of securities shall give rise to the adjustment set forth in this Section J(i) unless approved by the Board for the purpose of affecting all shares of Common Stock (including securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock) proportionately.(ii) Series E Conversion Events. In the event of a Series E Conversion Event then, in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series E Stock shall be entitled to receive in exchange for or in respect of their shares of Series E Stock the same form and amount of consideration, if any, as the holders of the Common Stock receive in exchange for or in respect of their shares of Common Stock, with the amount of such consideration, if any, to be received for or in respect of each share of Series E Stock to be equal to the amount that would be received by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which one share of Series E would then be convertible if a Series E Conversion Event had occurred simultaneously therewith.FOURTH: This Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted by an affirmative vote of the majority of the directors present at a Board meeting at which quorum was present.[Continued on the following page]

 

 

 

  

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto sign my name and affirm that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury, this 24th day of January, 2013. /s/ Mark DeFazio  Mark DeFazio President

 

 

 

 

  

130125000332CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENTOF THECERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATIONOFMETROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.(Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law)Filed by:HERRICK, FEINSTEIN LLP2 PARK AVENUE,NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10016 (212) 592-1400CUSTOMER REF. #482477JBASTATE OF NEW YORKDEPARTMENT OF STATEFILED JAN 25 2013BY: FILED2013 JAN 25 AM 10:37RECEIVED2013 JAN 25 AM 9:16CSC 45DRAW DOWN

 

 

 

 

  

CSC 45DRAW DOWN160810000644CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENTOF THECERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATIONOFMETROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP. Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation Law  FIRST: The name of the corporation is METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP, (the “Corporation”).SECOND: The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the New York Department of State on November 24, 1997 under the name MetBank Holding Corp.THIRD: Pursuant to authority conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) by Article FOURTH of the Certificate of Incorporation, which authorizes 2,000,000 share of Class B Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Class B Preferred Stock”), and pursuant to the provision of Section 502 of the New York Business Corporation Law, the Board, on August 10, 2016, adopted the following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation providing for the designations, preferences and relative, participating, option and other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions of a new series of Class B Preferred Stock, hereby designate as the Series F Class B Preferred Stock of the Corporation.To effect the foregoing, the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended by adding the following as a new Article THIRTEENTH:THIRTEENTH:A. Designation, Number and Rank, Of the 2,000,000 authorized shares of Class B Preferred Stock, two hundred seventy-two thousand six hundred thirty-six (272,636) shares shall be designated as “Series F Non-Voting Class B Preferred Stock” (the “Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock”), the designations and powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of which are set forth in this Article THIRTEENTH, The par value of the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be $0.01 per share. The Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be subordinate and junior to all indebtedness of the Corporation and to all other series of preferred stock of the Corporation, other than any series of preferred stock the terms of which provide that such series is subordinate or junior to the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock in any respect, and shall rank on parity with the Common Stock of the Corporation (the “Common Stock”) with respect to the declaration and payment of dividends, except as provided in Section B of this Article THIRTHEENTH, and with respect to distributions upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.B. Dividends, The holders of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive ratable dividends as provided herein only if and when dividends are160810000644

 

 

 

  

  

concurrently declared and payable on the shares of Common Stock, out of any assets legally available therefor, which dividends shall be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation; provided, that no dividend may be declared or paid on the Common Stock unless a dividend of equal amount is also concurrently declared or paid, as applicable, on the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock.C. Liquidation (i) Upon the occurrence of a Liquidation Event (as defined below), the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) remaining available for distribution to stockholders of the Corporation after payment, or provision for payment, in full of all claims of creditors of the Corporation and all amounts due on any preferred stock or other securities of the Corporation that are superior and prior in rank to the Common Stock and the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be distributed to the holders of the Common Stock and the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock pro rata based, respectively, on the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at such time and the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock outstanding at such time is then convertible, (ii) For purposes of this Section C of this Article THIRTEENTH, a “Liquidation Event” means a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. D. Voting, The Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any matter except as required by the New York Business Corporation Law. As to all matters for which voting by class is specifically required by the New York Business Corporation Law, each outstanding share of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to one vote, E. Mandatory Conversion. (1) Bank Regulatory Conversion. Each share of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall convert, automatically and without any action by any person, into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Common Stock of the Corporation upon any transfer of such share to any person other than the Initial Holder (as defined below) or any Affiliate (as defined below) of such Initial Holder pursuant to clause (iii), (iv) or (v) of the following sentence, The shares of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock are not convertible into Common Stock by the Initial Holder or any Affiliate of such Initial Holder and may only be transferred by the Initial Holder or such Affiliate (i) to an Affiliate of such Initial Holder, (ii) to the Corporation, (iii) in a widespread public distribution, (iv) in a transfer in which no transferee (or group of associated transferees) would receive 2% or more of any class of voting securities of the Corporation, or (v) to a transferee that would control more than 50% of the voting securities of the

 

 

 

 

  

Corporation without any transfer from the Initial Holder or any Affiliate of such Initial Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may restrict such conversion to the extent it would be inconsistent with, or in violation of, the requirements of any Regulator (as defined below) with respect to the restrictions on the transfer of the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock that are required in order to preserve the “non-voting” classification of the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock for regulatory purposes. Any such restriction shall be imposed and deemed effective immediately upon the transmittal by the Corporation of written notice to such holder specifying in reasonable detail the reason for such restriction; and in the event such notice is transmitted after the event giving rise to such automatic conversion, the restriction shall be deemed to have been imposed and effective retroactively to the time of such event, and such conversion shall be deemed not to have occurred, so long as such notice is transmitted within one hundred eighty (180) days after the event giving rise to such conversion, Such notice may be dispatched by first class mail, by electronic transmission, or by any other means reasonably designed and in good faith intended to provide prompt delivery to an executive officer (or equivalent) of, or legal counsel to, such holder. (ii) Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article THIRTEENTH:(a) the term “Affiliate” shall mean any person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common •control with the Initial Holder, For purposes of this definition, the term “control” means the ability, directly or indirectly, to direct or influence the direction of the management and policies of the person in question, whether such ability arises by virtue of ownership interest, contract right or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a person is an Affiliate of another person if the first person (A) is an executive officer (as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) of the second person; (B) is a director of the second person where such second person is a corporation; (C) is a manager (or an executive officer, director, general partner or manager of an entity that is a manager) of the second person where such second person is a limited liability company; (D) is a general partner (or an executive officer, director, general partner or manager of an entity that is a general partner) of the second person where such second person is a partnership; or (E) directly or indirectly has or shares the power to vote, or direct the voting of, or to dispose of, or direct the disposition of; securities representing more than ten percent (10%) of the combined voting power of the securities of the second person.

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) the term “Initial Holder” shall mean The Endicott Group in its capacity as an entity to which the Corporation originally issued shares of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock.(c) the term “Regulation” shall mean any of (A) the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (whether acting directly or by or through the Federal Reserve Bank of New York in its bank regulatory capacity); (B) the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation; (C) the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency;(D) any successor agency to any of the foregoing; (E) the New York Department of Financial Services; or (F) any other federal or state regulatory authority, whether in existence as of the date hereof or hereafter established, having jurisdiction over the Corporation or its banking subsidiary,F. Adjustments for Certain Events.(i) Changes fit Capitalization In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, recombination or other similar event affecting the Common Stock, each share of Series F. Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such share by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after the effective time of such event (excluding for such purpose shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock but including any other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock), and (ii) the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of such event (excluding for such purpose shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock but including any other securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock). For avoidance of doubt, no issuance of securities shall give rise to the adjustment set forth in this Section F(i) of this Article THIRTHEENTH unless approved by the Board of the Corporation for the purpose of affecting all shares of Common Stock (including securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock) proportionately, In the event the adjustment required in this Section F(i) of this Article THIRTHEENTH would result in an unjust or disproportionate adjustment of the number of shares of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock, then the Corporation shall take such actions as may be reasonably necessary in order to cause the adjustment to be as nearly as possible equitable and just as among all holders of the Corporation’s capital stock.(ii) Certain Corporate Transaction: In the event of (i) the acquisition by any person (including a group of related persons within the meaning of Rule 13d-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not such regulation shall then be applicable to the Corporation or its

 

 

 

 

  

securities) of (A) more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation, or (B) all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation (including without limitation the sale of more than two-thirds (2/3) of the capital stock held by the Corporation in Metropolitan Commercial Bank); or (ii) a merger of the Corporation with or into any person, or of any person with or into the Corporation, immediately after which the stockholders of the Corporation (as measured immediately prior to completion of the transaction) own less than a majority of the combined capital stock or membership interests of the surviving entity, then, in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the holders of the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive in exchange for or in respect of their shares of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock the same form and amount of consideration, if any, as the holders of the Common Stock receive in exchange for or in respect of their shares of Common Stock, with the amount of such consideration, if any, to be received for or in respect of each share of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock to be equal to the amount that would be received by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock into which one share of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock would then be convertible if an event specified in Section E of this Article THIRTEENTH had occurred simultaneously therewith.(iii) Certain Other Rights. In the event of the exercise by the Initial Holder or any Affiliate of any preemptive rights, whether arising under the Certificate of Incorporation, this Certificate of Amendment, or by any stockholder agreement, investor rights agreement or similar instrument to which the Corporation is a party, to acquire additional shares of Common Stock or Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock, then and in each such event the Corporation shall take such actions as may be reasonably necessary in order to adjust the number of shares of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock as required to enable the Initial Holder or any Affiliate to hold such stock without making application for approval or non-objection by any` Regulator, including without limitation, using its reasonable best efforts to (i) file a certificate of amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation to provide for additional shares of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock or shares of another class or series of preferred stock having rights, preferences and limitations identical in all material, respects thereto; and (ii) amend the Certificate of Incorporation to authorize additional shares of preferred stock and, to the extent necessary, additional shares of Common Stock in order to permit the conversion of the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock pursuant to Section E of this Article THIRTEENTH and any other class or series of preferred stock issued pursuant hereto. (iv) Permissible Conversion. In the event the Corporation issues additional shares of Common Stock, including the issuance of additional shares of Common Stock as a result of an exercise Of options or warrants, as well as the vesting of restricted shares of Common Stock, the Initial

 

 

 

  

 

Holder or any Affiliate shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to convert a number of shares of its Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock into the same number of shares of Common Stock So as to maintain an ownership interest in the Corporation’s Common Stock not to exceed, pro forma, such percentage of the Corporation’s issued and outstanding Common Stock as was held by the Initial Holder or any Affiliate immediately prior to the issuance that triggered such conversion right. The Initial Holder or its Affiliate shall provide the Corporation with 20 calendar days advance written notice of its intent to exercise its rights under Section F (iv) of this Article THIRTEENTH, including the number of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock to be converted to Common Stock.G. Amendment. This Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation constitutes an agreement between the Corporation and the holders of the Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock and may be amended only by the affirmative vote of the Board of the Corporation and, in addition to any other vote of stockholders required by the Now York Business Corporation Law, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Non-Voting Preferred Stock.FOURTH; This Certificate of Amendment has been duly adopted by an affirmative vote of the majority of the directors present at a Board meeting at which a quorum was present.IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I here in to sign my name and after that the statements made herein are true under the penalties of perjury, this 10th day of august, 2016/s/ MARK DEFAZIO MARK DEFAZIO President and Chief Executive Officer Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

160811000644CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENTOF THECERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATIONOFMetropolitan Bank Holding Corp.(Insert Current Name of Domestic Corporation)Under Section 805 of the Business Corporation LawFILED2016 AUG 10 PM 2:57Filed by: Kari Hicks  (Filer’s Name) Luse Gorman, PC  5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W. Suite 780  (Address)Washington, D.C. 20015  (City, State and Zip Code) NOTES:1. The name of the corporation and its date of incorporation provided on this certificate must exactly match the records of the Department of State. This information should be verified on the Department of Slate’s website at www. dos.ny.gov, 2. This form was prepared by the New York State Department of State. It does not contain all optional provisions under the law. You are not required to use this form. You may draft your own form or use forms available at legal stationery stores 3. The Department of State recommends that all documents be prepared under the guidance of an attorney. 4. The certificate must be submitted with a $60 filing fee.STATE OF NEW YORKDEPARTMENT STATEFILED AUG 10 2016TAX $BY: RECEIVED 2016 AUG 10 PM 1:43

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

 

BY-LAWS

OF

METBANK HOLDING CORP.

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

SECTION 1. PRINCIPAL OFFICE. - The principal office of the corporation shall be in New York County, New York.

 

SECTION 2. OTHER OFFICES. - The corporation may have such other offices and places of business, within or without the State of New York, as shall be determined by the directors.

 

ARTICLE II

 

SHAREHOLDERS

 

SECTION 1. PLACE OF MEETINGS. - Meetings of the shareholders may be held at such place or places, within or without the State of New York, as shall be fixed by the directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

SECTION 2. ANNUAL MEETING. - The annual meeting of shareholders for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held, commencing in May, 2000, on a regular date fixed by the directors not later than the 31st of July of each year.

 

SECTION 3. NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING. - Notice of the annual meeting shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote, at least ten days prior to the meeting.

 

SECTION 4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. - Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called by the President or Secretary and must be called upon receipt by either of them of the written request of the holders of twenty-five percent of the stock then outstanding and entitled to vote.

 

  - 1 -  

 

 

SECTION 5. NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING. - Notice of a special meeting, stating the time, place and purpose or purposes thereof, shall be given to each shareholder entitled to vote, at least ten days prior to the meeting. The notice shall also set forth at whose direction it is being issued.

 

SECTION 6. QUORUM. - At any meeting of the shareholders, the holders of a majority of the shares of stock then entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

SECTION 7. VOTING. - The entire voting power of the corporation, including for the election of directors, shall be exclusively vested in the holders of Common Stock of the corporation, except as expressly provided otherwise in the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation or by law, and the holders of the shares of Preferred Stock of the corporation shall not be entitled to receive notices of shareholders meetings or to participate or vote thereat except as expressly provided otherwise in the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation or by law.

 

SECTION 8. ADJOURNED MEETINGS, - Any meeting of shareholders may be adjourned to a designated time and place by a vote of a majority in interest of the shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote, even though less than a quorum is so present. No notice of such an adjourned meeting need be given, other than by announcement at the meeting, and any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

 

SECTION 9. ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT OF SHAREHOLDERS. - Whenever by any provision of statute or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these By-Laws, the vote of shareholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken in connection with any corporate action, the meeting and vote of shareholders may be dispensed with if all the shareholders who would have been entitled to vote upon the action if such meeting were held shall consent in writing to such corporate action being token.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 1. NUMBER. - The number of directors of the corporation shall be as determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors or shareholders. The number of directors may be less than three (3) only when all the shares are owned by less than three (3) shareholders, but in such event the number of directors may not be less than the number of shareholders. The number of directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by amendment to these By-Laws made by a majority of the Board of Directors or by the Shareholders. The number of initial directors of the corporation shall be six (6) who shall hold office for the term of one (1) year and until their successors are elected and qualified. Directors need not be shareholders. At the first annual meeting of shareholders of the corporation, the Board of Directors shall be re-elected by the holders of Common Stock of the corporation in three (3) classes of an approximately equal number of directors for staggered terms, such that after the initial term of each class, each class of directors shall serve for a three year term.

 

  - 2 -  

 

 

SECTION 2. POWERS. - The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and regulations for the conduct of its meetings, the exercise of its powers and the management of the affairs of the corporation as it may deem proper, not inconsistent with the laws of the State of New York, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

 

In addition to the powers and authorities by these By-Laws expressly conferred upon them, the directors may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do such lawful acts and things as are not by the laws of the State of New York, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

 

SECTION 3. MEETING, QUORUM, ACTION WITHOUT MEETING. - Meetings of the Board may be held at any place, either within or outside the State of New York, provided a quorum be in attendance. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or by the laws of the State of New York, a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of the Board and the vote of a majority of a quorum of directors shall constitute the act of the Board.

 

The Board of Directors may hold an annual meeting, without notice, immediately after the annual meeting of shareholders. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be established by a resolution adopted by the Board. The Chairman of the Board (if any), the President or Secretary may call and, at the request of any two directors, must call, a special meeting of the Board of Directors, five days’ notice of which shall be given by mail, or two days’ notice personally or by telegraph or cable to each director.

 

Any one or more members of the Board or any Committee thereof may participate in a meeting of such board or committee by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment allowing all persons participating in the meeting to hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board or any Committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or the Committee consent in writing to the adoption of a resolution authorizing the action. The resolution and the written consents thereto by the members of the Board or Committee shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or Committee.

 

  - 3 -  

 

 

SECTION 4. VACANCIES, REMOVAL. - Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or in the following paragraph, vacancies occurring in the membership of the Board of Directors, from whatever cause arising (including vacancies occurring by reason of the removal of directors without cause and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors), may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum.

 

Except where the Certificate of Incorporation contains provisions authorizing cumulative voting or the election of one or more directors by class or their election by holders of bonds, or requires all action by shareholders to be by a greater vote, any one or more of the directors may be removed, (a) for cause, at any time, by vote of the shareholders holding a majority of the outstanding stock of the corporation entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, at any regular or special meeting of the shareholders or, (b) for cause, by action of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board. A vacancy or vacancies occurring from such removal may be filled at the special meeting of shareholders or at a regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 5. COMMITTEES. - The Board of Directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, may designate from its members an Executive Committee or other committee or committees, each consisting of three or more members, with such powers and authority (to the extent permitted by law) as may be provided in said resolution.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS

 

SECTION 1. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS. - The executive officers of the corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, President, one or more Vice-Presidents, a Treasurer and a Secretary, all of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall hold office until removed or until the election and qualification of their respective successors at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Except for the offices of President and Secretary, any two offices or more may be held by one person, provided, however, when all of the issued and outstanding stock of the corporation is owned by one person, such person may hold all or any combination of offices. All vacancies occurring among any of the officers shall be filled by the Board of Directors. Any officer may be removed at any time, for or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority (unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a larger vote) of the directors present at a special meeting of directors called for the purpose.

 

SECTION 2. OTHER OFFICERS. - The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem appropriate.

 

  - 4 -  

 

 

SECTION 3. THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD. - The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one be elected, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and he shall have and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee.

 

SECTION 4. THE PRESIDENT. - The President, who may, but need not be a director, shall, in the absence or non-election of a Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and directors. Subject to the direction of the Board of Directors he shall have general management and control of the business and affairs of the corporation.

 

SECTION 5. THE VICE-PRESIDENT. - The Vice-President, or if there be more than one, the senior Vice-President, as determined by the Board of Directors, in the absence or disability of the President, shall exercise the powers and perform the duties of the President, and each Vice-President shall exercise such other powers and perform such other duties as shall be prescribed by the directors.

 

SECTION 6. THE TREASURER. - The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities and evidences of indebtedness of the corporation; he shall receive and give receipts and acquittances for moneys paid in on account of the corporation, and shall pay out of the funds on hand all bills, pay-rolls and other just debts of the corporation, of whatever nature, upon maturity; he shall enter regularly in books to be kept by him for that purpose, full and accurate accounts of all moneys received and paid out by him on account of the corporation, and he shall perform all other duties incident to the office of Treasurer and as may be prescribed by the directors.

 

SECTION 7. THE SECRETARY. - The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all proceedings of the directors and of the shareholders; he shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices to the shareholders and directors or other notice required by law or by these By-Laws; he shall affix the seal of the corporation to deeds, contracts and other instruments in writing requiring a seal, when duly signed or when so ordered by the directors; he shall have charge of the certificate books, stock books and such other books and papers as the Board may direct, and he shall perform all other duties incident to the office of Secretary.

 

SECTION 8. SALARIES. - The salaries of all officers shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, and the fact that any officer is a director shall not preclude him from receiving a salary as an officer or from voting upon the resolution providing the same.

 

  - 5 -  

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

SECTION 1. FORM AND EXECUTION OF CERTIFICATES. - Certificates of stock shall be in such form as required by the Business Corporation Law of New York and as shall be adopted by the Board of Directors. They shall be numbered and registered in the order issued; shall be signed by the Chairman or a Vice-Chairman of the Board (if any) or by the President or a Vice-President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer and may be sealed with the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof. When such a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registered by a registrar, the signatures of any such officers may be facsimiles.

 

SECTION 2. TRANSFER. - Transfer of shares shall be made only upon the books of the corporation by the registered holder in person or by an attorney, duly authorized, and upon surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares properly assigned for transfer.

 

SECTION 3. LOST OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. - The holder of any certificate representing shares of stock of the corporation may notify the corporation of any loss, theft or destruction thereof, and the Board of Directors may thereupon, in its discretion, cause a new certificate for the same number of shares to be issued to such holder upon satisfactory proof of such loss, theft or destruction, and the deposit of indemnity by way of bond or otherwise, in such form and amount and with such surety or sureties, if any, as the Board of Directors may require to indemnify the corporation against loss or liability by reason of the issuance of such new certificates.

 

SECTION 4. RECORD DATE. - In lieu of closing the books of the corporation, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a date, not exceeding fifty days, nor less than ten days, as the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of shareholders, or to consent to any proposal without a meeting, or for the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividends, or allotment of any rights, or for the purpose of any other action.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 1. DIVIDENDS. - The directors may declare dividends from time to time upon the capital stock of the corporation from the surplus or net profits available therefor, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation and to any regulatory requirements due to the corporation’s status as a bank holding company.

 

  - 6 -  

 

 

SECTION 2. SEAL. - The directors shall provide a suitable corporate seal which shall be kept in the charge of the Secretary and shall be used as authorized by the By-Laws.

 

SECTION 3. FISCAL YEAR. - The fiscal year of the corporation shall be established by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 4. CHECKS, NOTES, ETC. - Checks, notes, drafts, bills of exchange and orders for the payment of money shall be signed or endorsed in such manner as shall be determined by the directors.

 

The funds of the corporation shall be deposited in such bank or trust company, and checks drawn against such funds shall be signed in such manner, as may be determined from time to time by the directors.

 

SECTION 5. NOTICE AND WAIVER OF NOTICE. - Any notice required to be given under these By-Laws may be waived by the person entitled thereto, in writing, by telegram, telex, cable or telecopier facsimile transmission, and the presence of any person at a meeting shall constitute waiver of notice thereof as to such person, unless such person appears solely to object to the lack of notice.

 

Whenever any notice is required by these By-Laws to be given, personal notice is not meant unless expressly so stated; and any notice so required shall be deemed to be sufficient if given by depositing it in a post office or post box in a sealed postpaid wrapper, addressed to such shareholder, officer or director, at such address as appears on the books of the corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given two days after the day of such deposit.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

SECTION 1. BY SHAREHOLDERS. - These By-Laws may be amended at any shareholders’ meeting by vote of the shareholders holding a majority (unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a larger vote) of the outstanding stock having voting power, present either in person or by proxy, provided notice of the amendment is included in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

 

SECTION 2. BY DIRECTORS. - The Board of Directors may also amend these By-Laws at any regular or special meeting of the Board by a majority vote (unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a larger vote) of the entire Board, but any By-Laws so made by the Board of Directors may be altered or repealed by the shareholders.

 

  - 7 -  

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 5

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

ATTORNEYS AT LAW

5335 WISCONSIN AVENUE, N.W., SUITE 780

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20015

-----------------

TELEPHONE (202) 274-2000

FACSIMILE (202) 362-2902

www.luselaw.com

 

October ___, 2017

 

Board of Directors

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

99 Park Avenue

4th Floor

New York, New York 10016

 

  Re: Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.
Registration Statement on Form S-1

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We are acting as special counsel to Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., a New York corporation (the “Company”), in connection with its registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), relating to the proposed public offering of up to (a) __________ shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Stock”), which includes __________ shares subject to the underwriter’s over-allotment option (collectively, the “Company Shares”) and (b) __________ shares of Common Stock to be offered and sold by certain selling stockholders named in the Registration Statement (the “Secondary Shares”). This opinion letter is furnished to you at your request to enable you to fulfill the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K, 17 C.F.R. § 229.601(b)(5), in connection with the Registration Statement.

 

In rendering this opinion, we have reviewed copies of the Registration Statement, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, the Bylaws of the Company and certain resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company. We have also reviewed such other documents and made such other investigations as we have deemed appropriate. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the legal capacity of all natural persons, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as original documents and the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies thereof. As to various questions of fact material to this opinion, we have relied upon the statements contained in the Registration Statement and statements of officers of the Company, and we have made no independent investigation with regard thereto.

 

Our opinions expressed herein are limited to the New York Business Corporation Law and the federal securities laws of the United States of America and we express no opinion with respect to any other laws, or with respect to any matter pertaining to the contents of the Registration Statement, other than as expressly stated herein.

 

 

   

 

 

Board of Directors

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp.

October ___, 2017

Page 2

 

Based on the foregoing and subject to the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that: (a) following (i) execution and delivery of the Underwriting Agreement by the parties thereto, (ii) effectiveness of the Registration Statement, (iii) issuance of the Company Shares pursuant to the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, and (iv) receipt by the Company of the consideration for the Company Shares specified in the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and (b) the Secondary Shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

This opinion has been prepared in connection with the Registration Statement. We assume no obligation to advise you of any changes in the foregoing subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement.

 

We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and for inclusion of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

LUSE GORMAN, PC

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT ( this Agreement ”) is made as of June 21, 2016 by and between Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp, a New York corporation and parent company of Metropolitan Commercial Bank (the “ Company ”), and Endicott Opportunity Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“ Investor ”). For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Investor hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Registration RIGHTS

 

(a)       For so long as the Investor and its Affiliates (as defined in the Subscription Agreement dated June 21, 2016, by and between the Investor and the Company (the “ Subscription Agreement ”)), including Investor’s limited partners, beneficially own in the aggregate more than 50% of the Registrable Securities (as defined in Section 1(d) below), then any time after the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the date of this Agreement, Investor may from time-to-time request the registration (the “ Demand Registration ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) of some or all of its Registrable Securities in one or more registration statements. The Demand Registrations shall be on such form as the Company shall select. The Company shall use best efforts to cause a registration statement to be filed within 90 days after the date on which each request by Investor is received by the Company and shall use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to be declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) as soon as practicable thereafter. The Company shall use best efforts to keep such Demand Registrations current and effective until the Registrable Securities registered thereby cease to be Registrable Securities (as defined in Section 1(d) below). Once the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company will use its best efforts to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC (the “ Shelf Registration ”) for as long as any of the Registrable Securities have not yet been sold.

 

(b)       As long as Investor holds Registrable Securities, if at any time or from time to time, the Company shall determine to register any of its securities under the Securities Act, except for the registration of securities to be offered pursuant to an employee benefit plan on Form S-8 or pursuant to a registration made on Form S-4 or any successor forms then in effect, and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of the Registrable Securities (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company shall:

 

(1)       give to Investor thirty (30) calendar days written notice prior to filing the registration statement (the “ Registration Rights Notice ”); and

 

(2)       include in such registrations, and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request made by Investor within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, except as set forth in subsection (c) below.

 

 

 

 

(c)       If the registration is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise Investor as a part of the Registration Rights Notice. In such event, the right of Investor to registration shall be conditioned upon Investor’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of all of Investor’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. If Investor proposes to distribute its securities through such underwriting, it shall (together with the Company and any other holders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in the form agreed to by the Company with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting by the Company. If the managing underwriters advise the Company and the Investor in writing that in their reasonable and good faith opinion the number of securities requested to be included in a registration statement pursuant to the Investor’s first Demand Registration request pursuant to the first sentence of Section 1(a) exceeds the number which can be sold without adversely affecting the per share offering price of the securities or if the Investor disapproves of the terms of such underwriting or elects to withdraw therefrom by providing written notice to the Company and the managing underwriters, then the Investor may use the Shelf Registration, or exercise a subsequent Demand Registration, to register some or all of the Registrable Secruities. If the Investor uses the Shelf Registration to register some or all of the Registrable Secruties or exercises any subsequent Demand Registration, then the Company will include in such Shelf Registration all of the Registrable Securities requested to be included therein by the Investor, allocated pro rata among all such holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities owned by each such holder or in such manner as they may otherwise agree.

 

(d)       For purposes of this Agreement, “ Registrable Securities ” shall mean any and all shares of (i) common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) issued or issuable pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, (ii) Series F non-voting preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company issued or issuable pursuant to the Subscription Agreement (the “ Non-Voting Preferred Stock ”), (iii) Common Stock or other securities issued or issuable in respect of the Non-Voting Preferred Stock issued or issuable upon exchange of Common Stock pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, (iv) Non-Voting Preferred Stock or other securities issued or issuable in respect of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon exchange of Non-Voting Preferred Stock pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, (v) Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Non-Voting Preferred Stock in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, supplemented and/or restated, (vi) capital stock issued in respect of the Common Stock or the Non-Voting Preferred Stock in any recapitalization, reorganization, exchange, merger, consolidation or similar event of the Company, and (vii) capital stock issued in respect of the stock referred to in clause (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), or (vi) above as a result of a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or combination.

 

2. Expenses of Registration

 

All expenses incurred in connection with the registrations pursuant to Section 1 hereof, including all registration, filing and qualification fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company (the “ Registration Expenses ”)and expenses of any special audits of the Company’s financial statements incidental to or required by such registration, shall be borne by the Company, except that the Company shall not be required to pay underwriters’ fees, discounts or commissions relating to Registrable Securities; provided, however, Investor shall be responsible for the Registration Expenses for the second and any subsequent Demand Registration (as opposed to Shelf Registrations and Piggyback Registrations) requested by the Investor.

 

  2  

 

 

3. Registration Procedures

 

In the case of each registration affected by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will keep Investor advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense the Company will:

 

(a)        keep such registration pursuant to this Agreement continuously effective until all of such Registrable Securities have been disposed of and to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“ Securities Act ”), with respect to the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods of disposition set forth in such registration statement;

 

(b)        promptly prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act, and to keep such registration statement effective for that period of time specified in Section 3(a) above;

 

(c)        at least five (5) business days before filing such registration statement, prospectus or amendments or supplements thereto with the SEC, furnish to counsel selected by Investor copies of such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and comment of such counsel;

 

(d)        notify Investor, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed with the SEC;

 

(e)        advise the holders of Registrable Securities, promptly after it shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance of any stop order by the SEC suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and promptly use best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the lifting of any suspension of the qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction, at the earliest possible moment;

 

(f)        cause all Registrable Securities covered by such registration to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or, if such securities are not then listed, on a national securities exchange selected by the Investor;

 

(g)        make available for inspection by any selling holder of Registrable Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such holder or underwriter (collectively, the “ Inspectors ”), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company (collectively, the “ Records ”), and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspector in connection with such Registration Statement;

 

  3  

 

 

(h)        provide a transfer agent and registrar (which may be the same entity) for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(i)        otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and make available to its stockholders an earnings statement (in a form that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto) no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the 12-month period beginning with the first day of the Company's first full fiscal quarter after the effective date of such Registration Statement, which earnings statement shall cover said 12-month period, and which requirement will be deemed to be satisfied if the Company timely files complete and accurate information on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“ Exchange Act ”), and otherwise complies with Rule 158 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto; and

 

(j)        use its best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company to enable the holders of such Registrable Securities to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with their intended method of distribution thereof;

 

(k)        notify the holders of Registrable Securities promptly of any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information; and

 

(l)        permit any holder of Registrable Securities which holder, in its sole and exclusive judgment, might be deemed to be an underwriter or a “controlling person” (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act and Section 20 of the Exchange Act) (a “ Controlling Person ”) of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such Registration Statement and to reasonably require the insertion therein of language.

 

4. Indemnification

 

(a)        In the event of a registration of any of the Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to this Agreement, the Company will (i) indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, Investor, each underwriter of such Registrable Securities thereunder, and any other person acting on behalf of Investor and each other person, if any, who controls such foregoing persons within the meaning of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, free writing prospectus, or final prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act or any state securities law applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, and (ii) will reimburse such persons, each of their officers, directors and partners, and each person controlling such persons, for any legal and any other expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage or liability arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company in an instrument duly executed by Investor or an underwriter, as applicable, specifically for use therein. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Company may otherwise have.

 

  4  

 

 

(b)        Investor will, if Registrable Securities held by or issuable to Investor are included in the securities for which such registration is being effected, (i) indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, each of its directors and officers, each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such registration statement, each person who controls the Company and each underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, against all claims, losses, expenses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of a prospectus, in light of the circumstances under with they were made) and (ii) will reimburse the Company, such directors, officers, partners, persons or underwriters for any reasonable legal and any other expenses incurred in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company in an instrument duly executed by Investor specifically for use therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the total amount for which Investor, its officers, directors and partners, and any person controlling Investor, shall be liable under this Section 4(b) shall not in any event exceed the aggregate proceeds (after deducting underwriting fees, commissions, and discounts) received by Investor from the sale of its Registrable Securities in such registration. This indemnity shall be in addition to any liability the Investor may otherwise have.

 

(c)        Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 4 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claims as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided , however , that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder, unless such failure resulted in actual detriment to the Indemnifying Party. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation.

 

  5  

 

 

(d)        Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification contained in the underwriting agreements entered into among Investor, the Company and the underwriters in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall be controlling as to the Registrable Securities included in the public offering.

 

(e)        The indemnification provided by this Section 4 shall be a continuing right to indemnification and shall survive the registration and sale of any securities by any person entitled to indemnification hereunder and the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

 

(f)        If the indemnification provided for hereunder is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, claim, damage, liability or action referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amounts paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , that the maximum amount of liability in respect of such contribution shall be limited, in the case of each holder of Registrable Securities, to an amount equal to the net proceeds (after underwriting fees, commissions or discounts) actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant hereto were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method or allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to herein. No Person guilty or liable of fraudulent misrepresentation within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

5. REPORTS UNDER the EXCHANGE ACT

 

With a view to making available to Investor the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit Investor to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration, the Company shall:

 

(a)        make and keep public information available, within the meaning of Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of (i) the first registration statement covering an underwritten public offering filed by the Company or (ii) the first registration by the Company under the Exchange Act;

 

  6  

 

 

(b)        following a public offering or a registration under the Exchange Act, file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

 

(c)        furnish to Investor forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of said first registration statement filed by the Company), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents filed by the Company with the SEC as may be reasonably requested in availing any such holder to take advantage of any rule or regulation of the SEC permitting the selling of any such securities without registration.

 

6. LIMITATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH FUTURE GRANTS OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Investor, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of Investor to be included in such registration.

 

7. TRANSFER OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

The registration rights of Investor (and of any permitted transferee of Investor) under this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Securities may be assigned in whole or in part as provided in Section 8(b) below. Nothing in this Section 7 provides any Demand Registration rights to any transferee of the Investor, except any securities of the Company held by any of the Affiliates of the Investor and/or its respective limited partners shall continue to be Registrable Securities under this Agreement.

 

8. Miscellaneous

 

(a)        Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated, except by a written instrument signed by the Company and Investor.

 

(b)        This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement, and the rights and obligations of Investor hereunder, may be assigned by Investor to any person or entity to which Registrable Securities are transferred by Investor, and such transferee shall be deemed to have acquired all of the rights and obligations of Investor for purposes of this Agreement; provided , that the transferee provides written notice of such assignment to the Company and provided that any such transfer shall be made strictly in accordance with all applicable laws; and provided , further , that such rights may not be held or exercised by more than one transferee at any one time. The Company may not assign its rights under this Agreement except to its successors-in-interest as a result of a merger, reorganization or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

  7  

 

 

(c)        This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and each such counterpart hereof shall be deemed to be an original instrument, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one agreement (notwithstanding that all of the parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart, or that signature pages from different counterparts are combined), and it shall not be necessary when making proof of this Agreement or any counterpart thereof to account for any other counterpart, and the signature of any party to any counterpart shall be deemed to be a signature to and may be appended to any other counterpart. For purposes of this Agreement, a document (or signature page thereto) signed and transmitted by facsimile machine or other electronic means is to be treated as an original document. The signature of any party on any such document, for purposes hereof, is to be considered as an original signature, and the document transmitted is to be considered to have the same binding effect as an original signature on an original document. At the request of any party, any facsimile or other electronic signature is to be re-executed in original form by the parties which executed the facsimile or other electronic signature. No party may raise the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means, or the fact that any signature was transmitted through the use of a facsimile machine or other electronic means, as a defense to the enforcement of this Agreement.

 

(d)        All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or: (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iii) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to each party as follows:

 

If to the Company :

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp

99 Park Avenue, 4 th Floor

New York, NY 10016

E-mail: mdefazio@metropolitanbankny.com

Attention: Mark R. DeFazio

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

with a copy to :

 

Luse Gorman, PC

Facsimile: (202) 362-2902

E-mail: glax@luselaw.com

Attention: Gary A. Lax

 

  8  

 

 

If to Investor :

 

The Endicott Group

570 Lexington Avenue, 37 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

E-mail: wayne@theendicottgroup.com

Attention: Wayne R. Goldstein

Title: Co-President

 

with copies to :

 

Gunster, Yoakley & Stewart, P.A.

777 South Flagler Drive, Suite 500 East

West Palm Beach, FL 33401

E-mail: mmitrione@gunster.com

Attention: Michael V. Mitrione

 

(e)        Wherever the term “including” is used herein, it shall be deemed to mean “including, without limitation.”

 

(f)        In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement, or any of the documents or agreements contemplated hereby, should be determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein, or therein, shall not be in any way affected or impaired thereby.

 

(g)        If, and as often as, there is any change in the Common Stock or the Non-Voting Preferred Stock by way of a stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification, or through a merger, consolidation, reorganization or recapitalization, or by any other means, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the provisions hereof so that the rights and privileges granted hereby shall continue with respect to the Common Stock and the Non-Voting Preferred Stock as so changed.

 

(h)        Each holder of Registrable Securities, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, shall be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company acknowledges that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and the Company hereby agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

(i)        This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of any law other than the law of the State of New York. The parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts located in the New York, New York in any proceeding involving this Agreement.

 

(j)        THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR UNDER ANY AGREEMENT, INSTRUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR RELATED HERETO AND IN ANY ACTION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY RELATED TO OR CONNECTED WITH THE OBLIGATIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THIS WAIVER MAY DEPRIVE EACH OF THEM AN IMPORTANT RIGHT AND THAT SUCH WAIVER HAS BEEN KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY MADE BY THE PARTIES AFTER CONSULTATION WITH THEIR LEGAL COUNSEL.

 

(k)        The headings or captions of the various Sections and other divisions of this Agreement are intended for convenient reference only and neither form a part hereof nor are to be relied upon to interpret or modify any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank. Signature page follows. ]

 

  9  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Registration Rights Agreement as of the date set forth above.

 

  COMPANY :
   
  METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP
     
  By: /s/ Mark R. DeFazio
  Name:   Mark R. DeFazio
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

  INVESTOR :
       
  Endicott Opportunity Partners IV, L.P.
       
  By:   W.R. ENDICOTT IV, L.L.C., General Partner
       
    By: /s/ Wayne K. Goldstein
      Name:  Wayne K. Goldstein
      Title:  Managing Member

 

[ Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement ]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

Metropolitan Bank Holding Corporation

 

AND MetropOLitan commercial bank

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is made effective as of July 27, 2016 (the “ Commencement Date ”), by and among Metropolitan Bank Holding Corporation, a New York corporation with its principal place of business located at 99 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10016 (the “ Company ”), its wholly-owned subsidiary, Metropolitan Commercial Bank, a commercial bank with its main office also at 99 Park Avenue New York, New York 10016 (the “ Bank ”), and Mark R. DeFazio, a natural person residing at 347 Deere Park Place, Staten Island, New York 10301 (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS , Executive is currently employed as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and of the Bank; and

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Bank consider the maintenance of a competent and experienced executive management team to be essential to their long-term success; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Company’s Board ”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company that Executive continue to serve as the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer, and the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “ Bank’s Board ”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Bank that Executive continue to serve as the Bank’s President and Chief Executive Officer, in each case pursuant to this written employment agreement, which will be the successor to, and will supersede in its entirety, Executive’s prior employment agreement with the Bank dated July 28, 2015, and any and all other prior agreements and understandings between Executive and either the Company or the Bank regarding Executive’s employment by either; and

 

WHEREAS , Executive is willing to continue to serve the Company and the Bank in the positions and on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.        POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

 

(a)        Positions . During the period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, Executive agrees to serve as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank.

 

 

 

 

(b)        Responsibilities . As President and Chief Executive Officer of both the Company and the Bank, Executive shall have general responsibility for the management and control of the business and affairs of both the Company and the Bank, and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to such offices or which, consistent with such offices, may be delegated to Executive by the Company’s Board or the Bank’s Board or are set forth in the bylaws of the Company or the Bank, including but not limited to the day to day operations of the Company and the Bank. In addition, Executive shall use his best efforts toward development of the Bank, in facets including but not limited to development of new product lines, regulatory interface, raising capital and conducting acquisitions. During the period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, vacation, or other reasonable leaves of absence, Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties under this Agreement, including activities and services related to the organization, operation and management of the Company, the Bank and their subsidiaries, as well as participation in community, professional and civic organizations; provided , however , that, with the approval of the Company’s Board, as evidenced by a resolution thereof, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, any such other companies or organizations that, in the judgment of the Company’s Board, will not present any conflict of interest with the Company, the Bank or their subsidiaries, or materially negatively impact or interfere with Executive’s performance of his duties pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)        Working Facilities. The Company and/or the Bank will furnish Executive with the working facilities and staff customary for executive officers with the title and duties set forth in this Agreement and as are necessary for him to perform his duties. The location of such facilities and staff shall be at the main office of the Bank or such other office as may be agreed upon from time to time by the parties.

 

2.        TERM OF EMPLOYMENT.

 

(a)        Term. The term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement (the “ Term ”) shall be (i) the initial term of employment, consisting of the period commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date, plus (ii) any and all automatic extensions of the Term made pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2 below. Upon expiration of the last day of the Term, if and as thus extended (the “ Expiration Date ”), Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall terminate, if it has not earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions hereof.

 

(b)        Extension of Term . The Term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall be automatically extended by one day upon completion of each day of Executive’s employment hereunder, such that a constantly extending thirty-six (36) calendar month Term shall remain in effect hereunder, provided , however , that the Company and/or the Bank may elect at any time, for any reason or no reason, to discontinue such automatic extension, by delivery of a written notice of such discontinuation to the Executive, prepared and delivered in accordance with the provisions of Section 8(a) below (any such notice, a “ Non-renewal Notice ”), in which event the Term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall no longer be automatically extended for each day of employment hereunder, but rather shall expire on a fixed Expiration Date, such being the third anniversary of the date of the Non-renewal Notice, as specified in such notice. During the period commencing not more than sixty (60) and not less than thirty (30) days prior to each anniversary of the Commencement Date of this Agreement (each, an “ Anniversary Date ”), assuming no prior Non-renewal Notice has been delivered by the Company and/or the Bank to Executive, the Company’s Board and the Bank’s Board will conduct a review of Executive’s performance, and in connection therewith, will make a determination as to whether the automatic extension of the Term of Executive’s employment, as described in the preceding sentence, will be permitted to continue, or alternatively, whether such automatic extension of the Term will be discontinued, such that a fixed Expiration Date will be established.

 

  2  

 

 

(c)        Early Termination . At any time during the Term of this Agreement, Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated early, i.e., before the Expiration Date, (i) by the mutual agreement of the parties hereto, (ii) by one or more of the parties hereto, without the consent of the other party or parties, under certain circumstances and subject to certain terms and conditions as set forth in Sections 4, 5 and 7 hereof, or (iii) upon the death, Disability or Retirement of Executive, as set forth in Section 12 hereof. The effective date of any such early termination of Executive’s employment hereunder shall be referred to as the “ Termination Date .”

 

3.        COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

 

(a)        Base Salary. During the Term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, the Bank shall pay to Executive for all services rendered by Executive under this Agreement a single base salary (“ Base Salary ”) at the initial rate of $700,000 per annum, subject to possible subsequent increases from time to time as provided in the ensuing sentence of this paragraph (a), which Base Salary will be payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company and/or the Bank. The Company’s Board and the Bank’s Board shall review not less often than annually the then current per annum rate of Executive’s Base Salary, based upon such factors as each board deems relevant, and in connection with any such review, may enter into negotiations with Executive to increase Executive’s Base Salary above its then current per annum rate (in which event the new base salary shall become Executive’s “Base Salary” under this Agreement), or to maintain Executive’s Base Salary at its then current per annum rate. Under no circumstances, however, may the Company’s Board and the Bank’s Board, acting jointly, decrease Executive’s Base Salary to a per annum rate below the per annum rate then in effect, unless Executive shall have expressly consented in advance in writing to such decrease based upon a Company-wide decrease to most executive officers compensation due to the economic performance of the Company and the Bank, and provided that the percentage decrease to Executive’s Base Salary shall not be in excess of the average decrease to the other executive officer’s base salaries. In the absence of any review or other action by the Company’s Board and the Bank’s Board, Executive shall continue to receive his Base Salary at the per annum rate then in effect, as last approved by such boards. The parties agree that the negotiations regarding Executive’s Base Salary shall be concluded no later than February 28 of the year, retroactive to January 1 of such year (with any amounts owed from January 1 to the date of determination of the new Base Salary paid in the next payroll immediately following such determination).

 

(b)        Bonus. Executive shall be entitled to annual bonus payments (the “ Bonus Payments ”), to be determined by the Board after discussion with the Executive. Any such Bonus Payment shall be made not later than March 15th of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the services are performed to which the Bonus relates (so that the Bonus constitutes a short-term deferral exempt from Code Section 409A, as defined herein). Payment to Executive for any calendar year of a Bonus, if any, shall not be construed as an increase in Executive’s Base Salary. Any payment to Executive of a Bonus in any year shall not be offset against, and shall not preclude payment to Executive of, any other special cash incentive compensation or cash bonus under any other incentive compensation plan, program or arrangement of the Company or the Bank that may be applicable to Executive from time to time.

 

  3  

 

 

(c)        Vacation and Holidays. Executive shall be entitled to five (5) weeks paid vacation each year, to be taken at times selected by him and which are, to the maximum extent possible, at a time mutually agreed upon by the parties. Executive shall also be entitled to paid legal holidays in accordance with the policies of the Company.

 

(d)        Stock-Based Awards. Executive shall be entitled to participate in any equity or equity-based compensation plans as may be adopted by the Company’s Board and, as necessary, approved by the Company’s stockholders from time to time, under which awards may be granted to senior officers or employees of the Company or the Bank or to members of the Company’s Board or the Bank’s Board who also serve as such senior officers or employees (any such, a “ Stock Plan ”). The terms and conditions of any such types of equity awards granted to Executive generally shall be not less favorable from the standpoint of the award recipient than the terms and conditions of such types of awards granted to other similarly situated senior officers, subject to the terms and conditions in the relevant Stock Plan.

 

(e)        Other Employee Benefits. In addition to any other compensation or benefits provided for under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to continue to participate in any employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites of the Company and/or the Bank in which he participated or was eligible to participate as of the Commencement Date. Executive shall also be entitled to participate in any employee benefits or perquisites the Company and/or the Bank offers to senior officers or employees from time to time during the Term of his employment. Neither the Company nor the Bank will, without Executive’s prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites which would adversely affect Executive’s rights or benefits thereunder (other than a reduction or elimination of Executive’s benefits under one or more benefit plans maintained by the Company and/or the Bank as part of a good faith, overall reduction or elimination of such plans or benefits applicable to all participants in a manner that does not discriminate against Executive (except as such discrimination may be necessary to comply with applicable law)) without separately providing for an arrangement that both ensures Executive receives or will receive the economic value that Executive would otherwise lose as a result of such adverse changes, and which does not give rise to a violation of Code Section 409A. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (e), Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under all plans relating to stock options, restricted stock awards or restricted stock units, stock purchases, pension, profit sharing, employee stock ownership, supplemental retirement, directors’ retirement, group life insurance, medical and other health and welfare coverage that are made available by the Company or the Bank currently or at any time in the future during the Term of this Agreement, subject to and on a basis consistent with, the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements. The Company shall also provide Executive with an annual automobile allowance of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000), or such other amount as mutually agreed among the parties, which amount is to be paid in quarterly installments in advance.

 

  4  

 

 

4.         CERTAIN EARLY TERMINATIONS OF EMPLOYMENT; PAYMENTS AND BENEFITS.

 

(a)        Termination of Executive by the Company or the Bank, Not for Cause . If at any time during the Term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, the Company and/or the Bank early terminates Executive’s employment (other than a Termination for Cause under Section 7 or a Termination due to Disability under Section 12), the Bank (i) shall pay to Executive the cash payment specified in paragraph (c) of this Section 4, below, and (ii) shall provide and pay to Executive those post-termination benefits and payments specified in paragraph (d) of this Section 4, below. A termination of Executive’s employment by the Company and/or the Bank pursuant to the foregoing sentence (any such, a “ Termination without Cause ”) shall be effected by way of a written Notice of Termination delivered by the Company and/or the Bank to Executive, as defined and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 8(b) below, which notice, among other things, shall identify the proposed Termination Date, which date may not be earlier than the date of the notice. The ultimate Termination Date of Executive’s employment shall be the proposed Termination Date identified in the Notice of Termination, unless prior to such date the parties shall mutually agree in writing (a) that there will not be any such termination of Executive’s employment under this Section 4(a), or (b) that such termination will take place but as of some other date that is earlier or later than such proposed Termination Date, in which event such other date will become the actual Termination Date.

 

(b)        Termination of Employment by Executive for Good Reason.

 

(i)        Executive’s Election and Notice . If at any time during the Term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, there shall occur any of the specific actions or events, or series of actions or events, that individually or collectively constitute “ Good Reason ,” as defined in Section 25 of this Agreement, Executive shall have the right, exercisable by him at any time within ninety (90) days after he first becomes aware (or reasonably should have become aware) of such occurrence, to elect to terminate his own employment with the Company and the Bank under this Section 4(b). Such termination (a “ Termination for Good Reason ”) shall be communicated to the other parties by way of a prior written Notice of Termination, as defined and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 8(b) below, delivered by Executive to the Company and the Bank, which notice, among other things, shall identify with reasonable specificity the action or event, or series of actions or events, constituting the Good Reason underlying Executive’s election, as well as the proposed Termination Date of his employment, which date may not be earlier than the thirtieth (30 th ) day following the date of such notice.

 

(ii)      Possible Cure . If Executive has elected to terminate his own employment under this Section 4(b) and has delivered a Notice of Termination to such effect, the Company and/or the Bank, if they have the ability to cure the actions or conditions constituting the Good Reason cited by Executive in his notice before the proposed Termination Date identified in Executive’s notice (or such later Termination Date as may be agreed upon by the parties), may individually or jointly elect to effect such a cure. If the Company and/or the Bank succeed in such cure, then: (A) the proposed Termination for Good Reason by Executive of his own employment under this paragraph (b) will be deemed ineffective, (B) the mutual obligations, duties and rights of the parties under this Agreement will continue in effect as though Executive had never attempted to terminate his employment for Good Reason, and (C) neither the Company nor the Bank shall take any adverse or retaliatory action against the Executive solely as a result of his initial election to terminate his employment under this Section 4(b).

 

  5  

 

 

(iii)      Consequences of Termination . If and when a Termination for Good Reason by Executive of his own employment under this paragraph (b) becomes effective, the Bank (i) shall pay to Executive the cash payment specified in Section 4(c) below, and (ii) shall provide and pay to Executive the continuing post-termination benefits and payments specified in Section 4(d), below. The Termination Date of such termination shall be the proposed Termination Date set forth in Executive’s notice of Termination, unless prior to such date the parties shall mutually agree in writing (a) that there will not be any such termination of Executive’s employment under this Section 4(b), or (b) that such termination will take place but as of some other date that is earlier or later than such proposed Termination Date, in which event such other date will become the actual Termination Date.

 

(c)        Cash Payment . In the event of any Termination without Cause of Executive’s employment under Section 4(a) above, or any Termination for Good Reason by Executive of his own employment under Section 4(b) above, the Bank shall pay to Executive (or, if Executive dies after such termination of employment but before such payment, to his beneficiary(ies) or his estate, as the case may be), within the period following the Termination Date specified below, an amount in cash equal to the sum of: (i) three (3) times Executive’s Base Salary; plus (ii) an amount equivalent to the Bonus Payment received by, and/or determined to be paid to, Executive with respect to the year immediately prior to the year in which occurred such termination. The parties hereto further agree that all payments received by Executive hereunder will not be subject to diminution if Executive, subsequent to such Termination Not for Cause or Termination for Good Reason, becomes employed elsewhere.

 

The total amount paid to Executive under this Section 4(c) shall be paid in a single lump sum cash distribution made within ten (10) days following the Termination Date; provided however, if, at the Termination Date, Executive is a “ Specified Employee ” of the Company or the Bank, as defined in Treasury Regulation 1.409-1(i), then, solely to the extent required to avoid penalties under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”), such payment shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh full month following the Termination Date, or ten (10) days following his earlier death. Such payment shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following such early termination of his employment hereunder.

 

(d)        Other Post-Termination Benefits. In the event of Executive’s Termination without Cause under Section 4(a), above, or Termination for Good Reason under Section 4(b) above, Executive shall become immediately vested in any outstanding unvested equity or equity-based awards granted to Executive.

 

  6  

 

 

5.         VOLUNTARY TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE OF EMPLOYMENT WITHOUT GOOD REASON.

 

(a)        30 Day Prior Notice. If at any time during the Term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, Executive elects to voluntarily terminate his own employment with the Company and the Bank, other than any such early termination that qualifies as (i) a Termination for Good Reason under Section 4(b), above, or (ii) a termination for Disability or upon Retirement under Section 12, below, Executive shall be obligated to deliver, and shall deliver to each of the Company and the Bank, a prior written Notice of Termination, as defined and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 8(b), below, which notice, among other things, shall identify the proposed Termination Date, which may not be earlier than the thirtieth (30 th ) day nor later than the forty-fifth (45 th ) day following the date of the notice.

 

(b)        Payments; Benefits . In the event of any such voluntary termination of employment by Executive under this Section 5, Executive shall be entitled to receive from the Company and/or the Bank, as of or after the Termination Date of his employment, any accrued but unpaid Base Salary payable to Executive as of the Termination Date, a pro rata apportionment of any Bonus Payment that the parties agree will be paid for the year in which the resignation occurs, as well as any other benefits or rights due to Executive as of or after the Termination Date under any other compensation or benefit plan, policy or arrangement of the Company and/or the Bank as in effect on the Termination Date, including any vested benefits or amounts payable thereunder to Executive as a former employee, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans, policies and arrangements, including retirement plans and health and welfare plan.

 

6.         PAYMENT TO EXECUTIVE UPON THE OCCURENCE OF A CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

(a)       Payment Upon a Change in Control. If a Change in Control, as defined in Section 25, below, shall occur, the Bank shall, within ten (10) days following the effective time of the Change in Control event, pay and provide to Executive (or if Executive dies prior to such payment, to his beneficiary or beneficiaries or his estate, as the case may be), in lieu of any cash payments under Section 4(c) above which are payable only in the event of a termination of employment, a lump sum cash payment equal to: (i) three (3) times Executive’s Base Salary; plus (ii) an amount equivalent to the Bonus Payment received by, and/or determined to be paid to, Executive with respect to the year immediately prior to the year in which occurred such termination. In the event Executive also has a Termination without Cause or Termination for Good Reason in connection with or following a Change in Control, Executive shall not be entitled to a cash severance payment under Section 4(c) of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event Executive has a Termination without Cause or Termination for Good Reason in connection with or following a Change in Control, Executive shall be entitled to the Post-Termination Benefits set forth in Section 6(b) below.

 

(b)        Post-Termination Benefits . In the event of a Termination without Cause or a Termination for Good Reason in connection with or following a Change-in-Control, as defined in Section 25, Executive shall become immediately vested in any outstanding unvested equity or equity-based awards granted to Executive.

 

7.           TERMINATION OF EXECUTIVE’S EMPLOYMENT FOR CAUSE .

 

(a)       At any time during the Term of this Agreement, including after a Change in Control, the Company and/or the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for “ Cause ,” as defined in Section 25, below. In the event that any termination under this Section 7 (a “ Termination for Cause ”) becomes effective, Executive shall not have any rights to receive, and shall not receive, any compensation or benefits for any period after the Termination Date, including compensation or benefits that he would otherwise have been entitled to receive after a termination of his employment under any other provisions of this Agreement, except for any such compensation or benefits that he is entitled to receive as a matter of law.

 

  7  

 

 

(b)       In order for a Termination for Cause to become effective under this Section 7, each of the following must occur:

 

(i) Notice . The Company and/or the Bank must deliver to Executive a written Notice of Termination, as defined and meeting the requirements set forth in Section 8(b) below, which notice (i) clearly discloses that the Company and/or the Bank, as applicable, intends to terminate Executive for Cause within the meaning of this Section 7, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances allegedly constituting such Cause such that Executive has a fair opportunity to understand and defend himself against such allegations; and (iii) advises Executive of his right to request a hearing, as described in subparagraph (b)(ii), below, and the date or range of dates for such hearing, if requested.

 

(ii) Hearing . The Company and/or the Bank, as applicable, shall provide Executive with an opportunity to be heard, with assistance of counsel if he so desires, before the Company’s Board and/or the Bank’s Board, as applicable, at a hearing to be held on a date or within a range of dates identified in the Notice of Termination, which date may not in any event be earlier than the thirtieth (30 th ) day after the date of the notice, for the purpose of enabling Executive to demonstrate, through written and/or verbal rebuttal, that Cause for his termination does not exist. The hearing may be held in conjunction with a regular or special meeting of such board (or each such board) at which the Executive’s Termination for Cause will subsequently be evaluated and determined.

 

(iii) Final Determination by Board . After the hearing (if there is a hearing), or after a period of at least thirty (30) days has elapsed after the date of the Notice of Termination (if there is not a hearing), each of the Company’s Board and the Bank’s Board, acting at a regular or special meeting of such board duly called and held, shall make a final determination in its reasonable discretion as to whether Cause for the termination of Executive exists and if each of the boards determine, by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership thereof (excluding Executive), that Cause for the termination of Executives does exist and that Executive should be terminated for Case, there shall be delivered to Executive written notice of the final determination of such board or boards that Executive be terminated for Cause and identifying the effective date of such termination (the Termination Date).

 

  8  

 

 

(c)       Without limiting the foregoing, the Company and/or the Bank, on or after delivery to Executive of the initial Notice of Termination to Executive, may suspend Executive, with or without pay (but with all benefits continued), for a period not to exceed forty (40) days, and such suspension shall not constitute either a Termination without Cause or a Termination for Good Reason of Executive under the Agreement. In the event that the Executive is suspended and it is ultimately determined that the Executive should not be terminated for Cause, then the Executive shall immediately resume employment with the Company and the Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and if the Executive’s suspension was without pay, then all suspended pay shall be paid to the Executive with his first paycheck after the suspension is lifted. To the extent possible, the Company and the Bank shall take all necessary actions to either not disclose the suspension, or if disclosure is required, that such disclosure be made in a manner that is reasonably determined to not adversely affect the personal and business reputation of the Executive.

 

8.         CERTAIN NOTICES

 

(a)        Non-Renewal Notice . Any Non-Renewal Notice delivered by the Company and/or the Bank to Executive under Section 2(b) of this Agreement shall be in writing. Such notice shall state that the Company’s Board and/or the Bank’s Board (as appropriate) has elected to discontinue the automatic extension of the Term of Executive’s employment under Section 2(b), by action taken by such board(s), and shall identify the date on which such board or each such board acted, and that such date (or if there is more than one such date, the later of such dates) shall be deemed the date of non-renewal as well as the date of the Non-Renewal Notice. Any notice given under this Section 8(a) may be delivered to Executive (i) in person, by an agent or representative of the Company and/or the Bank, (ii) by paid courier, (iii) by e-mail (in which there must be a confirmation that the email was received and read), or (iv) by U.S. mail, return receipt requested, in each case, at or addressed to the residence address of Executive (or if by email, the email address of Executive) as set forth at such time on the Company’s records;

 

(b)        Notice of Termination . In the event of any early termination of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, including without limitation under any of Sections 4, 5 and 7, the notice of termination (a “ Notice of Termination ”) required to be delivered by the party(ies) electing to terminate Executive’s employment to each of the other party(ies) hereto shall be in writing, and shall identify (i) the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon by the terminating party(ies), (ii) the terminating party(ies)’ proposed Termination Date for such termination, and (iii) the date of the notice, determined as provided below. The Notice of Termination shall also set forth such other information, if any, as may be required in the particular termination provision under which the election is being made. The Notice of Termination must be delivered in person by the terminating party (or one of the terminating parties, if there is more than one), or by a representative or agent of any such party, to each of the other party(ies), at the address of the particular party (which shall be the street address of the main office of the Bank on such date, and for Executive, the street address of his principal residence on such date). The date of any Notice of Termination is the date such notice is delivered to the last party entitled to such delivery to whom delivery is made. Such date of delivery shall be set forth on the notice itself, or shall be communicated by the terminating party to each of the other parties by other means, including email or other electronic means of communication (in which case there must be a confirmation that the email or other electronic means of communication was received and read), on or as soon as possible after the date of the notice.

 

  9  

 

 

(c)       Upon delivery by any party to any other party of a Notice of Termination with respect to any early termination of Executive’s employment under this Agreement, the ability of any other party to early terminate Executive’s employment hereunder shall be suspended until the attempt by the party giving the earlier Notice of Termination to achieve such termination is abandoned or fails, provided however, that no provision in this Agreement, including this Section 8(c), will prevent, suspend, or in any way delay or interfere with any determination by the Company and/or the Bank to notify Executive that he is being terminated for Cause and to proceed with all actions required in connection with such termination, which determination, once reached and communicated to Executive by way of a Notice of Termination, will preempt and preclude any other attempt by any party, including Executive, to early terminate his employment, until the for Cause termination proceeding has been completed or abandoned.

 

9.         REDUCTION OF PAYMENTS TO AVOID EXCESS PARACHUTE PAYMENT.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary contained in this Agreement or in any other agreement between the Company and/or the Bank and Executive or any plan or policy of or binding upon the Company and/or the Bank, in the event that the aggregate payments or benefits made or to be made to Executive under this Agreement, in connection with a “change of control” as defined under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code” ), when combined with any other payments or benefits made or permitted, or required to be made or permitted, to Executive under any other plan, agreement or arrangement of the Company and/or the Bank or any of their subsidiaries or affiliates, should cause or have caused Executive to be obligated to pay or to become liable for any Federal excise taxes under Code Section 4999(a) and/or any state or local excise taxes attributable to payments that qualify as “excess parachute payments” under Code Section 280G, as determined by an accounting or law firm (“Firm”) regularly utilized by the Company and/or the Bank, then such payments payable under this Agreement shall be reduced to avoid such “excess parachute payment,” as defined in Code Section 280G(b)(1). The manner of reduction shall be determined by the Company, taking into account any requests of the Executive regarding which parachute payments shall be reduced, unless such request would give rise to a violation of Code Section 409A or other applicable law. Nothing in this Section 9 shall result in the reduction of any payments or benefits to which Executive may be entitled upon termination of employment and/or a Change in Control other than as specified in this Section 9, or a reduction in benefits payable under this Agreement below zero.

 

10.        POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.

 

Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish to the Company and/or the Bank such information and assistance as may reasonably be required by such entity(ies) in connection with any litigation to which they or any of their subsidiaries is, or may become, a party. Executive also agrees, upon prior reasonable notice and reimbursement by the Company and/or the Bank of reasonable costs and expenses of Executive, including for his time, to cooperate with the Company, the Bank or their subsidiaries in any legal matters that may require Executive’s participation and/or assistance during the twenty-four (24) month period following the Expiration Date of Executive’s employment under this Agreement or any earlier termination of such employment. Executive expressly agrees to provide reasonable assistance (including testimony where appropriate) in such matters. The Company and/or the Bank will only request such assistance from Executive if such assistance is reasonably necessary.

 

  10  

 

 

11.       NON-SOLICITATION, NON-DISCLOSURE AND NON-DISPARAGEMENT.

 

(a)        Non-Solicitation . Executive recognizes that the business of the Company and the Bank is highly competitive, and therefore acknowledges and agrees that at all times while employed by the Company and/or the Bank and, in the event of his voluntary termination of employment without Good Reason under Section 5 (only), for a period of one (1) year following the date of the Executive’s termination of such employment, Executive shall not personally, directly or indirectly, individually or together with any other person, as owner, shareholder, investor, member, partner, proprietor, principal, director, officer, executive, manager, agent, representative, independent contractor, consultant or otherwise induce, request or attempt to influence any officer of the Company or the Bank to terminate his or her employment with the Company or the Bank. This Section 11(a) shall not apply to hiring or recruitment efforts that are either initially directed to the public without the direct or indirect involvement by the Executive (e.g., through a recruiter or a recruiting website).

 

(b)        Non-Disclosure . Executive recognizes and acknowledges that his knowledge of the business activities and plans for business activities of the Company, the Bank and their subsidiaries, as it may exist from time to time, is a valuable, special and unique asset of the business of the Company, the Bank and their subsidiaries. Executive will not, for a period of three (3) years following expiration or termination of his employment hereunder, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Company, the Bank and their subsidiaries to any person, firm, corporation or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever, unless expressly authorized to do so by the Company’s Board or the Bank’s Board or as required by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Company, the Bank or their subsidiaries. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Executive of the provisions of this Section 11(b), the Company and/or the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Company, the Bank or their subsidiaries or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation or other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Company and/or the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Company and/or the Bank for such breach or threatened breach of this Section 11(b), including the recovery of damages from Executive.

 

(c)        Non-Disparagement . Executive agrees that, during the Term and thereafter, he will not, directly or indirectly, alone or in conjunction with any other party, make statements to customers or suppliers of the Company and/or the Bank or to other members of the public that are in any way disparaging or negative towards the Company or the Bank, or the products or services of either, or the Company’s or the Bank’s representatives, Directors, or employees. The Company and the Bank agree that, during the Term and thereafter, they will not, directly or indirectly, alone or in conjunction with any other party, make statements to customers or suppliers of the Company and/or the Bank or to other members of the public that are in any way disparaging or negative towards the Executive.

 

  11  

 

 

(d)        Remedies . Executive acknowledges and agrees that his obligations under this Section 11 are of a special and unique nature and that a failure to perform any such obligation or a violation of any such obligation would cause irreparable harm to the Company and/or the Bank, the amount of which cannot be accurately compensated for in damages by an action at law. In the event of a breach by the Executive of any of the provisions of this Section 11, the Company and/or the Bank shall be entitled to an injunction restraining the Executive from such breach. Nothing in this Section shall be construed as prohibiting the Company and/or the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available for any breach of this Section 11.

 

12.      DEATH, DISABILITY OR RETIREMENT.

 

(a)        Death. This Agreement shall terminate upon Executive’s death, and within thirty days of Executive’s death, the Company shall pay to Executive’s estate (at the direction of his executor or administrator), as the case may be, the sum of: (a) the amount of any earned but unpaid Base Salary and benefits; (b) (i) three (3) times Executive’s Base Salary; plus (ii) an amount equivalent to the Bonus Payment received by, and/or determined to be paid to, Executive with respect to the year immediately prior to the year in which Executive’s death occurred. In addition, Executive shall become immediately vested in any outstanding unvested equity or equity-related awards granted to Executive. Amounts payable under this Section 12(a) shall be paid pursuant to a life insurance policy or policies acquired and paid for by the Company on the life of the Executive, if and to the extent the Executive is insurable (otherwise from Company assets). The Executive shall cooperate in the acquisition of such life insurance policy(ies), including disclosing requested information and submitting to physical examinations.

 

(b) Disability.

 

(i) Payments on Short Term Disability . In the event that Executive suffers any disability during the Term of this Agreement, as “disability” is defined in the Bank’s short-term disability insurance policy (“ Disability ”), and all subsequent renewal and/or replacement policies, then the Company shall continue to compensate Executive in the full amount owing to Executive under this Agreement, as if Executive had suffered no such Disability, through the entire period covered by such short-term disability insurance policy or until Executive no longer suffers from the Disability. Executive shall pay to the Company any and all amounts he receives as short-term disability payments from the short term disability insurance policy and all subsequent renewal and replacement policies.

 

(ii) Payments on Long-Term Disability . In the event the Executive becomes totally disabled, as the term is defined in the Bank’s long-term disability insurance policy (“ Totally Disabled ”), and all subsequent renewal and/or replacement policies, then the Company or the Bank shall continue to compensate Executive in the full amount owing to Executive under this Agreement, as if Executive had not become Totally Disabled, for a period of thirty (30) days commencing on the date on which Executive is determined to be Totally Disabled. Within thirty (30) days of the date on which Executive is determined to be Totally Disabled, Executive shall receive from the Company and/or the Bank a lump sum cash payment equal to: three (3) times Executive’s Base Salary; plus (ii) an amount equivalent to the Bonus Payment received by, and/or determined to be paid to, Executive with respect to the year immediately prior to the year in which Executive becomes Totally Disabled. In such event, Executive shall pay to the Company and/or the Bank any and all amounts he receives as long-term disability payments from the provider of the long-term disability insurance policy pursuant to said long-term disability insurance policy and all subsequent renewal and/or replacement policies. In addition, Executive shall become immediately vested in any outstanding unvested equity awards granted to Executive upon the determination that Executive is Totally Disabled.

 

  12  

 

 

(iii) Termination of Employment . In the event Executive is determined to be Totally Disabled, Executive’s obligation to perform services under this Agreement will terminate.

 

(c)        Retirement. If Executive has attained retirement or early retirement age under any tax-qualified retirement plan of the Company and/or the Bank in which Executive is a covered employee (“Retirement Plan”), Executive may elect to retire under such Retirement Plan, in the manner and subject to the procedures specified in such plan, and in such event, Executive shall be entitled to such benefits and shall receive such payments as are provided under such Retirement Plan and under any other tax-qualified or nonqualified retirement pension, severance or other similar plan then maintained by the Company and/or the Bank in which Executive is then a covered employee or otherwise entitled to participate. The termination of Executive’s employment incident to such retirement will not be deemed an early termination of Executive’s employment under any of Sections 4, 5 or 7 of this Agreement.

 

13.       EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFIT PLANS.

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto regarding the issues addressed herein, and supersedes any prior employment or change in control agreement between the Company and/or the Bank (or their predecessors) and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.

 

14.         NO ATTACHMENT.

 

(a)        No Offset or Attachment. Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void and of no effect.

 

(b)        Binding. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Executive, the Company and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

 

  13  

 

 

15.         MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.

 

(a)        Modification/Amendments. This Agreement may not be modified or amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

(b)        Waivers. No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.

 

16.         SEVERABILITY.

 

If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any remaining part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.

 

17.         HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

 

The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

18.         GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION AND VENUE.

 

(a)       This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law of the State of New York and applicable federal law.

 

(b)       Any and all disputes arising out of this Agreement shall be adjudicated by the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County. Furthermore, the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County shall exclusively have and exercise personal jurisdiction over the parties hereto concerning any and all disputes arising out of this Agreement and the parties hereto unconditionally submit to such jurisdiction and the exclusivity thereof.

 

19.       ATTORNEY’S FEES.

 

All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Company and/or the Bank if and only if Executive is successful pursuant to a legal judgment, arbitration or settlement. Such payment or reimbursement shall occur no later than two and one-half (2½) months after the dispute is settled or resolved in Executive’s favor. If the Executive does not prevail in such dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement, then each party shall be responsible for the payment of such parties own legal fees and expenses.

 

  14  

 

 

20.       NO WAIVERS.

 

The failure to enforce at any time any of the provisions of this Agreement, or to require at any time performance by any other party of any of the provisions hereof shall in no way be construed to be a waiver of such provision, nor in any way to affect the validity of this Agreement or any part hereof, or the right of any party thereafter to enforce each and every provision in accordance herewith.

 

21.         INDEMNIFICATION.

 

The Company and/or the Bank shall provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy at the expense of the Company and/or the Bank, and each of the Company and the Bank shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Company or the Bank, as applicable (whether or not he continues to be such a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs, attorneys’ fees and the costs of reasonable settlements.

 

22.         SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

 

The Company and/or the Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company and/or the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Company’s and/or the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company and/or the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place. Failure of any successor or assignee of the Company or the Bank, whether pursuant to a Change in Control or otherwise, to assume the Agreement shall be deemed to be a material breach of this Agreement, in which case payments shall be made to the Executive pursuant to Section 6 (reduced by any payments previously made pursuant to that Section).

 

23.         SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW.

 

Any payments made or benefits provided by the Company and/or the Bank to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, and any rights or obligations related to such payments or benefits, are subject to and conditioned upon compliance with applicable law, including but not limited to 12 U.S.C. §§371c, 371c-1 and 12 C.F.R. Part 223 promulgated thereunder, and 12 U.S.C. §1828(k) and 12 C.F.R. Part 359 promulgated thereunder.

 

  15  

 

 

24.         SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE.

 

The parties intend that all provisions of this Agreement shall either be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A. For purposes of this Agreement, “termination,” “termination date” and “terminate” when used in the context of termination of employment shall mean a “separation from service” with the Company and its affiliates (i.e., generally an entity 50% or more of which is owned or controlled by the Company), as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (provided, that the reasonably anticipated reduced level of bona fide services, if any, to be performed by Executive after such separation from service shall be less than 50 percent of the average level of bona fide services provided to the Company and its affiliates by Executive in the immediately preceding 36 month period). Nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted to permit accelerated payment or further deferral of nonqualified deferred compensation, as defined in Code Section 409A, or any other payment or further deferral in violation of the requirements of Code Section 409A. Executive does not have any right to make any election regarding the time or form of payment due under this Agreement. Expenses and reimbursement of expenses will be paid by the Company and/or the Bank consistent with their generally applicable policies, and in any event no later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expenses are incurred. With respect to reimbursements that constitute taxable income to Executive, no such reimbursements or expenses eligible for reimbursement in any calendar year shall in any way affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other calendar year and Executive’s right to reimbursement shall not be subject to liquidation in exchange for any other benefit. No provision of this Agreement shall be operative to the extent that it will result in the imposition of the additional tax described in Code Section 409A(a)(1)(B)(i)(II) and the parties agree to revise the Agreement as necessary to comply with Code Section 409A or an exemption therefrom and fulfill the purpose of the voided provision, or to comply with any available correction program that would eliminate or mitigate potential sanctions under Code Section 409A. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted or construed to transfer any liability for failure to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A from Executive or any other individual to the Company or any of its respective affiliates, employees or agents. All taxes associated with payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, including any liability imposed under Code Section 409A, shall be borne by Executive.

 

25.       CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings given to each below

 

(a)        “Cause.” For purposes of any termination of Executive's employment hereunder for “Cause,” Cause shall be deemed to exist if Executive:

 

(i) is convicted of any act of fraud, larceny, misappropriation of funds or embezzlement or of a felony involving securities or banking law; or

 

(ii) is disqualified to serve as a senior officer of the Company or the Bank by a bank regulatory agency; or

 

(iii) has breached any of Executive’s covenants contained herein.

 

For purposes of this definition of “Cause,” no act, or failure to act, on the part of Executive shall be deemed “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, by Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company or the Bank.

 

  16  

 

 

(b)        “Change-in-Control.” For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change in Control” shall mean the first to occur of any of the following events:

 

(i) A change in the composition of the Board of the Company occurring within a rolling two-year period commencing on the Commencement Date and each annual anniversary thereafter, as a result of which fewer than a majority of the directors are Incumbent Directors. “ Incumbent Directors ” refers to the persons who were directors of either the Bank or the Company immediately before the beginning of such two-year period commencing on the Commencement Date; provided that any director who was not a director as of the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director if that director was elected to such board of directors by, or on the recommendation of or with the approval of, at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors who then qualified as Incumbent Directors; and provided further that no director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest (relating to the election of directors) shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(ii) The Board of Directors of the Company or the Bank effect a merger or consolidation of the Company or the Bank with any other corporation or bank, other than a merger or consolidation in which persons constituting a majority of the board of directors of the corporation or the bank resulting from the merger or consolidation are Incumbent Directors;

 

(iii) The Company or the Bank sells to any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as determined under Code Section 409A) assets of the Company or the Bank that have a total fair market value equal to more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the corporation immediately before such disposition or related dispositions, where “gross fair market value” means the value of the assets of the corporation, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets); or

 

(iv) The Company or the Bank converts to an entity with publicly traded equity ownership, other than a conversion in which persons constituting a majority of the board of directors of the resulting entity are Incumbent Directors.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this definition of Change in Control will conform to the requirements of Code Section 409A and any provision in this definition inconsistent therewith will be null and void.

 

  17  

 

 

(c)        “Good Reason.” For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence during the Term of Executive’s employment under this Agreement of any one or more of the following actions or events, or series of actions or events, unless the same shall have been expressly consented to, in advance, by Executive in writing: (A) failure by the Company’s Board to elect or re-elect or appoint or re-appoint Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, or failure by the Bank’s Board to elect or re-elect, or approve or re-approve Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, in connection with any annual or other election or appointment by the Company or the Bank of their senior officers for an upcoming year or period (the foregoing provisions shall apply equally to the failure by the applicable board of directors to appoint or re-appoint or to elect or re-elect Executive to the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of a successor to the Company or Bank); (B) any material diminution in Executive’s functions, duties or responsibilities with the Company, the Bank or their subsidiaries, the general effect of which would cause Executive’s position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance or scope from the position and attributes thereof described in Section 1 of this Agreement; (C) relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to any location more than fifteen (15) miles radius from Executive's principal place of employment on the Commencement Date of this Agreement, unless the distance in miles between Executive’s principal residence and his new principal place of employment following such relocation is less than the distance in miles between Executive’s principal residence and his principal place of employment immediately prior to such relocation; (D) the completion of any liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the Bank, other than a liquidation or dissolution that is caused by a reorganization that does not affect the status of the Executive; or (E) any material breach of this Agreement by the Company and/or the Bank.

 

26.       JOINT PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE; SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.

 

The Company unconditionally agrees to pay and provide to Executive all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive, including amounts and benefits specifically required to be paid and provided by the Bank, if such amounts are not timely paid or provided by the Bank, for any reason or no reason. The Bank unconditionally agrees to pay and provide to Executive all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive, including amounts and benefits specifically required to be paid and provided by the Company, if such amounts are not timely paid or provided by the Company, for any reason or no reason. All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the payor.

 

  18  

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ATTEST:   METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORPORATION  
       
/s/ Sangeeta Kishore   /s/ David M. Gavrin  
Secretary   David M. Gavrin  
    For the Entire Board of Directors  
       
ATTEST:   METROPOLITAN COMMERCIAL BANK  
       
/s/ Sangeeta Kishore   /s/ David M. Gavrin  
Secretary   David M. Gavrin  
    For the Entire Board of Directors  
       
WITNESS:   EXECUTIVE:  
       
/s/ Sangeeta Kishore   /s/ Mark R. DeFazio  
Secretary   Mark R. DeFazio  

 

  19  

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

THIS CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of May 12 , 2017 by and between METROPOLITAN COMMERICAL BANK (the “Bank”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corporation, a New York corporation (“MBHC”) and SANGEETA KISHORE, a natural person residing at 226 Portside Drive, Edgewater, New Jersey 06020 (“ Executive ”).

 

WHEREAS, effective as of the date hereof, the Bank desires to provide Executive with certain financial assurances in the event of a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined) of the Bank.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual agreements made herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Bank and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following term shall have the meaning indicated below:

 

Change of Control ” of the Bank shall be deemed to have occurred upon the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any person of the beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting common stock of MBHC or the Bank, whether by merger, consolidation, sale of common stock or other corporate business combination.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Change of Control” shall not include (i) a transaction the sole purpose of which is to change the state of MBHC’s or the Bank’s incorporation, or (ii) a transaction the sole purpose of which is to make an initial public offering of the stock of MBHC or the Bank.

 

2.             Change of Control Payment .

 

(a)          Subject to the provisions of Section 2(b) below, if, within the one (1) year period following the consummation of a Change of Control, (i) the employment of the Executive is terminated other than for Cause; or (ii) there is a material diminution in the Executive’s title, duties or responsibilities, then, within forty five (45) days following the termination of employment, or the date of the Executive’s written notice to the Bank specifying the facts relating to the diminution in title, duties or responsibilities, as the case may be, the Executive shall receive a one time payment (the “ CoC Payment ”) equal to one (1) times the Employee’s then current annual base salary.

 

(b)          Executive shall only be eligible to receive the CoC Payment if the Executive is currently employed by the Bank as of the date of the Change of Control.

 

3.             Representations and Warranties . Each of the parties hereto represents and warrants to the other that it has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement.

 

4.             Non-Solicitation . The Executive covenants and agrees that while employed and during the one (1) year period immediately following the effective date of any employment expiration or termination for any reason, the Executive shall observe, and be subject to, the following restrictions:

 

 

 

 

(a)          The Executive will not in any way, directly or indirectly, on the Executive’s own behalf, or on behalf of, or in conjunction with, any other person, limited liability company partnership, firm, corporation or other entity, solicit, divert, take away, or attempt to take away, any person, limited liability company, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity (or their business or patronage) that has been a customer of the Bank or its subsidiaries or affiliates within the prior two (2) year period; and

 

(b)          The Executive will not in any way, directly or indirectly, on the Executive’s own behalf, or on behalf of, or in conjunction with, any other person, limited liability company, partnership, firm, corporation or other entity, solicit, entice, hire, employ, or endeavor to employ, any employees, consultants, or independent contractors of the Bank or its subsidiaries or affiliates or anyone who is currently an employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Bank or its subsidiaries or affiliates as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment

 

5.             Confidential Information .

 

(a)          Both during and after the term of this Agreement, the Executive agrees not to use, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information (as defined below) for any purpose other than to perform her duties hereunder. The Executive shall undertake to treat Confidential Information in the strictest confidence and further agrees that she shall prevent disclosure or availability of the Confidential Information to any unauthorized persons or entities.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that: (a) is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (b) is made in a complaint or other document that is filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding. In addition, if the Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation for reporting a suspected violation of law the Executive may disclose the Bank’s trade secrets to the attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if the Executive: (a) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (b) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

 

(c)          For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Confidential Information ” means any and all information (in whatever form) relating to the Bank and its subsidiaries and affiliates including, without limitation, all information relating to customers, creditors and accounts, and prospective and potential customers, creditors and accounts the Bank and its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, and the Bank’s and its subsidiaries’ and affiliates’ business methods, systems, plans and strategies, policies, finances, employees, marketing plans, and endeavors, services, products, processes, know-how, designs, developments, techniques, formulas, methods, improvements, intellectual property, and source and object codes, programs; provided,   however , that Confidential Information shall not include any information which (i) before or after disclosure to the Executive is in the public domain generally; or (ii) is required to be disclosed pursuant to any law or applicable regulation or any order of any court or pursuant to any direction, request, or requirement of any governmental authority; provided , that the Executive (A) promptly notifies the Bank of the existence, terms and circumstances surrounding such requirement or request, (B) consults with the Bank regarding legally available steps to resist or narrow such request and (C) only discloses the information required after complying with Clauses (A) and (B) and exercising commercially reasonable efforts at the Bank’s request and expense to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such information.

 

  2  

 

 

6.             Intellectual Property Rights . The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the results and work product of the Executive’s services for the Bank, its subsidiaries, and affiliates, including, but not limited to, writings and other works of authorship, presentations, marketing materials, legal documents, products, services, processes, know-how, designs, developments, techniques, formulas, methods, improvements, discoveries, inventions, ideas (creative or otherwise), trade secrets, and source and object codes, programs, resulting from or relating in any way to services performed during the term of this Agreement, whether or not any of the foregoing are patentable or registerable under copyright or other statutes that were made or conceived or reduced to practice or learned by the Executive, either alone or jointly with others (collectively, “ Inventions ”), shall be “works-made-for-hire” (as defined under U.S. Copyright law), and the Bank (or, if applicable or as directed by the Bank, any of its subsidiaries or affiliates) shall be deemed the sole and exclusive owner and beneficiary throughout the universe in perpetuity of any and all trade secret, patent, copyright, and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ Proprietary Rights ”) of whatever nature therein, whether or not now or hereafter known, existing, contemplated, recognized or developed, with the right to use the same in perpetuity in any manner the Bank determines in its sole discretion, without any further payment to the Executive whatsoever.

 

7.             Remedy for Breach . The Executive acknowledges that a violation of Sections 4, 5 or 6 of this Agreement will cause irreparable damage to the Bank. The Executive consents that any violation shall entitle the Bank, in addition to any other rights or remedies, it may have, to an immediate injunction, without the need to post bond or prove special damages, restraining any violation. If any restriction contained in Sections 4, 5 or 6 of this Agreement shall be deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by reason of the extent, duration, or scope thereof, or otherwise, then the court making such determination shall have the right to modify such extent, duration, scope, or other provisions hereof, and in its modified form such restriction shall then be enforceable in the manner contemplated hereby.

 

8.             Termination . The provisions of this Agreement shall terminate on the one (1) year anniversary of the date hereof. Upon the expiration of the one (1) year period, this Agreement shall be automatically and continuously renewed for successive one (1) year terms unless at least ninety (90) days prior to the anniversary date of the date of this Agreement, a written notice of termination is provided by either party to the other that this Agreement will not be renewed.

 

9.             Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by, construed and interpreted in accordance with the law of the State of New York.

 

  3  

 

 

(b)           Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application of such provision to any party or circumstance shall for any reason be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such provision to any party or circumstance other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid or unenforceable shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

(c)           Further Assurances . Each party agrees to cooperate fully with the other party and to execute such further instruments, documents and agreements, and to give such further written assurances, as may be reasonably requested by the other party to evidence and reflect the transactions described herein and contemplated hereby and to carry into effect the intent and purposes of this Agreement.

 

(d)           Section 409A . The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (collectively “ Section 409A ”) and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, this Agreement will be interpreted to be in compliance therewith. Each payment made to the Executive shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of that term under Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, then with regard to any payment or the provision of any benefit that is required to be delayed in compliance with Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, such payment will not be made or provided prior to the earlier of (A) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of the Executive’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Section 409A, or (B) the date of the Executive’s death (the “ Delay Period ”). Upon the expiration of the Delay Period, all payments delayed pursuant to this Section 8(d) (whether they would have otherwise been payable in a single sum or in installments in the absence of such delay) will be paid or reimbursed to the Executive in a lump sum, and any remaining payments due under this Agreement will be paid or provided in accordance with the normal payment dates specified for them herein.

 

(e)           Failure or Indulgence Not Waiver; Remedies Cumulative . No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in the exercise of any right hereunder shall impair such right or be construed to be a waiver of, or acquiescence in, any breach of any representation, covenant or agreement herein, nor shall any single or partial exercise or waiver of any such right preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other right. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available, whether by contract, at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

(f)           Succession and Assignment . Neither party may assign, by operation of law or otherwise, this Agreement or any of the rights, interests, or obligations hereunder or thereunder, without the written consent of the other party.

 

(g)           No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other person or entity.

 

  4  

 

 

(h)           Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement supersedes all other prior oral or written agreements between the Bank and Executive with respect to the matters discussed herein, and this Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither the Bank nor Executive makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except in writing signed by a duly authorized representative of the Bank and Executive. No other act, document, usage or custom shall be deemed to amend or modify this Agreement.

 

(i)            Notices . Any notices, consents, waivers or other communications required or permitted to be given under the terms of this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered: (i) upon receipt, when delivered personally; or (ii) one (1) business day after deposit with an overnight courier service, in each case properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses for such communications shall be the addresses set forth in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

 

(j)            Employee at Will . Nothing contained herein shall alter Executive’s status as an at will employee of the Bank. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Agreement, the Bank may terminate Executive’s employment with the Bank at any time for any reason or no reason. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to grant the Executive any rights other than the right to payment under Section 2 upon a Change of Control.

 

(ii)            Counterparts; Fax . This Agreement may be executed in one (1) or more counterparts (by original, facsimile or electronic signature), each of which will be considered an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as the date first written above.

 

  METROPOLITAN COMMERCIAL BANK.
   
  By: /s/ Mark R. DeFazio
    Name: Mark R. DeFazio
    Title:   President & CEO
     
    /s/ Sangeeta Kishore
    Sangeeta Kishore

 

  5  

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

  

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.

 

 

 

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 

 

 

Adopted: may 18, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 

1 PURPOSE; TYPES OF AWARDS; CONSTRUCTION.

 

1.1. Purpose . The purpose of this 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to afford an incentive to employees, directors, officers, consultants, advisors, suppliers and any other person or entity whose services are considered valuable (collectively, the “Service Providers”) to Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp., a New York corporation (the “Company”), or any Affiliate of the Company, which now exists or hereafter is organized or acquired by the Company, to continue as Service Providers, to increase their efforts on behalf of the Company or Affiliate and/or to promote the success of the Company's business, by providing such Service Providers with opportunities to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company by the issuance of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Shares’), and the grant of options to purchase Shares, restricted Shares awards (“Restricted Shares”), restricted Share units and other Share-based Awards pursuant to the Plan.

 

1.2. Types of Awards . The Plan is intended to enable the Company to issue Awards under varying tax regimes, including, without limitation:

 

(i)

Restricted Shares;
   
(ii) Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code;
   
(iii) Nonqualified Stock Options;
   
(iv) Stock Appreciation Rights;
   
(v) Restricted share units; and
   
(vi) other stock-based Awards pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

 

2 DEFINITIONS.

 

2.1. Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. Unless the context requires otherwise (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications set forth therein or herein), (ii) references to any law, constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule or ordinance, including any section or other part thereof shall refer to that it as amended from time to time and shall include any successor law, (iii) reference to a person shall means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof, (iv) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Plan in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof and (v) all references herein to Sections shall be construed to refer to Sections to this Plan.

 

 

 

  

2.2. Defined Terms . The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Section 2:

 

2.2.1. “Affiliate” shall mean an affiliate of, or person affiliated with, a specified person or company or other trade or business that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person within the meaning of Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act, including, without limitation, any Subsidiary.

 

2.2.2. “Applicable Law” shall mean any applicable law, rule, regulation, statute, pronouncement, policy, interpretation, judgment, order or decree of any federal, provincial, state or local governmental, regulatory or adjudicative authority or agency, of any jurisdiction, and the rules and regulations of any stock exchange or trading system on which the Shares are then traded or listed.

 

2.2.3. “Award” shall mean any Option, Restricted Share, RSU, Stock Appreciation Right or any other Share-based award, granted to a Grantee under the Plan and any Share issued pursuant to the exercise thereof.

 

2.2.4. “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.2.5. “Bonus Shares” shall mean any shares of capital stock of the Company distributed to existing stockholders of the Company as a result of a dividend, stock split or other similar distribution.

 

2.2.6. “Code” shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2.2.7. “Committee” shall mean a committee established or designated by the Board to administer the Plan, subject to Section 3.1.

 

2.2.8. “Common Stock” shall mean the common stock, $0.01 par value per share, of the Company.

 

2.2.9. “Disability” shall mean (i) the inability of a Grantee to engage in any substantial gainful activity on behalf of the Company by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 6 months, as determined by a medical doctor satisfactory to the Committee or, if applicable, (ii) a “permanent and total disability” as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

2.2.10. “Employee” shall mean a person who is employed by the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

  2  

 

  

2.2.11. “Exercise Period” shall mean the period, commencing on the date of grant of an Option, during which an Option shall be exercisable, subject to any vesting provisions thereof and the termination provisions hereof or as set forth in the individual Option Agreement evidencing such Option.

 

2.2.12. “Exercise Price” shall mean the exercise price for each Share of Common Stock covered by an Option.

 

2.2.13. “Fair Market Value” per share as of a particular date shall mean (i) the closing sales price per Share on the securities exchange on which the Shares of Common Stock are principally traded for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Shares on such exchange; or (ii) if the Shares of Common Stock are listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, the closing sales price per Share on The Nasdaq Global Market on the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Share on The Nasdaq Global Market; or (iii) if the Shares of Common Stock are then traded in another over-the-counter market, the closing sales price per Share in such over-the-counter market for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such Shares in such market; (iv) if the Shares are not then listed on a securities exchange or market or traded in an over-the-counter market, such value as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine which determination shall be conclusive and binding on all parties, and shall be made after such consultations with outside legal, accounting and other experts as the Committee may deem advisable. The Committee shall maintain a written record of its method of determining such value. If the Shares are listed or quoted on more than one established stock exchange or national market system, the Committee shall determine the appropriate exchange or system for the purpose of determination of Fair Market Value.

 

2.2.14. “Grantee” shall mean a person who receives a grant of Award under the Plan, and who at the time of grant is a Service Provider of the Company or any Affiliate thereof.

 

2.2.15. “Non-Employee” shall mean a consultant, adviser, director, or any other Service Provider who is not an Employee.

 

2.2.16. “Nonqualified Stock Option” shall mean any Option, which Option is not designated as, or does not meet the conditions for, an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.2.17. “Options” shall mean all options to purchase Shares granted as Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Options.

 

2.2.18. “Parent” shall mean any company (other than the Company), which now exists or is hereafter organized, (i) in an unbroken chain of companies ending with the Company if, at the time of granting an Award, each of the companies (other than the Company) owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other companies in such chain, or, if applicable, (ii) as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

  3  

 

 

2.2.19. “Retirement” shall mean a Grantee's retirement pursuant to Applicable Law or in accordance with the terms of any tax-qualified retirement plan maintained by the Company or any of its Affiliates in which the Grantee participates.

 

2.2.20. “Securities Act” shall mean United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.2.21. “Subsidiary” shall mean any company (other than the Company), which now exists or is hereafter organized or acquired by the Company, (i) in an unbroken chain of companies beginning with the Company if, at the time of granting an Award, each of the companies other than the last company in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other companies in such chain, or, if applicable, (ii) as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

2.2.22. “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” shall mean a right to receive, in cash or shares of Common Stock (as determined by the Committee), value with respect to a specific number of shares of Common Stock equal to or otherwise based on the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock at the time of exercise over (ii) the exercise price of the right (which shall be no less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant of the right), subject to such terms and conditions as are expressed in the document(s) evidencing the Award (the “SAR Agreement”).

 

2.2.23. “Ten Percent Shareholder” shall mean a Grantee who, at the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns shares possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

3. ADMINISTRATION.

 

3.1. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. In lieu of appointing a Committee, the Plan may be administered by the Board. In the event that an action necessary for the administration of the Plan is required under law to be taken by the Board, then such action shall be so taken by the Board. In any such event, all references herein to the Committee shall be construed as references to the Board.

 

3.2. The Board shall appoint or shall have appointed the members of the Committee, may from time to time remove members from, or add members to, the Committee, and shall fill vacancies in the Committee however caused, provided that the composition of the Committee shall at all times be in compliance with any mandatory requirements of Applicable Law. The Committee may select one of its members as its Chairman and shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it shall determine. The Committee may appoint a Secretary, who shall keep records of its meetings and shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business, as it shall deem advisable and subject to requirements of Applicable Law.

 

  4  

 

  

3.3. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and any mandatory provisions of Applicable Law, and in addition to the Committee's powers contained elsewhere in this Plan, the Committee shall have full authority in its discretion, from time to time and at any time, to determine any of the following:

 

(i) eligible Grantees,

 

(ii) grants of Awards and setting the terms and provisions of Option Agreements, Restricted Share Agreements, Restricted Share Unit Agreements (none of which need be identical) and any other agreements or instruments under which Awards are made, including, but not limited to, the number of Shares underlying each Award,

 

(iii) the time or times at which Awards shall be granted,

 

(iv) the schedule and conditions on which Awards may be exercised,

 

(v) the Exercise Price,

 

(vi) to interpret the Plan,

 

(vii) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to and for carrying out the Plan, as it may deem appropriate,

 

(viii) the Fair Market Value of the Shares, and

 

(ix) any other matter which is necessary or desirable for, or incidental to, the administration of the Plan and any Award thereunder.

 

3.4. Grants of Awards shall be made pursuant to written notice to Grantees setting forth the terms of the Award. Such notice shall designate the type of Award as one of the following: (i) Incentive Stock Option, (ii) Nonqualified Stock Option, (iii) Restricted Shares, (iv) Restricted Share Units, (v) Stock Appreciation Rights, or (vi) any other type of Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, written notice may be substituted by delivery of the applicable written Award agreement evidencing the Award.

 

3.5. Subject to the mandatory provisions of Applicable Law, the grant of any Award shall be deemed to include an authorization of the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon the due exercise thereof.

 

3.6. All decisions, determination and interpretations of the Committee shall be final and binding on all Grantees of any Awards under this Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Board. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action taken or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award granted hereunder.

 

4. ELIGIBILITY.

 

4.1. Awards may be granted to Service Providers of the Company and any Affiliate of the Company. A person who has been granted an Award hereunder may be granted additional Awards, if the Committee shall so determine, subject to the limitations herein. In determining the persons to whom Awards shall be granted and the number of Shares to be covered by each Award, the Committee shall take into account the duties of the respective persons, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and such other factors as the Committee shall deem relevant in connection with accomplishing the purpose of the Plan.

 

  5  

 

 

5. SHARES.

 

The initial number of Shares of Common Stock reserved for the grant of Awards under the Plan shall be 123,000 Shares. Any share underlying an Award granted hereunder which has expired, or was cancelled or terminated or forfeited for any reason without having been exercised, shall be automatically, and without any further action on the part of the Company or any Grantee, returned to the “pool” of reserved Shares hereunder and shall again be available for grant for the purposes of this Plan (unless this Plan shall have been terminated) or unless the Board determines otherwise. The Board may, subject to any other approvals required under any Applicable Law, increase or decrease the number of Shares of Common Stock to be reserved under the Plan. Such Shares may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued Shares, or Shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company. Any Shares of Common Stock which are not subject to outstanding Awards at the termination of the Plan shall cease to be reserved for the purpose of the Plan, but until termination of the Plan, the Company shall at all times reserve a sufficient number of Shares to meet the requirements of the Plan.

 

6. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.

 

Each Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Grantee or a written notice delivered by the Company and accepted by the Grantee (the “Option Agreement”), in such form and containing such terms and conditions as the Committee shall from time to time approve, which Option Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Option Agreement or the terms referred to in Sections 7 and 8 below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such Options shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

6.1. Number of Shares . Each Option Agreement shall state the number of Shares covered by the Option.

 

6.2. Type of Option . Each Option Agreement shall specifically state the type of Option granted thereunder and whether it constitutes an Incentive Stock Option, or Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

6.3. Exercise Price . Each Option Agreement shall state the Exercise Price, which shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by the Option on the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to any Ten-Percent Shareholder, the Exercise Price shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by the Option on the date of grant. In no event shall the Exercise Price of an Option be less than the par value of the Shares for which such Option is exercisable.

 

6.4. Manner of Exercise . An Option may be exercised, as to any or all Shares as to which the Option has become exercisable, by written notice delivered in person or by mail to the Secretary of the Company or to such other person as determined by the Company, specifying the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised, accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price for such Shares in the manner specified in the following sentence. The Exercise Price shall be paid in full with respect to each Share, at the time of exercise, either in (i) cash, or (ii) in such other manner as the Company shall implement from time to time, which may include procedures for cashless exercise.

 

  6  

 

 

6.5. Term and Vesting of Options . Each Option Agreement shall provide the vesting schedule for the Option as determined by the Committee. To the extent permitted under Applicable Law, the Committee shall have the authority to determine the vesting schedule and accelerate the vesting of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. The Option Agreement may contain performance goals and measurements, and the provisions with respect to any Option need not be the same as the provisions with respect to any other Option. The Exercise Period of an Option will be specified in the Option Agreement but in no event shall the Exercise Period exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant of the Option; provided, however, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, such Exercise Period shall not exceed five (5) years from the date of grant of such Option (as further described in Section 8.2 of this Plan). At the expiration of the Exercise Period, all unexercised Options shall become null and void.

 

6.6. Termination .

 

6.6.1. Except as provided in this Section 6.6 and in Section 6.7 hereof, an Option may not be exercised unless the Grantee is then in the employ of or maintaining a director, officer, consultant, advisor or supplier relationship with the Company or a Subsidiary thereof or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, a company or a parent or subsidiary company of such company issuing or assuming the Option in a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies, and unless the Grantee has remained continuously so employed or in the director, officer, supplier, consultant, or advisor relationship since the date of grant of the Option. In the event that the employment or director, officer or consultant, advisor or supplier relationship of a Grantee shall terminate (other than by reason of death, Disability or Retirement), all Options of such Grantee that are vested and exercisable at the time of such termination may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised within up to ninety (90) days after the date of such termination (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe); provided, however, that if the Company (or the Subsidiary, when applicable) shall terminate the Grantee’s employment or service for Cause (as defined below) or if following the Grantee’s termination of employment or service, circumstances arise or are discovered with respect to the Grantee that would have constituted Cause for termination of his or her employment or service, all Options theretofore granted to such Grantee (whether vested or not) shall, to the extent not theretofore exercised, terminate on the date of such termination (or on which such circumstance arise or are discovered, as the case may be) unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

  7  

 

 

6.6.2. In the case of a Grantee whose principal employer is an Affiliate, the Grantee’s employment shall also be deemed terminated for purposes of this Section 6.6 as of the date on which such principal employer ceases to be a Subsidiary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Committee, in its absolute discretion may, on such terms and conditions as it may determine appropriate, extend the periods for which the Options held by any individual may continue to vest and be exercisable; provided, that such Options may lose their status as Incentive Stock Options under applicable law and be deemed Nonqualified Stock Options in the event that the period of vesting and/or exercisability of any option is extended beyond the later of: (i) one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date of cessation of employment or performance of services; or (ii) the applicable period under Section 6.7 below.

 

6.6.3. For purposes of this Plan, the term “Cause” shall mean any of the following: (a) fraud, embezzlement or felony or similar act by the Grantee; (b) an act of moral turpitude by the Grantee, or any similar act, to the extent that such act causes significant injury to the reputation, business or business relationship of the Company (or a Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof); (c) any breach by the Grantee of an agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof and the Grantee (including breach of confidentiality, non-competition or non-solicitation covenants); or (d) any circumstances that constitute grounds for termination for cause under the Grantee’s employment, consulting or service agreement with the Company or Affiliate, to the extent applicable, or under any policies in effect relating to employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates known by or that should have been known by the Grantee.

 

6.7. Death, Disability or Retirement of Grantee . If a Grantee shall die while employed by, or performing service for, the Company or an Affiliate, or die within the one (1) year period after the date of termination of such Grantee's employment or service (or within such different period as the Committee may have provided pursuant to Section 6.6 hereof), or if the Grantee's employment or service shall terminate by reason of Disability, all Options theretofore granted to such Grantee may (to the extent otherwise vested and exercisable and unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms), be exercised by the Grantee or by the Grantee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise such Options by bequest or inheritance or otherwise by result of death or Disability of the Grantee, at any time within one (1) year after the death or Disability of the Grantee (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe). In the event that an Option granted hereunder shall be exercised by the legal representatives of a deceased or Disabled Grantee, written notice of such exercise shall be accompanied by a certified copy of letters testamentary or equivalent proof of the right of such legal representative to exercise such Option. In the event that the employment or service of a Grantee shall terminate on account of such Grantee's Retirement, all Options of such Grantee that are exercisable at the time of such Retirement may, unless earlier terminated in accordance with their terms, be exercised at any time within the three (3) month period after the date of such Retirement (or such different period as the Committee shall prescribe).

 

6.8. Suspension of Vesting . Unless the Committee provides otherwise, vesting of Options granted hereunder shall be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence, other than in the case of any (a) leave of absence which was pre-approved by the Company, (b) maternity leave in accordance with Company policy in effect from time to time or (c) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, any Affiliate, or any respective successor thereof.

 

  8  

 

 

6.9. Other Provisions . The Option Agreement evidencing Awards under the Plan shall contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee may determine, at or after the date of grant, including without limitation, provisions in connection with the restrictions on transferring the Awards, which shall be binding upon the Grantees, and other terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

7. NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS.

 

Options granted pursuant to this Section 7 are intended to constitute Nonqualified Stock Options and shall be subject to the general terms and conditions specified in Section 6 hereof and other applicable provisions of the Plan.

 

8. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.

 

Options granted pursuant to this Section 8 are intended to constitute Incentive Stock Options and shall be granted subject to the following special terms and conditions, the general terms and conditions specified in Section 6 hereof and other applicable provisions of the Plan:

 

8.1. Value of Shares . The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date the Incentive Stock Option is granted) of the Shares of Common Stock with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and all other option plans of any Subsidiary or Affiliate become exercisable for the first time by each Grantee during any calendar year shall not exceed one hundred thousand United States dollars ($100,000) with respect to such Grantee. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which the Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Grantee during any calendar years exceeds one hundred thousand United States dollars ($100,000), such Options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. The foregoing shall be applied by taking options into account in the order in which they were granted, with the Fair Market Value of any Share to be determined at the time of the grant of the Option. In the event the foregoing results in the portion of an Incentive Stock Option exceeding the one hundred thousand United States dollars ($100,000) limitation, only such excess shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

8.2. Ten Percent Shareholder . In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder, (i) the Exercise Price shall not be less than one hundred and ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option, and (ii) the Exercise Period shall not exceed five (5) years from the date of grant of such Incentive Stock Option.

 

8.3. Exercise Following Termination . Notwithstanding anything else in this Plan to the contrary, Incentive Stock Options that are not exercised within ninety (90) days following termination of Grantee’s employment in the Company or its Affiliates and Subsidiaries, or within one year in case of termination of Grantee’s employment in the Company or its Affiliates and Subsidiaries due to a disability (within the meaning of section 22(e)(3) of the Code), shall be deemed to be Nonqualified Stock Options.

 

8.4. Notice to Company of Disqualifying Disposition . Each Grantee who receives an Incentive Stock Option must agree to notify the Company in writing immediately after the Grantee makes a Disqualifying Disposition of any Shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO Shares”). A “Disqualifying Disposition” is any disposition (including any sale) of such Shares before the later of (i) two years after the date the Grantee was granted the Incentive Stock Option, or (ii) one year after the date the Grantee acquired Shares by exercising the Incentive Stock Option. If the Grantee dies before such ISO Shares are sold, these holding period requirements do not apply and no disposition of the Shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Incentive Stock Option will be deemed a Disqualifying Disposition.

 

  9  

 

 

9.        RESTRICTED SHARES.

 

The Committee may award Restricted Shares to any eligible Grantee. Each Award of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Grantee (the “Restricted Share Agreement”), in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve. Such Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Share Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. The Restricted Share Agreement shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions, unless otherwise specifically provided in such Restricted Share Agreement:

 

9.1. Number of Shares . Each Restricted Share Agreement shall state the number of Shares covered by an Award.

 

9.2. Purchase Price . Each Restricted Share Agreement may state an amount of purchase price, if any, to be paid by the Grantee in consideration for the issuance of the Restricted Shares and the terms of payment thereof, which may include payment by issuance of promissory notes or other evidence of indebtedness on such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee; provided that in no event shall payment be made by issuance of any evidence of indebtedness if such issuance would be a violation of Applicable Law.

 

9.3. Vesting . Each Restricted Share Agreement shall provide the vesting schedule for the Restricted Shares as determined by the Committee, provided that (to the extent permitted under Applicable Law) the Committee shall have the authority to determine the vesting schedule based on the passage of time and/or such performance criteria as deemed appropriate by the Committee.

 

9.4. Restrictions . Except as otherwise provided in Section 13.1 hereof, Restricted Shares may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, for such period as the Committee shall determine from the date on which the Award is granted (the “Restricted Period”). Certificates for shares issued pursuant to Restricted Share Awards shall bear an appropriate legend referring to such restrictions, and any attempt to dispose of any such shares in contravention of such restrictions shall be null and void and without effect. Such certificates may, if so determined by the Committee, be held in escrow by an escrow agent appointed by the Committee. In determining the Restricted Period of an Award the Committee may provide that the foregoing restrictions shall lapse with respect to specified percentages of the awarded Restricted Shares on successive anniversaries of the date of such Award.

 

9.5. Forfeiture . Subject to such exceptions as may be determined by the Committee from time to time in its sole discretion, if the Grantee's continuous employment with the Company or any Subsidiary shall terminate for any reason prior to the vesting date or expiration of the Restricted Period of an Award or, if applicable, prior to the payment in full of the purchase price of any Restricted Shares with respect to which the vesting date or the Restricted Period has expired, any shares remaining subject to vesting or restrictions or with respect to which the purchase price has not been paid in full, shall thereupon be forfeited and shall be deemed transferred to, and reacquired by, or cancelled by, as the case may be, the Company at no cost to the Company, subject to all Applicable Laws. Upon forfeiture of Restricted Shares, the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to such Restricted Shares.

 

  10  

 

 

9.6. Ownership . During the Restricted Period the Grantee shall possess all incidents of ownership of such Restricted Shares, subject to Section 9.4, including the right to vote and receive dividends with respect to such shares. All distributions, if any, received by a Grantee with respect to Restricted Shares as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, or other similar transaction shall be subject to the restrictions applicable to the original Award.

 

10. RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS.

 

10.1. A restricted Share unit (an “RSU”) is an Award covering a number of Shares that is settled by issuance of those Shares or cash equal to the Fair Market Value of those Shares. Each grant of RSUs under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement between the Company and the Grantee (the “Restricted Share Unit Agreement”), in such form as the Committee shall from time to time approve. Such RSUs shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Share Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.

 

10.2. Other than the par value of the Shares, no payment of cash shall be required as consideration for RSUs. RSUs may or may not be subject to vesting as determined by the Committee which may be based on the passage of time and/or such performance criteria as deemed appropriate by the Committee. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Share Unit Agreement.

 

10.3. No voting or dividend rights as a shareholder shall exist prior to the actual issuance of Shares in the name of the Grantee. Each Restricted Share Unit Agreement shall specify its term and any conditions on the time or times for settlement, and provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of termination of employment or service providing to the Company, and may provide for earlier settlement in the event of the Grantee’s death, Disability or other events.

 

10.4. Settlement of vested RSUs shall be made within seventy-five (75) days of vesting in the form of Shares or cash equal to the Fair Market Value of those Shares as of the date of vesting.

 

11. OTHER SHARE OR SHARE-BASED AWARDS.

 

The Committee may grant other Awards under the Plan pursuant to which Shares (which may, but need not, be Restricted Shares pursuant to Section 9 hereof), cash or a combination thereof, are or may in the future be acquired or received, or Awards denominated in stock units, including units valued on the basis of measures other than market value. The Committee may also grant Stock Appreciation Rights with or without the grant of an accompanying Option, which rights shall permit the Grantees to receive, at the time of any exercise of such rights, cash equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value of all Shares in respect to which the right was granted exceeds the exercise price thereof.

 

  11  

 

 

12. EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHANGES.

 

12.1. General . With respect to Common Stock, in the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Share of the Company, any payment of a stock dividend (distribution of bonus Shares), a recapitalization, a reorganization (which may include a combination or exchange of shares), a consolidation, a stock split, a reverse stock split, a spin-off or other corporate divestiture or division, a reclassification or other similar occurrence, the Committee shall make such adjustments as determined by the Committee to be appropriate in order to adjust (i) the number of Shares available for grants of Awards, (ii) the number of Shares covered by outstanding Awards, and (iii) the exercise price per Share covered by any Award; provided, however, that any fractional Shares resulting from such adjustment shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share and that the Company shall have no obligation to make any cash or other payment with respect to such fractional Shares.

 

12.2. Merger and Sale of Company . In the event of (i) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (ii) a sale (including an exchange) of all or substantially all of the Shares of the Company; (iii) a merger, consolidation, amalgamation or like transaction of the Company with or into another corporation; (iv) a scheme of arrangement for the purpose of effecting such sale, merger or amalgamation; or (v) such other transaction that is determined by the Committee to be a transaction having a similar effect (all such transactions being herein referred to as a “Merger/Sale”), then, without the Grantee’s consent and action:

 

12.2.1. The Committee in its sole and absolute discretion may cause that any Award then outstanding shall be assumed or an equivalent Award shall be substituted by such successor corporation of the Merger/Sale or any parent or Affiliate thereof as determined by the Board is its discretion (the “Successor Corporation”), under substantially the same terms as the Award;

 

12.2.2. In the event that the Successor Corporation does not agree to assume the Award or to substitute an equivalent Award, then the Committee may (but shall not be obligated to), in lieu of such assumption or substitution of the Award and in its sole discretion, (i) provide for the Grantee to have the right to exercise the Award, or otherwise for the acceleration of vesting of such Award, as to all or part of the Shares, including Shares covered by the Award which would not otherwise be exercisable or vested, under such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, including the cancellation of all unexercised Awards upon closing of the Merger/Sale; and/or (ii) provide for the cancellation of each outstanding Award at the closing of such Merger/Sale, and payment to the Grantee of an amount in cash as determined by the Committee to be fair in the circumstances, subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee.

 

12.3. Reservation of Rights . Except as expressly provided in this Section 12, the Grantee of an Award hereunder shall have no rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of any class or the payment of any stock dividend (bonus shares), any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class or by reason of any dissolution, liquidation, Merger/Sale, or consolidation, divestiture or spin-off of assets or shares of another company. Any issue by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number, type or price of shares subject to an Award. The grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan shall not affect in any way the right pof power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structures or to merge or to consolidate or to dissolve, liquidate or sell, or transfer all or part of its business or assets or engage in any similar transactions.

 

  12  

 

 

13. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS; SURVIVING BENEFICIARY.

 

13.1. All Awards granted under the Plan shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Awards may be exercised or otherwise realized, during the lifetime of the Grantee, only by the Grantee or by his guardian or legal representative, to the extent provided for herein. Any transfer of an Award not permitted hereunder (including transfers pursuant to any decree of divorce, dissolution or separate maintenance, any property settlement, any separation agreement or any other agreement with a spouse) and any grant of any interest in any Award to, or creation in any way of any interest in any Award by, any party other than the Grantee shall be null and void and shall not confer upon any party or person, other than the Grantee, any rights.

 

14. CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES

 

14.1. Legal Compliance . Shares of Common Stock shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award, unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares shall comply with Applicable Laws as determined by counsel to the Company. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

 

14.2. Investment Representations . As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares, and make other representations as may be required under applicable securities laws if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such representations are required, all in form and content specified by the Company.

 

15. AGREEMENT BY GRANTEE REGARDING TAXES.

 

15.1. The Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate may take such action as it may deem necessary or appropriate, in its discretion, for the purpose of or in connection with withholding of any taxes which the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is required by any Applicable Law to withhold in connection with any Awards (collectively, “Withholding Obligations”). Such actions may include, without limitation, (i) requiring a Grantees to remit to the Company in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy such Withholding Obligations; (ii) subject to Applicable Law, allowing the Grantees to provide Shares to the Company, in an amount that at such time, reflects a value that the Committee determines to be sufficient to satisfy such Withholding Obligations; (iii) withholding Shares otherwise issuable upon the exercise of an Award at a value which is determined by the Committee to be sufficient to satisfy such Withholding Obligations; or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. The Company shall not be obligated to allow the exercise of any Award by or on behalf of a Grantee until all tax consequences arising from the exercise of such Award are resolved in a manner acceptable to the Company.

 

  13  

 

 

16. RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER; VOTING AND DIVIDENDS.

 

16.1. Subject to Section 9.6, a Grantee shall have no rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to any Shares covered by the Award until the date of the issuance of a share certificate to the Grantee for such Shares. The Grantee shall not have any of the rights or privileges of shareholders of the Company in respect of any Shares purchasable upon the exercise of any Award, nor shall they be deemed to be a class of shareholders, until registration of the Grantee as the holder of such Shares in the Company’s register of shareholders upon exercise of the Award in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distribution of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such share certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12 hereof.

 

16.2. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, register or qualify the sale of Shares under any applicable securities law or any other applicable law.

 

17. NO REPRESENTATION BY COMPANY.

 

By granting the Awards, the Company is not, and shall not be deemed as, granting any representation or warranties to the Grantee regarding the Company, its business affairs, its prospects or the future value of its Shares.

 

18. NO RETENTION RIGHTS.

 

Nothing in the Plan or in any Award granted or agreement entered into pursuant hereto shall confer upon any Grantee the right to continue in the employ of, or be in a consultant, advisor, director, officer or supplier relationship with, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate or to be entitled to any remuneration or benefits not set forth in the Plan or such agreement or to interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any such Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate such Grantee's employment or service. Awards granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any change in duties or position of a Grantee as long as such Grantee continues to be employed by, or be in a consultant, advisor, director, officer or supplier relationship with, the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

 

19. PERIOD DURING WHICH AWARDS MAY BE GRANTED.

 

Awards may be granted pursuant to the Plan from time to time within a period of ten (10) years from the Effective Date. From the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date no grants of Awards may be made and the Plan shall continue to be in full force and effect solely with respect to such Awards that remain outstanding. The Plan shall terminate at such time after the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date that no Awards remain outstanding.

 

20. TERM OF AWARD

 

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if any Award, or any part thereof, has not been exercised and the Shares covered thereby not paid for within the term of the Award as determined by the Committee, which in any event shall not exceed ten (10) years after the date on which the Award was granted, as set forth in the Award Agreement in the Grantee’s Award, such Award, or such part thereof, and the right to acquire such Shares shall terminate, and all interests and rights of the Grantee in and to the same shall expire.

 

  14  

 

 

21 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.

 

The Board at any time and from time to time may suspend, terminate, modify or amend the Plan, whether retroactively or prospectively; provided, however, that, unless otherwise determined by the Board, an amendment which requires shareholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with any Applicable Law shall not be effective unless and until approved by the requisite vote of shareholders, and provided further that except as provided herein, no suspension, termination, modification or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any Award previously granted, unless the written consent of the respective Grantee is obtained.

 

22. APPROVAL.

 

The Plan shall be effective as of its adoption by the Board (the “Effective Date”), subject to the subsequent approval of the Company’s shareholders.

 

23. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION.

 

The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

24. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN.

 

Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to shareholders of the Company for approval (to the extent required under Applicable Law), shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power or authority of the Board to adopt such other or additional incentive or other compensation arrangements of whatever nature as the Board may deem necessary or desirable or preclude or limit the continuation of any other plan, practice or arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to employees generally, or to any class or group of employees, which the Company or any Subsidiary now has lawfully put into effect, including, without limitation, any retirement, pension, savings and stock purchase plan, insurance, death and disability benefits and executive short-term or long-term incentive plans.

 

25. Section 409A of the Code . To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and any grants made hereunder are exempt from Section 409A of the Code or are structured in a manner that would not cause a Participant to be subject to taxes and interest pursuant to Section 409A of the Code. This Plan and any grants made hereunder shall be administered in a manner consistent with this intent, and any provision that would cause this Plan or any grant made hereunder to become subject to taxation under Section 409A of the Code shall have no force and effect until amended to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

26. MISCELLANEOUS.

 

26.1. Additional Terms . Each Award awarded under the Plan may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

 

26.2. Severability . If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction. In addition, if any particular provision contained in this Agreement shall for any reason be held to be excessively broad as to duration, geographic scope, activity or subject, it shall be construed by limiting and reducing such provision as to such characteristic so that the provision is enforceable to fullest extent compatible with the applicable law as it shall then appear.

 

26.3. Captions and Titles . The use of captions and titles in this Plan or any Option Agreement, Restricted Share Agreement or other Award related agreement is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of the Plan or such agreement.

 

*           *           *

 

  15  

 

   

FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. (the “ Company ”) adopted the Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (“the “ Plan ”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders in 2009; and

 

WHEREAS , the Plan originally reserved a total of 123,000 shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for issuance to employees and non-employee directors; and

 

WHEREAS , Section 5 of the Plan provides that the Board may increase or decrease the number of Shares which may be issued under the Plan, subject to any approvals required under applicable law; and

 

WHEREAS , Section 21 of the Plan provides that the Board may amend the Plan from time to time; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board wishes to amend the Plan as set forth herein, in order to reserve an additional 300,000 Shares for issuance under the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board wishes to submit this First Amendment to the Company’s shareholders for approval at the Company’s 2013 special meeting of shareholders.

 

NOW THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective upon the approval of the Company’s shareholders:

 

1.        Amendment to Section 5 of the Plan . The first sentence of Section 5 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

 

“The number of Shares of Common Stock reserved for the grant of Awards under the Plan shall be 423,000, which reflects the initial number of Shares reserved for the grant of Awards under the Plan (123,000) plus an additional 300,000, which are added pursuant to the terms of this amendment.

 

2.       All other provisions of the Plan shall remain unchanged and shall continue in effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Board has adopted this First Amendment as of the date of the Company’s 2013 special meeting of shareholders.

 

  METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.
   
  By: /s/ Mark R. DeFazio

 

 

 

 

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE

METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.

2009 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. (the “ Company ”) adopted the Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (“the “ Plan ”), which was approved by the Company’s shareholders in 2009; and

 

WHEREAS , Section 5 of the Plan provides that the Board may increase or decrease the number of shares of common stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) which may be issued under the Plan, subject to any approvals required under applicable law; and

 

WHEREAS , Section 21 of the Plan provides that the Board may amend the Plan from time to time; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board wishes to amend the Plan as set forth herein, in order to reserve an additional 760,000 Shares for issuance under the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS , the Board wishes to submit this Second Amendment to the Company’s shareholders for approval at the Company’s 2016 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

NOW THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby amended as follows, effective upon the approval of the Company’s shareholders:

 

1.        Amendment to Section 5 of the Plan . The first sentence of Section 5 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

 

“The number of Shares of Common Stock reserved for the grant of Awards under the Plan shall be 1,183,000, which reflects the number of Shares reserved for the grant of Awards under the Plan (423,000), as amended, plus an additional 760,000, which are added pursuant to the terms of this amendment.

 

2.       All other provisions of the Plan shall remain unchanged and shall continue in effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Board has adopted this Second Amendment as of the date of the Company’s 2016 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

  METROPOLITAN BANK HOLDING CORP.
   
  By: /s/ Mark R. DeFazio

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 21

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name   Percent Ownership   State of Incorporation
         
Metropolitan Commercial Bank   100%   New York

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and Subsidiary on Form S-1 of our report dated August 31, 2017 on the consolidated financial statements of Metropolitan Bank Holding Corp. and Subsidiary and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.

 

 

 

 

 

Crowe Horwath LLP

 

Livingston, New Jersey

October 2, 2017